Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 1, 2006

Registration No. 333-          


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549


FORM S-1

Registration Statement

Under

The Securities Act of 1933


Super Micro Computer, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware   3571   77-0353939

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

980 Rock Avenue

San Jose, CA 95131

(408) 503-8000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)


Charles Liang

President and Chief Executive Officer

Super Micro Computer, Inc.

980 Rock Avenue

San Jose, CA 95131

(408) 503-8000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

Peter M. Astiz, Esq.

Thomas M. French, Esq.

Bradley J. Gersich, Esq.

DLA Piper US LLP

2000 University Avenue

East Palo Alto, California 94303-2248

(650) 833-2000

 

Jeffrey D. Saper, Esq.

Allison B. Spinner, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.


If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement number for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If delivery of the Prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.   ¨


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering

Price (1)(2)

   Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

   $ 150,000,000    $ 16,050

(1)   Includes amount attributable to shares that may be purchased by the underwriters under an option to purchase additional shares of common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriters discount and commissions.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.



Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued November 1, 2006

 

            Shares

 

LOGO

 

COMMON STOCK

 


 

Super Micro Computer, Inc. is offering             shares of its common stock and the selling stockholders are offering             shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $            and $            per share.

 


 

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SMCI.”

 


 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 6 of this prospectus.

 


 

PRICE $          A SHARE

 


 

    

Price to

Public

  

Underwriting

Discounts and

Commissions

  

Proceeds to

Super Micro
Computer, Inc.

  

Proceeds to

Selling

Stockholders

Per Share

   $             $             $             $         

Total

   $                        $                        $                        $                    

 

The underwriters may also purchase up to             shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on                      , 2006.

 


 

MORGAN STANLEY   MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
UBS INVESTMENT BANK   NEEDHAM & COMPANY, LLC

 

                    , 2006


Table of Contents

[INSIDE FRONT COVER PAGE OF PROSPECTUS]

 

Inside Front Cover:

 

At the top of the graphic, there appears the following text:

SuperMicro (the O is a red circle)

Server Systems And Server Building Block Solutions

Driving Technology Excellence and Customer Success

 

The graphic below the text depicts a data center with two rows of rack mount servers. In the forefront of the graphic are three servers. The far left and middle servers are rack mount servers, and the server on the far right is a tower server.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   6

Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data

   24

Use of Proceeds

   25

Dividend Policy

   25

Capitalization

   26

Dilution

   27

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   29

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   30

Business

   46

Management

   62
     Page

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   74

Principal and Selling Stockholders

   76

Description of Our Capital Stock

   78

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   81

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

   83

Underwriters

   85

Legal Matters

   89

Experts

   89

Where You Can Find Additional Information

   90

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-1

 


 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

Until                     , 2006 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 


 

Market data and industry statistics used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications and other publicly available information. We do not guarantee, and we have not independently verified this information. Accordingly, investors should not place undue reliance on this information.

 


 

Our registered trademarks include Supermicro ® , our company logo, Server Building Block Solution ® , Building Block Solutions ® , SuperO ® , Superboard ® and Superdoctor ® . Our pending trademark applications include A+ Motherboard™, S-Server™, Superblade™, X-Blade™ and X-Blade Server™. All other trademarks or service marks appearing in this prospectus are trademarks or service marks of others.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus before you decide to invest in our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Supermicro,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Super Micro Computer, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

We design, develop, manufacture and sell application optimized, high performance server solutions based on an innovative, modular and open-standard x86 architecture. Our solutions include a range of complete server systems, as well as components which can be used by distributors, OEMs and end customers to assemble server systems. Our application optimized servers provide our customers with the flexibility to order server solutions with more efficient levels of processing power, input/output bandwidth, or I/O, and memory capacity tailored for their specific application needs. We have developed a set of design principles and performance specifications that meet industry wide standards and also incorporate advanced functionality and capabilities. Our modular architectural approach has allowed us to offer our customers interoperable designs across all of our components, which can be configured to create complete server systems. This modular approach, in turn, enables us to offer our clients flexibility and customization by providing what we believe is the industry’s largest array of server systems and components. Our server systems and components are architected to provide high levels of reliability, quality, and scalability, thereby enabling benefits in performance, thermal optimization, power efficiency and total cost of ownership. As of June 30, 2006, we offered over 3,500 SKUs, including SKUs for server systems, serverboards, chassis and power supplies and other system accessories.

 

We sell our server systems and components primarily through distributors, which include value added resellers and system integrators, and to a lesser extent to OEMs as well as through our direct sales force. During fiscal year 2006, our products were purchased by over 400 customers, most of which are distributors, operating in more than 70 countries. We commenced operations in 1993 and have been profitable every year since inception. For fiscal year 2004, 2005 and 2006, our net sales were $167.1 million, $211.8 million and $302.5 million, respectively and our net income was $4.9 million, $7.1 million and $16.9 million, respectively.

 

As businesses of all sizes process larger quantities of data to communicate, transact and collaborate, their business processes are becoming more complex and their requirements for computing capacity are growing rapidly. Computing architectures are continuing to evolve to meet this rapidly growing demand for computing capacity. Businesses increasingly require solutions that provide flexibility and scalability in a cost effective manner, and are moving towards a modular and open system approach to create what are commonly referred to as “scale-out” computing architectures. Scale-out architectures enable businesses to add computing capacity incrementally without significantly disrupting existing systems thus reducing total cost of ownership.

 

Scale-out architectures provide significant benefits for many businesses. However, there are a wide range of circumstances in which businesses need more than just the incremental computing capacity that can be obtained by adding more general purpose servers as part of a scale-out deployment. In these circumstances, businesses seek application optimized solutions, which are server configurations that are built to provide optimal levels of processing, I/O and memory customized for specific application needs. For example:

 

    Large scalable server farms:     Data centers seek to optimize industry standard components by architecting server systems that enable higher performance through enhanced processing or I/O, more efficient memory bandwidth utilization and greater capacity.

 

   

Businesses that have complex computing requirements:     A broad range of vertical markets, including financial services, oil and gas exploration, and media and entertainment companies, require server

 

1


Table of Contents
 

solutions that are built with specific processing power and I/O capabilities that can maximize information and image capture and processing.

 

    Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs):     To differentiate their products, OEMs require a broad selection of high performance, rapidly deployable server solutions that can be optimized for the specific applications of their end customers.

 

We believe the competitive advantages of our solutions include:

 

    Flexible and Customizable Server Solutions:     Our building block approach allows us to provide a broad range of SKUs, enabling us to build and deliver customized solutions based upon customers’ application requirements.

 

    Rapid Time-to-Market:     Our in-house design competencies and control of the design of many of the components used within our server systems enable us to rapidly develop, build and test server systems and components.

 

    Improved Power Efficiency and Thermal Management:     We offer many design innovations to optimize power consumption and manage heat dissipation, allowing our products to achieve a superior price-to-performance ratio while minimizing energy costs.

 

    High Density Servers:     We offer server systems with twice the density of conventional solutions, which allows our customers to efficiently deploy our server systems in scale-out configurations.

 

Our objective is to be the leading provider of application optimized, high performance server solutions worldwide. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

    Maintain our Time-To-Market Advantage:     We intend to maintain our time-to-market advantage by continuing our investment in our research and development efforts to rapidly develop new proprietary server solutions based on industry standard components.

 

    Expand our Product Offerings:     We plan to increase the number of products we offer by delivering new products with improved power and thermal management capabilities, greater density and additional management software capabilities.

 

    Further Develop Existing Markets and Expand into New Markets:     We intend to strengthen our relationships with existing distribution and OEM partners and add new distributors and customers in order to expand our reach geographically, particularly in the Asia Pacific region and Europe.

 

    Strengthen our Relationships with Suppliers and Manufacturers:     We plan to continue leveraging our relationships with suppliers and contract manufacturers in order to maintain and improve our cost structure.

 

    Deliver Advanced Blade Server Technology:     To meet the emerging demand for blade servers, we are currently developing, and plan to introduce in the first half of calendar 2007, a high performance blade server solution, called Superblade.

 

In pursuing our strategy, we face a number of challenges and are subject to risks and uncertainties which are discussed in more detail in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors.” The primary risks we face include:

 

    fluctuating operating results;

 

    dependence on the growth of the market for application optimized server solutions, which is new and evolving;

 

    dependence on timely new technology introductions by suppliers of server related technology, such as Intel Corporation and Advanced Micro Devices;

 

2


Table of Contents
    our ability to develop and market new products; and

 

    our ability to compete against some of the largest global technology vendors.

 

If we are unable to adequately address these and other challenges we face, our ability to grow our business will be negatively impacted.

 

We were incorporated in California in September 1993. We will reincorporate in Delaware prior to the completion of this offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 980 Rock Avenue, San Jose, CA 95131 and our telephone number is (408) 503-8000. Our website address is www.supermicro.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

3


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                     shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                     shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                     shares

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to repay approximately $19.2 million of existing building loans. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“SMCI”

 

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on             shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2006 and excludes the following:

 

    7,175,580 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $2.80 per share at June 30, 2006, including options outstanding under our 1998 stock option plan; and

 

    2,062,011 shares of common stock authorized for future issuance under our 1998 stock option plan at June 30, 2006.

 

Unless specifically stated otherwise, all information contained in this prospectus:

 

    gives effect to our planned reincorporation in Delaware which will occur prior to the completion of this offering;

 

    assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase up to              additional shares from us in this offering to cover over-allotments; and

 

    gives effect to a              for              stock split of our outstanding common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

4


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

We present below our summary consolidated financial data. The consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the actual consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2006 have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this information together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, each included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.

 

     Fiscal Years Ended June 30,  
     2004     2005     2006  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:(1)

      

Net sales

   $ 167,065     $ 211,763     $ 302,541  

Cost of sales

     138,232       178,293       242,235  
                        

Gross profit

     28,833       33,470       60,306  

Operating Expenses:

      

Research and development

     8,513       10,609       15,814  

Sales and marketing

     8,439       7,197       9,363  

General and administrative

     5,074       5,380       6,931  

Provision for (reversal of) litigation loss

     —         (1,178 )     575  
                        

Total operating expenses

     22,026       22,008       32,683  
                        

Income from operations

     6,807       11,462       27,623  

Interest and other income, net

     (724 )     (733 )     (1,001 )
                        

Net income

   $ 4,854     $ 7,090     $ 16,947  
                        

Net income per share

      

Basic

   $ 0.44     $ 0.65     $ 1.54  

Diluted

   $ 0.35     $ 0.48     $ 1.06  

Shares used in per share calculation

      

Basic

     10,949       10,957       11,005  

Diluted

     14,031       14,721       15,923  

(1)   Includes charges for stock-based compensation:

Cost of sales

   $         17    $         40    $         102

Research and development

     81      180      441

Sales and marketing

     48      63      236

General and administrative

     56      142      317

 

The as adjusted column of the consolidated balance sheet data reflects the sale of             shares of our common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the repayment of approximately $19.2 million of building loans.

 

     As of June 30, 2006
     Actual    As Adjusted
     (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,509   

Working capital

     37,026   

Total assets

     131,001   

Long-term obligations, net of current portion(2)

     18,685   

Total stockholders’ equity

     47,767   

(2)   Long-term obligations, net of $0.6 million current portion, includes $18.6 million of building loans, which we expect to repay with the net proceeds from this offering.

 

5


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations would suffer. In this case, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline and you might lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Additional risks that we currently do not know about or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business operations.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

Our recent significant growth makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk of your investment.

 

Although we have been operating since 1993, our revenues have grown substantially in recent periods, which makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects. You must consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we encounter as a rapidly growing technology company in a very competitive market. These risks and difficulties include, but are not limited to, the risks identified in this section and in particular the following factors:

 

    our focus on a single market, the market for application optimized server systems and components;

 

    the difficulties we face in managing rapid growth in personnel and operations;

 

    the timing and success of new products and new technologies introduced by us and our competitors;

 

    our ability to build brand awareness in a highly competitive market; and

 

    our ability to market new and existing products on our own and with our partners.

 

We may not be able to successfully address any of these risks or others. Failure to do so adequately could seriously harm our business and cause our operating results to suffer.

 

Our quarterly operating results will likely fluctuate in the future, which could cause rapid declines in our stock price.

 

As our business continues to grow, we believe that our quarterly operating results will be subject to greater fluctuation due to various factors, many of which are beyond our control. Factors that may affect quarterly operating results in the future include:

 

    our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers and increase sales to such customers;

 

    unpredictability of the timing and size of customer orders, since most of our customers purchase our products on a purchase order basis rather than pursuant to a long term contract;

 

    fluctuations in availability and costs associated with materials needed to satisfy customer requirements;

 

    variability of our margins based on the mix of server systems and components we sell;

 

    variability of operating expenses as a percentage of net sales;

 

    the timing of the introduction of new products by leading microprocessor vendors and other suppliers;

 

    our ability to introduce new and innovative server solutions that appeal to our customers;

 

    our ability to address technology issues as they arise, improve our products’ functionality and expand our product offerings;

 

    changes in our product pricing policies, including those made in response to new product announcements and pricing changes of our competitors;

 

6


Table of Contents
    mix of whether customer purchases are of full systems or components and whether made directly or through indirect sales channels;

 

    fluctuations based upon seasonality;

 

    the rate of expansion, domestically and internationally;

 

    the effectiveness of our sales force and the efforts of our distributors;

 

    the effect of mergers and acquisitions among our competitors, suppliers or partners;

 

    general economic conditions in our geographic markets; and

 

    impact of regulatory changes on our cost of doing business.

 

Accordingly, it is difficult for us to accurately forecast our growth and results of operations on a quarterly basis. If we fail to meet expectations of investors or analysts, our stock price may fall rapidly and without notice. Furthermore, the fluctuation of quarterly operating results may render less meaningful period-to-period comparisons of our operating results, and you should not rely upon them as an indication of future performance.

 

If the demand for application optimized server solutions does not continue to develop as we anticipate, demand for our server solutions may not grow as we expect.

 

The success of our business depends on businesses continuing to choose application optimized server solutions for running their critical business applications. The market for application optimized server solutions has a short history marked by frequent introductions of new technologies and products. Many of these technologies and products have not yet gained, and may not gain, significant customer acceptance. We expect to devote significant resources to identifying new market trends and developing products to meet anticipated customer demand for application optimized server solutions. Ultimately, however, customers may not purchase application optimized server solutions and instead select general purpose lower-cost servers and components. We are also part of a broader market for server solutions and demand for these server solutions may decline or fail to grow as we expect. Accordingly, we can not assure you that demand for the type of server solutions we offer and plan to offer will continue to develop as we anticipate, or at all.

 

Our future financial performance will depend on the timely introduction and widespread acceptance of new server solutions and increased functionality of our existing server solutions.

 

Our future financial performance will depend on our ability to meet customer specifications and requirements by enhancing our current server solutions and developing server solutions with new and better functionality. For example, we are spending a material portion of our research and development budget on the development of blade server systems, which we expect to introduce during the first half of calendar 2007. The success of new features and new server solutions depends on several factors, including their timely introduction and market acceptance. We may not be successful in developing enhancements or new server solutions, or in timely bringing them to market. Customers may also defer purchases of our existing products pending the introduction of anticipated new products. If our new server solutions are not competitive with solutions offered by other vendors, we may not be perceived as a technology leader and could miss market opportunities. If we are unable to enhance the functionality of our server solutions or introduce new server solutions which achieve widespread market acceptance, our reputation will be damaged, the value of our brand will diminish, and our business will suffer. In addition, uncertainties about the timing and nature of new features and products could result in increases in our research and development expenses with no assurance of future sales.

 

We may not be able to successfully manage our planned growth and expansion.

 

We are pursuing new customers and expanding our product offerings to grow our business rapidly. In connection with this growth, we expect that our annual operating expenses will increase significantly during the

 

7


Table of Contents

foreseeable future as we invest in sales and marketing, research and development, manufacturing and production infrastructure, and strengthen customer service and support resources for our customers. Our failure to expand operational and financial systems timely or efficiently could result in additional operating inefficiencies, which could increase our costs and expenses more than we had planned and prevent us from successfully executing our business plan. We may not be able to offset the costs of operation expansion by leveraging the economies of scale from our growth in negotiations with our suppliers and contract manufacturers. Additionally, if we do increase our operating expenses in anticipation of the growth of our business and this growth does not meet our expectations, our financial results will be negatively impacted.

 

If our business grows, we will have to manage additional product design projects, materials procurement processes, and sales efforts and marketing for an increasing number of SKUs, as well as expand the number and scope of our relationships with suppliers, distributors and end customers. If we fail to manage these additional responsibilities and relationships successfully, we may incur significant costs, which may negatively impact our operating results.

 

Additionally, in our efforts to be first to market with new products with innovative functionality and features, we may devote significant research and development resources to products and product features for which a market does not develop quickly, or at all. If we are not able to predict market trends accurately, we may not benefit from such research and development activities, and our results of operations may suffer.

 

The market in which we participate is highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, we may not be able to increase our market penetration, grow our net sales or improve our gross margins.

 

The market for server solutions is intensely competitive and rapidly changing. Barriers to entry in our market are relatively low and we expect increased challenges from existing as well as new competitors. Some of our principal competitors offer server solutions at a lower price, which has resulted in pricing pressures on sales of our server solutions. We expect further downward pricing pressure from our competitors and expect that we will have to price some of our server solutions aggressively to increase our market share with respect to those products. If we are unable to maintain the margins on our server solutions, our operating results could be negatively impacted. In addition, if we do not develop new innovative server solutions, or enhance the reliability, performance, efficiency and other features of our existing server solutions, our customers may turn to our competitors for alternatives. In addition, pricing pressures and increased competition generally may also result in reduced sales, lower margins or the failure of our products to achieve or maintain widespread market acceptance, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our principal competitors include global technology companies such as Dell, Inc., Hewlett-Packard Company, International Business Machines Corporation and Intel. In addition, we also compete with a number of smaller vendors who sell specialized servers, such as Rackable Systems, Inc., and original design manufacturers, or ODMs, such as Quanta Computer Incorporated.

 

Many of our competitors enjoy substantial competitive advantages, such as:

 

    greater name recognition and deeper market penetration;

 

    longer operating histories;

 

    larger sales and marketing organizations and research and development teams and budgets;

 

    more established relationships with customers, contract manufacturers and suppliers and better channels to reach larger customer bases;

 

    larger customer service and support organizations with greater geographic scope;

 

    a broader and more diversified array of products and services; and

 

    substantially greater financial, technical and other resources.

 

8


Table of Contents

As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. Furthermore, because of these advantages, even if our application optimized server solutions are more effective than the products that our competitors offer, potential customers might accept competitive products in lieu of purchasing our products. The challenges we face from larger competitors will become even greater if consolidation or collaboration between or among our competitors occurs in our industry. For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors, and if we do not compete effectively, our ability to increase our net sales may be impaired.

 

Our sales cycle is lengthy and expensive, and could adversely affect the amount, timing and predictability of future net sales.

 

Our end customers generally need three to six months after an initial contact to make a final purchase decision with respect to our products. As customers weigh their purchase options, we may expend significant resources in pursuit of a sale that may ultimately fail to close. We have little control over our customers’ budget cycles and approval processes, or the strength of competitors’ relationships with our potential customers, all of which could adversely affect our sales efforts. The introduction of new products and product enhancements may lengthen our sales cycle as customers defer a decision on purchasing existing products and evaluate our new products. If we are unsuccessful in closing sales after expending significant resources, our net sales and operating expenses will be adversely affected.

 

As we increasingly target larger customers, our customer base may become less diversified, our cost of sales may increase, and our sales may be less predictable.

 

We expect that selling our server solutions to larger customers will create new challenges. No one customer represented 10% or more of our revenues for fiscal years 2005 or 2006. However, if certain customers buy our products in greater volumes, and their business becomes a larger percentage of our net sales, we may grow increasingly dependent on those customers to maintain our growth. If our largest customers do not purchase our products at the levels or in the timeframes that we expect, our ability to maintain or grow our net sales will be adversely affected.

 

Additionally, as we and our distribution partners focus increasingly on selling to larger customers and attracting larger orders, we expect greater costs of sales. Our sales cycle may become longer and more expensive, as larger customers typically spend more time negotiating contracts than smaller customers. In addition, larger customers often seek to gain greater pricing concessions, as well as greater levels of support in the implementation and use of our server solutions. These factors can result in lower margins for our products.

 

Increased sales to larger companies may also cause fluctuations in results of operations. A larger customer may seek to fulfill all or substantially all of its requirements in a single order, and not make another purchase for a significant period of time. Accordingly, a significant increase in revenue during the period in which we recognize the revenue from the sale may be followed by a period of time during which the customer purchases none or few of our products. A significant decline in net sales in periods following a significant order could adversely affect our stock price.

 

We must work closely with our suppliers to make timely new product introductions.

 

We rely on our close working relationships with our suppliers, including Intel and AMD, to anticipate and deliver new products on a timely basis when new generation materials and core components are made available. If we are not able to maintain our relationships with our suppliers or continue to leverage their research and development capabilities to develop new technologies desired by our customers, our ability to quickly offer advanced technology and product innovations to our customers would be impaired.

 

9


Table of Contents

Our suppliers’ failure to improve the functionality and performance of materials and core components for our products may impair or delay our ability to deliver innovative products to our customers.

 

We need our material and core component suppliers, such as Intel and AMD, to provide us with core components that are innovative, reliable and attractive to our customers. Due to the pace of innovation in our industry, many of our customers may delay or reduce purchase decisions until they believe that they are receiving best of breed products that will not be rendered obsolete by an impending technological development. Accordingly, demand for new server systems that incorporate new products and features is significantly impacted by our suppliers’ new product introduction schedules and the functionality, performance and reliability of those new products. If our materials and core component suppliers fail to deliver new and improved materials and core components for our products, we may not be able to satisfy customer demand for our products in a timely manner, or at all. If our suppliers’ components do not function properly, we may incur additional costs and our relationships with our customers may be adversely affected.

 

As our business grows, we expect that we may be exposed to greater customer credit risks.

 

Historically, we have offered limited credit terms to our customers. As our customer base expands, as our orders increase in size, and as we obtain more direct customers, we expect to offer increased credit terms and flexible payment programs to our customers. Doing so may subject us to increased credit risk, higher accounts receivable with larger days outstanding, and increases in charges or reserves, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our ability to develop our brand is critical to our ability to grow.

 

We believe that acceptance of our server solutions by an expanding customer base depends in large part on increasing awareness of the Supermicro brand and that brand recognition will be even more important as competition in our market develops. In particular, we expect an increasing proportion of our sales to come from sales of server systems, the sales of which we believe may be particularly impacted by brand strength. Successful promotion of our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and on our ability to develop reliable and useful products at competitive prices. To date, we have not devoted significant resources to building our brand, and have limited experience in increasing customer awareness of our brand. Our future brand promotion activities, including any expansion of our cooperative marketing programs with strategic partners, may involve significant expense and may not generate desired levels of increased revenue, and even if such activities generate some increased revenue, such increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incurred in endeavoring to build our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses in our attempts to promote and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract enough new customers or retain our existing customers to the extent necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, and as a result our operating results and financial condition could suffer.

 

We principally rely on indirect sales channels for the sale and distribution of our products and any disruption in these channels could adversely affect our sales.

 

Historically, a substantial majority of our revenues have resulted from sales of our server solutions through third party distributors and resellers. We depend on our distributors to assist us in promoting market acceptance of our products and anticipate that a majority of our revenues will continue to result from sales through indirect channels. To maintain and potentially increase our revenue and profitability, we will have to successfully preserve and expand our existing distribution relationships as well as develop new distribution relationships. Our distributors also sell products offered by our competitors and may elect to focus their efforts on these sales. If our competitors offer our distributors more favorable terms or have more products available to meet the needs of their customers, or utilize the leverage of broader product lines sold through the distributors, those distributors may de-emphasize or decline to carry our products. In addition, our distributors’ order decision-making process is complex and involves several factors, including end customer demand, warehouse allocation and marketing resources, which can make it difficult to accurately predict total sales for the quarter until late in the quarter. We also do not control the pricing or discounts offered by distributors to end customers. To maintain our

 

10


Table of Contents

participation in distributors’ marketing programs, in the past we have provided promotional goods or made short-term pricing concessions. The discontinuation of promotional goods or pricing concessions could have a negative effect on our business. Our distributors could also modify their business practices, such as payment terms, inventory levels or order patterns. If we are unable to maintain successful relationships with distributors or expand our distribution channels or we experience unexpected changes in payment terms, inventory levels or other practices by our distributors, our business will suffer.

 

We may be unable to accurately predict future sales through our distributors, which could harm our ability to efficiently manage our resources to match market demand.

 

Since a significant portion of our sales are made through domestic and international distributors, our financial results, quarterly product sales, trends and comparisons are affected by fluctuations in the buying patterns of end customers and our distributors, and by the changes in inventory levels of our products held by these distributors. We generally record revenue based upon a “sell-in” model. While we attempt to assist our distributors in maintaining targeted stocking level of our products, we may not consistently be accurate or successful. This process involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties including end customer demand. Our distributors also have various rights to return products which could, among other things, result in our having to repurchase inventory which has declined in value or is obsolete. Consequently, actual results could differ from our estimates. Inventory levels of our products held by our distributors may exceed or fall below the levels we consider desirable on a going-forward basis. This could adversely affect our distributors or our ability to efficiently manage or invest in internal resources, such as manufacturing and shipping capacity, to meet the demand for our products.

 

If we are required to change the timing of our revenue recognition, our net sales and net income could decrease.

 

We currently record revenue based upon a “sell-in” model with revenues generally recorded upon shipment of products to our distributors. This requires that we maintain a reserve to cover the estimated costs of any returns or exercises of stock rotation rights, which we estimate primarily based on our historical experience. If facts and circumstances change such that the rate of returns of our products exceeds our historical experience, we may have to increase our reserve, which, in turn, would cause our revenue to decline. Similarly, if facts and circumstances change such that we are no longer able to determine reasonable estimates of our sales returns, we would be required to defer our revenue recognition until the point of sale from the distributors to their customers. Any such change may negatively impact our net sales or net income for particular periods and cause a decline in our stock price.

 

The average selling prices for our existing server solutions have declined and are likely to continue to decline, which could harm our results of operations.

 

As with most electronics based products, average selling prices of our server solutions typically are highest at the time of introduction of new products, which utilize the latest technology, and tend to decrease over time as such products become commoditized and are ultimately replaced by even newer generation products. The average selling prices of our existing server solutions have declined, and, consistent with industry trends, we anticipate that they will continue to decline. We cannot predict the timing or amount of any decline in the average selling prices of our server solutions. In some instances, our agreements with our distributors limit our ability to reduce prices unless we make such price reductions available to them, or price protect their inventory. If we are unable to decrease per unit manufacturing costs faster than the rate at which average selling prices continue to decline, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.

 

Our cost structure and ability to deliver server solutions to customers in a timely manner may be adversely affected by volatility of the market for core components and materials for our products.

 

Prices of materials and core components utilized in the manufacture of our server solutions, such as serverboards, chassis and central processing units, or CPUs, represent a significant portion of our cost of sales.

 

11


Table of Contents

We generally do not enter into long-term supply contracts for these materials and core components, but instead purchase these materials and components on a purchase order basis. Prices of these core components and materials are volatile, and, as a result, it is difficult to predict expense levels and operating results. In addition, if our business growth renders it necessary or appropriate to transition to longer term contracts with materials and core component suppliers, our costs may increase and our gross margins could correspondingly decrease.

 

Because we often acquire materials and core components on an as needed basis, we may be limited in our ability to effectively and efficiently respond to customer orders because of the then-current availability or the terms and pricing of materials and core components. Our industry has experienced materials shortages and delivery delays in the past, and we may experience shortages or delays of critical materials in the future. From time to time, we have been forced to delay the introduction of certain of our products or the fulfillment of customer orders as a result of shortages of materials and core components. If shortages or delays arise, the prices of these materials and core components may increase or the materials and core components may not be available at all. In addition, in the event of shortages, some of our larger competitors may have greater abilities to obtain materials and core components due to their larger purchasing power. We may not be able to secure enough core components or materials at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build new products to meet customer demand, which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

We may lose sales or incur unexpected expenses relating to insufficient, excess or obsolete inventory.

 

As a result of our strategy to provide greater choice and customization of our products to our customers, we are required to maintain a high level of inventory. If we fail to maintain sufficient inventory, we may not be able to meet demand for our products on a timely basis, and our sales may suffer. If we overestimate customer demand for our products, we could experience excess inventory of our products and be unable to sell those products at a reasonable price, or at all. Additionally, the rapid pace of innovation in our industry could render significant portions of our existing inventory obsolete. Server systems and components that have been customized and later returned by those of our customers and partners who have return rights or stock rotation rights may be unusable for other purposes or may require reformation at additional cost to be made ready for sale to other customers. Excess or obsolete inventory levels for these or other reasons could result in unexpected expenses or increases in our reserves against potential future charges which would adversely affect our business and financial results. During fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006, we recorded inventory write-downs charged to cost of sales of $1.9 million, $0.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively, for excess and obsolete inventory.

 

Our focus on internal development and customizable server solutions could delay our introduction of new products and result in increased costs.

 

Our strategy is to rely to a significant degree on internally developed components, even when third party components may be available. We believe this allows us to develop products with a greater range of features and functionality and allows us to develop solutions that are more customized to customer needs. However, if not properly managed, this reliance on internally developed components may be more costly than use of third party components, thereby making our products less price competitive or reducing our margins. In addition, our reliance on internal development may lead to delays in the introduction of new products and impair our ability to introduce products rapidly to market. We may also experience increases in our inventory costs and obsolete inventory, thereby reducing our margins.

 

Our research and development expenditures, as a percentage of our total revenues, are considerably higher than many of our competitors and our earnings will depend upon maintaining revenues and margins that offset these expenditures.

 

Our strategy is to focus on being consistently rapid-to-market with flexible and customizable server systems that take advantage of our own internal development and the latest technologies offered by microprocessor manufacturers and other component vendors. Consistent with this strategy, we spend higher amounts, as a percentage of revenues, on research and development costs than many of our competitors. If we can not sell our

 

12


Table of Contents

products in sufficient volume and with adequate gross margins to compensate for such investment in research and development, our earnings may be materially and adversely affected.

 

If our limited number of contract manufacturers or suppliers of materials and core components fail to meet our requirements, we may be unable to meet customer demand for our products, which could decrease our revenues and earnings.

 

We purchase many sophisticated materials and core components from one or a limited number of qualified suppliers and rely on a limited number of contract manufacturers to provide value added design, manufacturing, assembly and test services. We generally do not have long-term agreements with these vendors, and instead obtain key materials and services through purchase order arrangements. We have no contractual assurances from any contract manufacturer that adequate capacity will be available to us to meet future demand for our products.

 

Consequently, we are vulnerable to any disruptions in supply with respect to the materials and core components provided by limited-source suppliers, and we are at risk of being harmed by discontinuations of design, manufacturing, assembly or testing services from our contract manufacturers. We have occasionally experienced delivery delays from our suppliers and contract manufacturers because of high industry demand or because of inability to meet our quality or delivery requirements. Occasionally, vendors may go out of business or may cease providing materials, core components or services to us. If our relationships with our suppliers and contract manufactures are negatively impacted by late payments or other issues, we may not receive timely delivery of materials and core components. If we were to lose any of our current supply or contract manufacturing relationships, the process of identifying and qualifying a new supplier or contract manufacturer who will meet our quality and delivery requirements, and who will appropriately safeguard our intellectual property, may require a significant investment of time and resources, adversely affecting our ability to satisfy customer purchase orders and delaying our ability to rapidly introduce new products to market. Similarly, if any of our suppliers were to cancel or materially change contracts or commitments to us or fail to meet the quality or delivery requirements needed to satisfy customer demand for our products, our reputation and relationships with customers could be damaged. We could lose orders, be unable to develop or sell some products cost-effectively or on a timely basis, if at all, and have significantly decreased revenues, margins and earnings, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Our failure to deliver high quality server solutions could damage our reputation and diminish demand for our products.

 

Our server solutions are critical to our customers’ business operations. Our customers require our server solutions to perform at a high level, contain valuable features and be extremely reliable. The design of our server solutions is sophisticated and complex, and the process for manufacturing, assembling and testing our server solutions is challenging. Occasionally, our design or manufacturing processes may fail to deliver products of the quality that our customers require. For example, in 2000, a vendor provided us with a defective capacitor that failed under certain heavy use applications. As a result, our product needed to be repaired. Though the vendor agreed to pay for a large percentage of the costs of the repairs, we incurred costs in connection with the recall and diverted resources from other projects.

 

New flaws or limitations in our server solutions may be detected in the future. Part of our strategy is to bring new products to market quickly, and first-generation products may have a higher likelihood of containing undetected flaws. If our customers discover defects or other performance problems with our products, our customers’ businesses, and our reputation, may be damaged. Customers may elect to delay or withhold payment for defective or underperforming server solutions, request remedial action, terminate contracts for untimely delivery, or elect not to order additional server solutions. Additionally, customers may make warranty claims against us, which could result in an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts, an increase in collection cycles for accounts receivable or subject us to the expense and risk of litigation. We may incur expense in recalling, refurbishing or repairing defective server solutions. If we do not properly address customer concerns about our products, our reputation and relationships with our customers may be harmed. For all of these reasons,

 

13


Table of Contents

customer dissatisfaction with the quality of our products could substantially impair our ability to grow our business.

 

Conflicts of interest may arise between us and Ablecom Technology Inc., Adaptec, Inc. or Tatung Company, three of our major contract manufacturers, and those conflicts may adversely affect our operations.

 

We use Ablecom Technology, a related party, for contract design and manufacturing coordination support. We work with Ablecom to optimize modular designs for our chassis and certain of other components. In fiscal year 2006, we purchased products from Ablecom in the aggregate amount of approximately $75.7 million.

 

Steve Liang, Ablecom’s Chief Executive Officer and largest shareholder, is the brother of Charles Liang, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. Charles Liang, and his spouse, Chiu-Chu (Sara) Liu Liang, our Vice President of Operations, Treasurer and director, jointly own approximately 30.7% of Ablecom’s outstanding common stock. Charles Liang served as a director of Ablecom during our fiscal 2006, but is not currently serving in such capacity. In addition, Yih-Shyan (Wally) Liaw and his wife jointly own approximately 5.2% of Ablecom’s outstanding common stock, and collectively, Mr. Charles Liang, Ms. Liang, Mr. Liaw, Mr. Steve Liang and relatives of these individuals own over 80% of Ablecom’s outstanding common stock. Mr. and Mrs. Liang, as directors, officers and significant stockholders, and Mr. Liaw, as an officer, director and significant stockholder, of the Company, have considerable influence over the management of our business relationships. Accordingly, we may be disadvantaged by their economic interests as stockholders of Ablecom and their personal relationship with Ablecom’s Chief Executive Officer. We may not negotiate or enforce contractual terms as aggressively with Ablecom as we might with an unrelated party, and the commercial terms of our agreements may be less favorable than we might obtain in negotiations with third parties. If our business dealings with Ablecom are not as favorable to us as arms-length transactions, our results of operations may be harmed. Historically, transactions with Ablecom were not approved by an independent committee of our board of directors as we had no independent directors.

 

We use Tatung Company for contract manufacturing services. Tatung also purchases our server systems and components. Similarly, we purchase Adaptec drivers that are developed and configured for us, and concurrently sell our products to Adaptec. In fiscal year 2006, we purchased contract manufacturing services and products, respectively, from Tatung and Adaptec in the aggregate amount of approximately $14.4 million and $6.3 million, respectively, and sold products to Tatung and Adaptec in the aggregate amount of approximately $0.1 million and $3.5 million, respectively. Since Tatung and Adaptec are both customers and vendors, the terms and conditions of our business agreements with them may not be as favorable, individually or in aggregate, as we may be able to receive from unrelated third parties, and we may not as strongly enforce our rights under these agreements. In addition, if a dispute were to arise under our agreement to sell our products to Tatung or Adaptec, the dispute could lead to disruption or termination of the provision of services or products by them to us. This could compromise our ability to satisfy customer orders on a timely basis, if at all, or we may incur significant costs in establishing an agreement with a new vendor, the terms of which may not be as favorable as those in our agreements with Tatung and Adaptec. In that event, our revenues, margins and earnings could suffer. At the same time, if a dispute were to arise under our agreement to purchase contract manufacturing services or products from Tatung or Adaptec, the dispute may cause them to reduce or terminate their purchases of our products, thereby reducing our revenues.

 

In addition, our relationships with Ablecom and Tatung, who are stockholders as well as providers of contract manufacturing services, could be adversely affected by declines in our stock price or divestments by Ablecom or Tatung of their shares of our common stock. Steve Liang, Ablecom’s Chief Executive Officer, and Tatung held approximately 4.5% and 9.0%, respectively, of our outstanding common stock prior to the completion of this offering. If the value of the shares that Steve Liang or Tatung holds should decline, by decrease in our stock price or by disposition of the shares, Ablecom, because Steve Liang has considerable influence over Ablecom’s commercial agreements, or Tatung may not be willing to give us terms and conditions for contract manufacturing services that are as favorable as those in our existing contracts. Likewise, if Steve Liang ceases to have significant influence over Ablecom, or if those of our stockholders who hold shares of Ablecom cease to hold a majority of the outstanding shares of Ablecom, the terms and conditions of our

 

14


Table of Contents

agreements with Ablecom may not be as favorable as those in our existing contracts. As a result, our costs could increase and adversely affect our margins and results of operations.

 

For more information regarding our relationships with Ablecom and Tatung, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

We are increasing our reliance on Ablecom and could be subject to risks associated with greater reliance on a limited source of contract manufacturing services and inventory warehousing.

 

We plan to expand our warehousing capacity and our manufacturing relationship with Ablecom in China. Ablecom is transferring operations from Taiwan to a larger facility in China. In addition to providing a larger volume of contract manufacturing services for us, Ablecom will warehouse for us an increasing number of components and subassemblies manufactured by multiple suppliers prior to shipment to our facilities in the U.S. and Europe. We also anticipate that we will continue to lease office space from Ablecom in Taiwan to support the research and development efforts we are undertaking.

 

If we or Ablecom fail to manage the transition of contract manufacturing services and warehouse operations to China, we may experience delays in our ability to fulfill customer orders. Similarly, if Ablecom’s facility in China is subject to damage, destruction or other disruptions, our inventory may be damaged or destroyed, and we may be unable to find adequate alternative providers of contract manufacturing services in the time that we or our customers require. We could lose orders and be unable to develop or sell some products cost-effectively or on a timely basis, if at all.

 

Currently, we purchase contract manufacturing services primarily for our chassis and power supply products from Ablecom. If our commercial relationship with Ablecom were to deteriorate or terminate, establishing direct relationships with those entities supplying Ablecom with key materials for our products or identifying and negotiating agreements with alternative providers of warehouse and contract manufacturing services might take a considerable amount of time and require a significant investment of resources. We may not be able to establish business arrangements that are, individually or in the aggregate, as favorable as the terms and conditions we have established with Ablecom. If any of these things should occur, our revenues, margins and earnings could significantly decrease, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We are increasing our operations in China and could be subject to risks of doing business in the region.

 

We intend to increase our business operations in Asia, and particularly in China. As a result, our exposure to the business risks presented by the economies and regulatory environments of Asia will increase. For example, the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property is uncertain and evolving in China, and our intellectual property rights may not be protected under the laws of China to the same extent as under laws of the United States. If our intellectual property is misappropriated, we may experience unfair competition and declining sales or be forced to incur increased costs of enforcing our intellectual property rights, both of which would adversely affect our revenues, gross margins and results of operations.

 

Our growth into markets outside the United States exposes us to risks inherent in international business operations.

 

We market and sell our systems and components both domestically and outside the United States. We intend to expand our international sales efforts, especially into Asia, but our international expansion efforts may not be successful. Our international operations expose us to risks and challenges that we would otherwise not face if we conducted our business only in the United States, such as:

 

    heightened price sensitivity from customers in emerging markets;

 

    our ability to establish local manufacturing, support and service functions, and to form channel relationships with resellers in non-U.S. markets;

 

    localization of our systems and components, including translation into foreign languages and the associated expenses;

 

    compliance with multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations;

 

15


Table of Contents
    foreign currency fluctuations;

 

    limited visibility into sales of our products by our distributors;

 

    laws favoring local competitors;

 

    weaker legal protections of intellectual property rights and mechanisms for enforcing those rights;

 

    market disruptions created by public health crises in regions outside the U.S., such as Avian flu, SARS and other diseases;

 

    difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, including challenges presented by relationships with workers’ councils and labor unions; and

 

    changing regional economic and political conditions.

 

These factors could limit our future international sales or otherwise adversely impact our operations

 

We have recently entered into plea and settlement agreements with the government relating to violations of export control and economic sanctions laws that occurred during the 2001 to 2003 timeframe; if we fail to comply with laws and regulations restricting dealings with sanctioned countries, we may be subject to future civil or criminal penalties, which may have a material adverse effect on our business or ability to do business outside the U.S.

 

In 2004, we received subpoenas from the Bureau of Industry and Security of the Department of Commerce, or BIS, with respect to our relationship with a distributor and transactions involving the sale and resale of products to Iran that occurred prior to 2004. After receiving the first subpoena, we retained special export control counsel, conducted an internal investigation into these matters and terminated our relationship with the distributor in question. We also instituted a new export compliance program, which program we continue to develop and implement. The U.S. Department of Justice and Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of Treasury, or OFAC, also initiated investigations regarding these matters.

 

In September 2006, we entered into an agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice pursuant to which we agreed to plead guilty to one count of violating federal export regulations by shipping 300 motherboards to Dubai, UAE, with knowledge that they would be transshipped to Iran. We agreed to pay a $150,000 fine. The plea agreement has been approved by the U.S. District Court. We have also entered into a settlement agreement with BIS with respect to alleged violations of the Export Administration Regulations pursuant to which we agreed to pay a fine of approximately $125,000. We were charged by BIS with twelve violations of the Export Administration Regulations. Six of these violations involved the shipment of server systems and components without required government authorization through a distributor to end customers in Iran. Three of these violations involved allegations that shipments took place when we knew or had reason to know that the transactions would constitute a violation of the applicable regulations. Three involved claims that we made false declarations on shipping documents, stating that no license was required for the export of the products when in fact a government license was required. BIS has also issued a proposed charging letter to one of our employees who served as an international sales team leader at the time of the transactions in question. This individual continues to be employed by us; however, the individual no longer works in an international sales function. Potential civil charges against this employee have not been resolved by our settlement with BIS. Finally, we have signed a settlement agreement presented to us by OFAC relating to 21 alleged violations of U.S. sanctions laws and are awaiting a signed copy from OFAC. Pursuant to this agreement, we have paid a fine of $179,000. With the finalization of these agreements, we believe that all issues with respect to the matters under investigation have been resolved.

 

If our export compliance program is not effective, or if we are subject to any future claims regarding violation of export control and economic sanctions laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, which could lead to a material fine or other sanctions, including loss of export privileges, that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and future prospects. In addition, these plea and settlement agreements and any future violations could have an adverse impact on our ability to sell our products to U.S. federal, state and local government and related entities.

 

16


Table of Contents

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights, trade secrets and technical know-how, could impair our brand and our competitiveness.

 

Our ability to prevent competitors from gaining access to our technology is essential to our success. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, we may lose an important advantage in the markets in which we compete. Trademark, patent, copyright and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions as well as our internal confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions are the core of our efforts to protect our proprietary technology and our brand. Our patents and other intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation, and we may initiate claims or litigation against third parties for infringement of our proprietary rights. Such administrative proceedings and litigation are inherently uncertain and divert resources that could be put towards other business priorities. We may not be able to obtain a favorable outcome and may spend considerable resources in our efforts to defend and protect our intellectual property.

 

Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our products are available. The laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate.

 

Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property and using our technology for their competitive advantage. Any such infringement or misappropriation could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Resolution of claims that we have violated or may violate the intellectual property rights of others could require us to indemnify our customers, resellers or vendors, redesign our products, or pay significant royalties to third parties, and materially harm our business.

 

Our industry is marked by a large number of patents, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks and by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violation of intellectual property rights. At any time, a third party may assert that our technology or products violates such party’s intellectual property rights. For example, we are presently subject to a lawsuit filed on September 2, 2005 by Rackable Systems, Inc. alleging that one of our product families infringes two United States patents that relate to computers with front mounted I/O connectors and back-to-back placement of rack mounted computers. In its complaint, Rackable seeks compensatory damages, treble damages for willful infringement, interest, attorneys’ fees and injunctive relief. On September 8, 2006, the parties presented a tutorial to the court summarizing the technology involved in the case, the nature of the inventions of the patents, and background prior art. A “Markman” hearing was held on October 4, 2006. We are vigorously defending the suit, and we are currently engaged in discovery on the matter. Successful intellectual property claims against us from Rackable or others could result in significant financial liability or prevent us from operating our business or portions of our business as we currently conduct it or as we may later conduct it. In addition, resolution of claims may require us to redesign our technology, to obtain licenses to use intellectual property belonging to third parties, which we may not be able to obtain on reasonable terms, to cease using the technology covered by those rights, and to indemnify our customers, resellers or vendors. Any claim, regardless of its merits, could be expensive and time consuming to defend against, and divert the attention of our technical and management resources.

 

If we lose Charles Liang, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, or any other key employee or are unable to attract additional key employees, we may not be able to implement our business strategy in a timely manner.

 

Our future success depends in large part upon the continued service of our executive management team and other key employees. In particular, Charles Liang, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the

 

17


Table of Contents

Board, is critical to the overall management of our company as well as to the development of our culture and our strategic direction. Mr. Liang co-founded our company and has been our Chief Executive Officer since our inception. His experience in running our business and his personal involvement in key relationships with suppliers, customers and strategic partners are extremely valuable to our company. Additionally, we are particularly dependent on the continued service of our existing research and development personnel because of the complexity of our products and technologies. Our employment arrangements with our executives and employees do not require them to provide services to us for any specific length of time, and they can terminate their employment with us at any time, with or without notice, without penalty. The loss of services of any of these executives or of one or more other key members of our team could seriously harm our business.

 

To execute our growth plan, we must attract additional highly qualified personnel, including additional engineers and executive staff. Competition for qualified personnel is intense, especially in San Jose, where we are headquartered. We have experienced in the past and may continue to experience difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. In particular, we are currently working to add personnel in our finance, accounting and general administration departments, which have historically had limited budgets and staffing. If we are unable to attract and integrate additional key employees in a manner that enables us to scale our business and operations effectively, or if we do not maintain competitive compensation policies to retain our employees, our ability to operate effectively and efficiently could be limited.

 

Our board and management team have a limited history of working together and may not be able to execute our business plan.

 

Two members of our Board joined our Board in August 2006. Howard Hideshima, our Chief Financial Officer, joined the Company in May 2006. We have also recently filled a number of positions in our finance and accounting staff. Accordingly, key personnel in our finance and accounting team have only recently assumed the duties and responsibilities they are now performing. Our Board members and key employees have worked together for only a limited period of time and have a limited track record of executing our business plan as a team. In addition, our executives have limited experience conducting business as a public company and fulfilling the increased legal, administrative and accounting obligations associated with being a public company. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict whether our directors and senior executives, individually and collectively, will be effective in managing our operations.

 

Any failure to adequately expand our sales force will impede our growth.

 

Though we expect to continue to rely primarily on third party distributors to sell our server solutions, we expect that, over time, our direct sales force will grow. Competition for direct sales personnel with the advanced sales skills and technical knowledge we need is intense. Our ability to grow our revenue in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, retaining and successfully managing sufficient qualified direct sales personnel. New hires require significant training and may take six months or longer before they reach full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as we would like, and we may be unable to hire sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets where we do business. If we are unable to hire and develop sufficient numbers of productive sales personnel, sales of our server solutions will suffer.

 

Our direct sales efforts may create confusion for our end customers and harm our relationships with our distributors and OEMs.

 

Though our direct sales efforts have historically been limited and focused on customers who typically do not buy from distributors or OEMs, we expect our direct sales force to grow as our business grows. As our direct sales force becomes larger, our direct sales efforts may lead to conflicts with our distributors and OEMs, who may view our direct sales efforts as undermining their efforts to sell our products. If a distributor or OEM deems our direct sales efforts to be inappropriate, the distributor or OEM may not effectively market our products, may emphasize alternative products from competitors, or may seek to terminate our business relationship. Disruptions

 

18


Table of Contents

in our distribution channels could cause our revenues to decrease or fail to grow as expected. Our failure to implement an effective direct sales strategy that maintains and expands our relationships with our distributors and OEMs could lead to a decline in sales and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Backlog does not provide a substantial portion of our net sales in any quarter.

 

Our revenues are difficult to forecast because we do not have sufficient backlog of unfilled orders to meet our quarterly net sales targets at the beginning of a quarter. Rather, a majority of our net sales in any quarter depend upon customer orders that we receive and fulfill in that quarter. Because our expense levels are based in part on our expectations as to future net sales and to a large extent are fixed in the short term, we might be unable to adjust spending in time to compensate for any shortfall in net sales. Accordingly, any significant shortfall of revenues in relation to our expectations would harm our operating results.

 

If the market for modular, open standard-based products does not continue to grow, opportunities to sell our products will be scarcer and our ability to grow would suffer.

 

The success of our business requires companies to commit to a modular, open standard-based server architecture instead of traditional proprietary and RISC/UNIX based servers. If enterprises do not adopt this open standard-based approach, the market for our products may not grow as we anticipate and our revenues would be adversely affected. Many prospective customers have invested significant financial and human resources in their existing systems, many of which are critical to their operations, and they may be reticent to overhaul their systems. Moreover, many of the server systems that we sell currently run on the Linux operating system, and are subject to the GNU General Public License. Pending litigation involving Linux and the GNU General Public License could be resolved in a manner that adversely affects Linux adoption in our industry and could materially harm our ability to sell our products based on the Linux operating system and the GNU General Public License. If the market for open standard-based modular technologies does not continue to develop for any reason, our ability to grow our business will be adversely affected.

 

Market demand for our products may decrease as a result of changes in general economic conditions, as well as incidents of terrorism, war and other social and political instability.

 

Our revenues and gross profit depend largely on general economic conditions and, in particular, the strength of demand for our server solutions in the markets in which we are doing business. From time to time, customers and potential customers have elected not to make purchases of our products due to reduced budgets and uncertainty about the future, and, in the case of distributors, declining demand from their customers for their solutions in which they integrate our products. Similarly, from time to time, acts of terrorism, in particular in the United States, have had a negative impact on information technology spending. High fuel prices and turmoil in the Middle East and elsewhere have increased uncertainty in the United States and our other markets. Should the current conflicts in the Middle East and in other parts of the world suppress economic activity in the United States or globally, our customers may delay or reduce their purchases on information technology, which would result in lower demand for our products and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

If we acquire any companies or technologies in the future, they could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our operating results.

 

In the future, we may acquire or make investments in companies, assets or technologies that we believe are complementary or strategic. We have not made any acquisitions or investments to date, and therefore our ability as an organization to make acquisitions or investments is unproven. If we decide to make an acquisition or investment, we face numerous risks, including:

 

    difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, products and personnel;

 

    diversion of financial and managerial resources from existing operations;

 

    risk of overpaying for or misjudging the strategic fit of an acquired company, asset or technology;

 

19


Table of Contents
    problems or liabilities stemming from defects of an acquired product or intellectual property litigation that may result from offering the acquired product in our markets;

 

    challenges in retaining employees key to maximize the value of the acquisition or investment;

 

    inability to generate sufficient return on investment;

 

    incurrence of significant one-time write-offs; and

 

    delays in customer purchases due to uncertainty.

 

If we proceed with an acquisition or investment, we may be required to use a considerable amount of our cash, including proceeds from this offering, or to finance the transaction through debt or equity securities offerings, which may decrease our financial liquidity or dilute our stockholders and affect the market price of our stock. As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments, our business and prospects may be harmed.

 

Maintaining and improving our financial controls and complying with rules and regulations applicable to public companies may be a significant burden on our management team and require considerable expenditures of our resources.

 

As a public company, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we do not incur as a private company. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and The Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, or Nasdaq rules, will apply to us as a public company. Compliance with these rules and regulations will necessitate significant increases in our legal and financial budgets and may also strain our personnel, systems and resources.

 

The Exchange Act requires, among other things, filing of annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Satisfying these requirements involves a commitment of significant resources and management oversight. As a result of management’s efforts to comply with such requirements, other important business concerns may receive insufficient attention, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to meet certain of these regulatory requirements may also cause us to be delisted from the Nasdaq Global Market.

 

In addition, we are hiring and will continue to hire additional legal, accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge, which will increase our operating expenses in future periods.

 

We also expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to maintain coverage. If we are unable to maintain adequate directors’ and officers’ insurance, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers.

 

Our operations involve the use of hazardous and toxic materials, and we must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive, and may affect our business and operating results.

 

We are subject to federal, state and local regulations relating to the use, handling, storage, disposal and human exposure to hazardous and toxic materials. If we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws in the future as a result of our inability to obtain permits, human error, accident, equipment failure or other causes, we could be subject to fines, costs, or civil or criminal sanctions, face third party property damage or personal injury claims or be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, which could be material, or experience disruptions in our operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our

 

20


Table of Contents

business. In addition, environmental laws could become more stringent over time imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations, which could harm our business.

 

We also face increasing complexity in our product design as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the materials composition of our products, including the restrictions on lead and other hazardous substances applicable to specified electronic products placed on the market in the European Union (Restriction on the Use of Hazardous Substances Directive 2002/95/EC, also known as the RoHS Directive). We also expect that our operations will be affected by other new environmental laws and regulations on an ongoing basis. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such new laws and regulations, they will likely result in additional costs, and could require that we change the design and/or manufacturing of our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Risks Related to this Offering

 

There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop that will provide you with adequate liquidity.

 

Currently there is no public market for our common stock. Investor interest in us may not lead to the development of an active trading market. The initial public offering price for the shares will be negotiated between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. You may not be able to resell our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

 

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile, and you might not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 

Though our common stock has no prior trading history, the trading prices of technology company securities in general have been highly volatile. Accordingly, the trading price of our common stock is likely to be subject to wide fluctuations. Factors, in addition to those outlined elsewhere in this prospectus, that may affect the trading price of our common stock include:

 

    actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

 

    announcements of technological innovations, new products or product enhancements, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

    changes in recommendations by any securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

 

    the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

 

    the loss of a key customer;

 

    the loss of key personnel;

 

    technological advancements rendering our products less valuable;

 

    lawsuits filed against us;

 

    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other companies that sell similar products;

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;

 

    market conditions in our industry, the industries of our customers and the economy as a whole; and

 

    other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events.

 

21


Table of Contents

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

 

Attempts by existing stockholders to sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the contractual lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline significantly. Based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2006, upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding             shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares, only shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may, in their collective sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees and current stockholders who are subject to a 180-day contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. The lock-up is subject to extension under certain circumstances. For additional information, see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements.”

 

After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire, an additional             shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, including             shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates, which will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In addition,             shares subject to outstanding options and reserved for future issuance under our 1998 stock option plan will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information regarding shares of our common stock that existing stockholders may sell after this offering.

 

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

 

The research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business will likely have an effect on the trading price of our common stock. If an industry analyst decides not to cover our company, or if an industry analyst decides to cease covering our company at some point in the future, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. If an industry analyst downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely decline rapidly in response.

 

The concentration of our capital stock ownership with insiders upon the completion of this offering will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

 

We anticipate that our executive officers, directors, current five percent or greater stockholders and affiliated entities will together beneficially own approximately             percent of our common stock outstanding after this offering. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, will have significant influence over all matters that require approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. Corporate action might be taken even if other stockholders, including those who purchase shares in this offering, oppose them. This concentration of ownership might also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company that other stockholders may view as beneficial.

 

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds from this offering and might not apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

 

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering. Though at this time we have not designated the net proceeds for specific projects, we expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, and repayment of building loans. We may also use net proceeds for other purposes, including capital expenditures, and for possible investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary products or technologies, although we have no specific plans at this time to do so. Management may fail to use these funds effectively to yield a significant return, or any return, on any investment of these net proceeds.

 

22


Table of Contents

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares you purchase in this offering.

 

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the book value per share of the outstanding common stock after this offering. Therefore, based on an assumed offering price of $             per share, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $             per share. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, or if outstanding options to purchase our common stock are exercised, you will experience additional dilution.

 

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, as a result, depress the trading price of our common stock.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions:

 

    establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;

 

    provide that directors may only be removed “for cause” and only with the approval of the holders of 66  2 / 3 percent of our then outstanding shares of common stock;

 

    require super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

 

    authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares and to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

    limit the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

    provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

 

In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which, subject to some exceptions, prohibits “business combinations” between a Delaware corporation and an “interested stockholder,” which is generally defined as a stockholder who becomes a beneficial owner of 15% or more of a Delaware corporation’s voting stock for a three-year period following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder. Section 203 could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control that our stockholders might consider to be in their best interests. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take corporate actions other than those you desire.

 

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

 

We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

 

23


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based upon our current expectations and projections about future events and trends affecting the financial condition of our business. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology including “would,” “could,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or “continue,” the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risks described above and in other parts of this prospectus. These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. We cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

 

Information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the projected growth rate of the markets in which we participate is based on industry publications, surveys and forecasts generated by IDC and other sources. Such industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. Although we believe that the reports are reliable, we have not independently verified their data.

 

24


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

At an assumed public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the initial public offering price range, we will receive $             from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds received by the selling stockholders from the sale of their shares. If the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, we estimate that we will receive $             in net proceeds.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital, create a public market for our common stock, and facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to pay off approximately $19.2 million of existing building loans, which bear interest rates ranging from 5.28% to 6.75% as of June 30, 2006 and will mature in 2021, 2025 and 2029, respectively. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes. We have no present intention to acquire any businesses, products or technologies. Pending use of the net proceeds of this offering, we intend to invest the funds in short-term, interest bearing, investment grade securities.

 

Except for amounts that will be used to repay outstanding building loans, we cannot specify with certainty the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon completion of this offering. Accordingly, our management team will have broad discretion in using the net proceeds of this offering.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently expect to retain all future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The declaration and payment of any dividends in the future will be determined by our board of directors, in its discretion, and will depend on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements and overall financial condition. In addition, our ability to declare and pay dividends is substantially restricted under our credit facility.

 

25


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2006 on:

 

    an actual basis; and

 

    an as adjusted basis giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock by us in this offering after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the repayment of approximately $19.2 million of building loans.

 

You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2006
     Actual     As Adjusted
     (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,509     $            
              

Long term debt and capital lease obligations, net of current portion

   $ 18,685     $  

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share;
20,000,000 shares authorized, 11,087,132 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized          shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     10,536    

Undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share;
No shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, as adjusted

    

Deferred stock-based compensation

     (2,563 )  

Retained earnings

     39,794    
              

Total stockholders’ equity

     47,767      
              

Total capitalization

   $ 66,452     $
              

 

The number of shares of common stock outstanding set forth in the table above excludes, as of June 30, 2006:

 

    7,175,580 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding, including options outstanding under our 1998 stock option plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.80 per share; and

 

    2,062,011 shares of common stock authorized for future issuance under our 1998 stock option plan.

 

26


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. The net tangible book value attributable to our common stock as of June 30, 2006 was $47.8 million, or $4.31 per share.

 

Net tangible book value per share of common stock is determined by dividing the number of outstanding shares of common stock into the net tangible book value attributable to our common stock, which is our total tangible assets less our total liabilities. After giving effect to the sale of common stock by us in this offering at an initial public offering price of $             per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the adjusted net tangible book value attributable to our common stock as of June 30, 2006 would have been approximately $             million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $             per share to the holders of our existing common stock and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock at the initial public offering price.

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $             
         

Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2006, before giving effect to this offering

   $ 4.31   
         

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
         

Net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     
         

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors

      $  
         

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us in full, the net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $            per share, and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $            per share.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) our and net tangible book value, our net tangible book value per share after this offering and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $            million, $            and $            , respectively, or approximately $            million, $            and $            , respectively, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The following table summarizes, on an as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2006, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by the new investors in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration    

Average

Price Per

Share

     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing stockholders

   11,087,132                 %   $ 10,050,284                 %   $ 0.91

New investors

            
                              

Total

      100 %   $      100 %   $  
                              

 

27


Table of Contents

If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the following will occur:

 

    the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders would represent approximately             % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

    the number of shares held by new investors would increase to             , or approximately             % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

The foregoing table assumes no exercise of stock options and              shares of our common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering. As of June 30, 2006, there were options outstanding to purchase 7,175,580 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.80 per share. To the extent outstanding options having an exercise price that is less than the offering price of this offering are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

 

28


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

We present below our selected consolidated financial data. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2006, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. You should read this information together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes, each included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.

 

     Fiscal Years Ended June 30,  
     2002     2003     2004     2005     2006  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:(1)

          

Net sales

   $ 89,339     $ 137,161     $ 167,065     $ 211,763     $ 302,541  

Cost of sales

     75,354       113,853       138,232       178,293       242,235  
                                        

Gross profit

     13,985       23,308       28,833       33,470       60,306  
                                        

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     3,635       6,858       8,513       10,609       15,814  

Sales and marketing

     4,690       5,907       8,439       7,197       9,363  

General and administrative

     2,631       3,315       5,074       5,380       6,931  

Provision for (reversal of) litigation loss

     —         1,178       —         (1,178 )     575  
                                        

Total operating expenses

     10,956       17,258       22,026       22,008       32,683  
                                        

Income from operations

     3,029       6,050       6,807       11,462       27,623  

Interest income

           28       27       117       254  

Interest expense

     (619 )     (800 )     (771 )     (867 )     (1,257 )

Other income, net

     220       95       20       17       2  
                                        

Interest and other income, net

     (399 )     (677 )     (724 )     (733 )     (1,001 )
                                        

Income before income taxes provision

     2,630       5,373       6,083       10,729       26,622  

Income tax provision

     428       1,856       1,229       3,639       9,675  
                                        

Net income

   $ 2,202     $ 3,517     $ 4,854     $ 7,090     $ 16,947  
                                        

Net income per share

          

Basic

   $ 0.21     $ 0.32     $ 0.44     $ 0.65     $ 1.54  

Diluted

   $ 0.18     $ 0.27     $ 0.35     $ 0.48     $ 1.06  

Shares used in per share calculation

          

Basic

     10,662       10,857       10,949       10,957       11,005  

Diluted

     12,481       12,863       14,031       14,721       15,923  

(1)   Includes charges for stock-based compensation:

Cost of sales

   $    $    $ 17    $ 40    $ 102

Research and development

               81      180      441

Sales and marketing

               48      63      236

General and administrative

               56      142      317
     As of June 30,
     2002    2003    2004    2005    2006
     (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,970    $ 6,357    $ 7,359    $ 11,170    $ 16,509

Working capital

     9,075      12,578      14,040      22,922      37,026

Total assets

     40,136      50,796      72,347      89,662      131,001

Long-term obligations, net of current portion(2)

     9,506      9,108      13,062      12,572      18,685

Total stockholders’ equity

     12,854      16,418      21,568      29,127      47,767

(2)   As of June 30, 2006, $18.6 million of our long-term obligations were building loans.

 

29


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under the heading “Risk Factors.”

 

Overview

 

We design, develop, manufacture and sell application optimized, high performance server solutions based on an innovative, modular and open-standard x86 architecture. Our solutions include a range of complete server systems, as well as components which can be used by distributors, OEMs and end customers to assemble server systems. To date, we have generated the majority of our net sales from components. Since 2000, we have gradually shifted our focus and resources to designing, developing, manufacturing and selling application optimized server systems.

 

We commenced operations in 1993 and have been profitable every year since inception. For fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006, our net sales were $167.1 million, $211.8 million and $302.5 million, respectively, and our net income was $4.9 million, $7.1 million and $16.9 million, respectively.

 

We sell our server systems and components primarily through distributors and to a lesser extent to OEMs as well as through our direct sales force. For fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006, we derived approximately 87%, 83% and 73% of our net sales from products sold to distributors, respectively, and we derived approximately 13%, 17% and 27%, respectively, from sales to OEMs and end customers. None of our customers accounted for 10% or more of our net sales in fiscal years 2004, 2005 or 2006. For fiscal year 2005, approximately 56% and 44% of our net sales were to customers in the United States and outside of the United States, respectively, compared to approximately 59% and 41%, respectively, in fiscal year 2006.

 

We perform the majority of our research and development efforts in-house. For fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006, research and development expenses represented approximately 5.1%, 5.0% and 5.2% of our net sales, respectively.

 

We use several suppliers and contract manufacturers to design and manufacture components in accordance with our specifications, with most final assembly and testing performed at our manufacturing facility in San Jose, California. This arrangement enables us to maintain our cost structure and to benefit from our suppliers’ and contract manufacturers’ research and development and economies of scale.

 

In order to continue to increase our net sales and profits, we believe that we must continue to develop flexible and customizable server solutions and be among the first to market with new features and products. We measure our financial success based on various indicators, including growth in revenues, gross profit as a percentage of net sales, operating income as a percentage of net sales, levels of inventory, and days sales outstanding, or DSOs. In connection with these efforts, we monitor daily and weekly sales and shipment reports. Among the key non-financial indicators of our success is our ability to rapidly introduce new products and deliver the latest application optimized server solutions. In this regard, we work closely with microprocessor and other component vendors to take advantage of new technologies as they are introduced. We also solicit input from our customers to understand their future needs as we design and develop our products.

 

Fiscal Year

 

Our fiscal year ends on June 30. References to fiscal year 2006, for example, refer to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006.

 

30


Table of Contents

Revenues and Expenses

 

Net sales.     Net sales consist of sales of our server solutions, including server systems and components. The main factors which impact our net sales are unit volumes shipped and average selling prices. The prices for server systems range widely depending upon the configuration, and the prices for our components vary based on the type of component. As with most electronics-based products, average selling prices typically are highest at the time of introduction of new products which utilize the latest technology and tend to decrease over time as such products mature in the market and are replaced by next generation products.

 

Cost of sales.     Cost of sales primarily consists of the costs to manufacture our products, including the costs of materials, contract manufacturing, shipping, personnel and related expenses, equipment and facility expenses, warranty costs and inventory write-offs. The primary factors that impact our cost of sales are the mix of products sold and cost of materials, which include raw material costs, shipping costs and salary and benefits related to production. We expect cost of sales to increase in absolute dollars in the future from an expected increase in net sales. Costs of sales as a percentage of net sales may increase over time if decreases in average selling prices are not offset by corresponding decreases in our costs. Our cost of sales, as a percentage of net sales, is generally lower on server systems than on components. Because we do not have long-term fixed supply agreements, our cost of sales is subject to change based on market conditions.

 

Research and development expenses.     Research and development expenses consist of the personnel and related expenses of our research and development teams, and materials and supplies, consulting services, third party testing services and equipment and facility expenses related to our research and development activities. All research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We expect that research and development expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars in the future as we increase our investment in developing new products and adding new features in current products, but such expenditures may fluctuate as a percentage of net sales.

 

Sales and marketing expenses.     Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and commissions for our sales and marketing personnel, costs for tradeshows, independent sales representative fees and marketing programs. From time to time, we receive cooperative marketing funding from certain suppliers. Under these programs, we are reimbursed for certain marketing costs that we incur as part of the joint promotion of our products and those of our suppliers. These amounts offset a portion of the related expenses and have the effect of reducing our reported sales and marketing expenses. Similarly, we from time to time offer our distributors cooperative marketing funding which has the effect of increasing our expenses. The timing and magnitude of our programs and those of our suppliers can result in significant variations in reported sales and marketing expenses from period to period. Spending on cooperative marketing, either by us or our suppliers, typically increases in connection with significant product releases by us or our suppliers. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars, but that such expenditures will decline as a percentage of net sales.

 

General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses consist primarily of general corporate costs, including personnel expenses, financial reporting, corporate governance and compliance and outside legal, audit and tax fees. We expect general and administrative expenses to continue to increase significantly on an absolute dollar basis to support our anticipated growth and cover additional costs associated with being a public company, such as regulatory reporting requirements, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, higher insurance premiums and investor relations, but such expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of net sales.

 

Provision for (reversal of) litigation loss.     Loss from litigation relates to an action filed in France by Digitechnic, S.A., a former customer, alleging that certain products purchased from us were defective. In September 2003, the court found in favor of Digitechnic and awarded damages totaling $1.2 million. We accrued for these damages in our consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2003. In February 2005, the court of appeals dismissed the claims and, as a result, we reversed the expense. Digitechnic has appealed the decision to the French supreme court and asked for $2,416,000 for damages. Although we cannot predict with certainty the

 

31


Table of Contents

final outcome of this litigation, we believe the claims to be without merit and intend to continue to defend against them vigorously. We believe that the ultimate resolution of this matter will not result in a material adverse impact on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. In addition, we accrued $575,000 in fiscal year 2006 for the payment of estimated fines related to export control matters arising in prior years.

 

Interest expense and other, net.     Interest expense and other, net represents the net of our interest expense on the building loans for our owned facilities and a Small Business Administration loan offset by interest earned on our cash balances. We expect to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay all of these obligations.

 

Income tax provision.     Our income tax provision is based on our taxable income generated in the jurisdictions in which we operate, currently primarily the United States and the Netherlands and to a lesser extent, Taiwan. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate primarily due to the tax benefit of research and development tax credits and the extraterritorial income exclusion. A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to our effective tax rate is set forth in Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus. In future years, we anticipate our effective tax rate will increase due to the expiration of the federal research and development credit provisions, as well as the phase out of the extraterritorial income exclusion.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. We evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis, including those related to inventory valuations, income taxes, warranty obligations and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making the judgments we make about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Because these estimates can vary depending on the situation, actual results may differ from the estimates.

 

We believe the following are our most critical accounting policies as they require our more significant judgments in the preparation of our financial statements.

 

Revenue Recognition.     We account for revenue under the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements . Under the provisions of SAB No. 104, we recognize revenue from sales of products, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, shipment has occurred and title has transferred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured, and all significant obligations have been met. Generally this occurs at the time of shipment when risk of loss and title has passed to the customer. Our standard arrangement with our customers includes a signed purchase order or contract, free-on-board shipping point terms, except for a few customers who have free-on-board destination terms and revenue is recognized when the products arrive at the destination, 30 to 60 days payment terms, and no customer acceptance provisions. We generally do not provide for non-warranty rights of return except for products which have “Out-of-box” failure, where customers could return these products for credit within 30 days of receiving the items. Certain distributors and OEMs are also permitted to return products in unopened boxes, limited to purchases over a specified period of time, generally within 60 to 90 days of the purchase, or to products in the distributor’s or OEM’s inventory at certain times (such as the termination of the agreement or product obsolescence). In addition, we have a sale arrangement with an OEM that has limited product return rights. To estimate reserves for future sales returns, we regularly review our history of actual returns for each major product line. We also communicate regularly with our distributors to gather information about end customer satisfaction, and to determine the volume of inventory in the channel. Reserves for future returns are adjusted as necessary, based on returns experience, returns expectations and communication with our distributors.

 

32


Table of Contents

Probability of collection is assessed on a customer-by-customer basis. Customers are subjected to a credit review process that evaluates the customers’ financial position and ability to pay. If it is determined from the outset of an arrangement that collection is not probable based upon the review process, the customers are required to pay cash in advance of shipment. We provide for price protection to certain distributors. We assess the market competition and product technology obsolescence, and make price adjustments based on our judgment. Upon each announcement of price reductions, the accrual for price protection is calculated based on our distributors’ inventory on hand. Such reserves are recorded as a reduction to revenue at the time we reduce the product prices in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products ). Credits that we issued pursuant to these provisions were $397,000, $203,000 and $75,000 for fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. We do not commit to future price reductions with any of our customers.

 

We have an immaterial amount of service revenue relating to non-warranty repairs, which is recognized upon shipment of the repaired units to customers. Service revenue has been less than 10% of net sales for all periods presented and is not separately disclosed.

 

Product Warranties.     We offer product warranties ranging from 12 to 36 months against any defective product. We accrue for estimated returns of defective products at the time revenue is recognized, based on historical warranty experience and recent trends. We monitor warranty obligations and may make revisions to our warranty reserve if actual costs of product repair and replacement are significantly higher or lower than estimated. Accruals for anticipated future warranty costs are charged to cost of sales and included in accrued liabilities.

 

Inventory Valuation.     Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market. We evaluate inventory on a quarterly basis for excess and obsolescence and write-down the valuation of units that are unlikely to be sold based upon estimated demand for the following twelve months. This evaluation may take into account matters including expected demand, anticipated sales price, product obsolescence and other factors. If actual future demand for our products is less than currently forecasted, additional inventory adjustments may be required. Once a reserve is established, it is maintained until the product to which it relates is sold or scrapped. If a unit that has been written down is subsequently sold, the cost associated with the revenue from this unit is reduced to the extent of the write down, resulting in an increase in gross profit.

 

Accounting for Income Taxes.     We account for income taxes under an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and such amounts recognized for income tax reporting purposes, net operating loss carry-forwards and other tax credits measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

 

Stock-Based Compensation.     We account for stock-based compensation awards issued to our employees using the intrinsic value measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , or Opinion 25. Accordingly, we have recorded compensation expense for stock options granted with exercise prices less than the fair value of the underlying common stock at the option grant date. For options granted in fiscal year 2006, we determined the valuations at the end of each quarter, with the assistance of an unrelated valuation specialist. The valuation specialist used generally accepted valuation techniques including the discounted cash flow method and the guideline company method. The valuations placed equal weighting on these two methods in estimating our fair value. For options granted in fiscal years 2004 and 2005, we estimated the grant date fair value using valuations as of June 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005, determined contemporaneously by an unrelated valuation specialist. The Company with the assistance of the valuation specialist, used the guideline company method for June 30, 2003 and the discounted cash flow method for June 30, 2004 and 2005. The valuation specialist used the guideline company method in fiscal year 2003 instead of the discounted cash flow method due to the limited forecast information available at the time. In fiscal years 2004 and 2005, the valuation specialist utilized the discounted cash flow method and also considered the guideline company method. However, the valuation specialist felt the discounted cash flow method was a better

 

33


Table of Contents

determination of value of the Company and did not use the guideline company method. Determining the fair value of our common stock requires us to make complex and subjective judgments involving estimates of revenues, earnings, assumed market growth rates and estimated costs, discount rates, comparable companies and relevant market multiples. These estimates are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. There is inherent uncertainty in making these estimates.

 

The estimated fair value of our common stock was $3.65, $6.33 and $8.26 at June 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005. The increase in the fair value of our common stock from June 30, 2003 to June 30, 2005 was due to the growth in our company and a decrease in the marketability discount over this period. Our net sales increased 54.4% from $137.2 million in fiscal year 2003 to $211.8 million in fiscal year 2005 and our net income increased 101.6% from $3.5 million in fiscal year 2003 to $7.1 million in fiscal year 2005. Our marketability discount decreased from 35.0% at June 30, 2003 to 31.1% at June 30, 2005, reflecting a modest increase in the expectations that the Company would eventually pursue a public offering of its common stock resulting in it becoming marketable.

 

The estimated fair value of our common stock was as follows for each of the quarters in fiscal year 2006:

 

September 30, 2005

   $ 9.74

December 31, 2005

   $ 17.11

March 31, 2006

   $ 27.40

June 30, 2006

   $ 24.09

 

The increase in the fair value of our common stock during fiscal year 2006 was due primarily to the following factors:

 

    Continued net sales growth of 42.9% from $211.8 million in fiscal year 2005 to $302.5 million in fiscal year 2006.

 

    Net income growing faster than sales at 139.0% from $7.1 million in fiscal year 2005 to $16.9 million in fiscal year 2006.

 

    Increasing percentage of our sales from server systems, which generally have higher gross margins than sales of our components.

 

    Introduction of new products based on AMD and Intel processors.

 

    Addition of our chief financial officer in May 2006 and significant expansion of our accounting and finance department to meet the demands of a public reporting company.

 

    Decreases in our marketability discount from 31.1% at June 30, 2005 to 27.2% at September 30, 2005 to 23.3% at December 31, 2005 to 9.8% at March 31, 2006 and to 6.5% at June 30, 2006 reflecting our increasing expectations of an eventual initial public offering as evidenced by our hiring of our chief financial officer, our selection of investment bankers and the initial public offering organizational meeting that took place at the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006.

 

The decrease in fair value of our common stock at June 30, 2006 relative to March 31, 2006 was primarily due to changes in our long term model after review of projected revenue growth rates for the industry by our new chief financial officer.

 

The increases in the fair value of our common stock during the first three quarters of fiscal year 2006 were tempered by uncertainties regarding legal matters, which if not resolved satisfactorily would delay or preclude an initial public offering, and other factors including fluctuations in the market value of our peer group of companies.

 

Deferred stock-based compensation based on outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2006 is approximately $2.6 million. We determine our amortization expense following a straight-line attribution method. Forfeitures of unvested options resulting from employee terminations result in the reversal during the period of forfeiture of previously expensed stock compensation associated with the unvested options. Stock compensation from vested

 

34


Table of Contents

options, whether forfeited or not, is not reversed. Accordingly, increases in stock option grants for any reason, including increases associated with increases in employee headcount, have been associated with increases in amortization of stock compensation during periods when our grants were at exercise prices below the deemed fair value of the common stock. Decreases result from the timing of significant grants in earlier periods relative to grants in subsequent periods, reversal of stock compensation from forfeited, unvested options and the timing of grants within each period and the corresponding impact on period-to-period amortization. Subsequent to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, or SFAS 123R, on July 1, 2006 as discussed under “Recently Issued Accounting Standards” below, only new grants made after adoption of SFAS 123R become subject to the provisions of SFAS 123R. We are not required to record additional amounts of deferred stock-based compensation expense for grants made prior to adoption of SFAS 123R and will continue to recognize the balance of deferred stock-based compensation as of July 1, 2006 in accordance with APB 25. We expect to record aggregate amortization of stock-based compensation expense relating to outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2006 of $1.0 million, $0.9 million, $0.6 million and $0.1 million during fiscal years 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, subject to continued vesting of these options. This amortization will be allocated among cost of sales, research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses, respectively, based upon the employees’ job functions.

 

Variable Interest Entities.     We have analyzed the Company’s relationship with Ablecom Technology Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Ablecom”) and we have concluded that Ablecom is a variable interest entity as defined by FIN No. 46R; however, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of Ablecom and, therefore, the Company does not consolidate Ablecom. In performing our analysis, we considered the Company’s explicit arrangements with Ablecom including the supplier and distributor arrangements. Also, as a result of the substantial related party relationship between the two companies, we considered whether any implicit arrangements exist that would cause the Company to protect those related parties’ interests in Ablecom from suffering losses. We determined that no implicit arrangements exist with Ablecom or its shareholders. Such an arrangement would be inconsistent with the fiduciary duty that the Company has towards its stockholders who do not own shares in Ablecom.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth our financial results, as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
         2004             2005             2006      

Net sales

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of sales

   82.7     84.2     80.1  
                  

Gross profit

   17.3     15.8     19.9  
                  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   5.1     5.0     5.2  

Sales and marketing

   5.1     3.4     3.1  

General and administrative

   3.0     2.6     2.3  

Provision for (reversal of) litigation loss

   0.0     (0.6 )   0.2  
                  

Total operating expenses

   13.2     10.4     10.8  
                  

Income from operations

   4.1     5.4     9.1  

Interest income

   0.0     0.1     0.1  

Interest expense

   (0.5 )   (0.4 )   (0.4 )

Other income, net

   0.0     0.0     0.0  
                  

Income before income taxes provision

   3.6     5.1     8.8  

Income tax provision

   0.7     1.8     3.2  
                  

Net income

   2.9 %   3.3 %   5.6 %
                  

 

35


Table of Contents

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2005 and 2006

 

Net sales.     Net sales increased by $90.8 million, or 42.9%, from $211.8 million to $302.5 million, for fiscal years 2005 and 2006, respectively. This was due to an increase in both unit volumes and average selling prices. Growth in unit volumes was primarily due to the increasing sales of our 5000 series of server systems, our X6 series of serverboards and other server components, primarily accessories, including microprocessors. Growth in our average selling prices was principally driven by increasing server systems sales, offset in part by declines in average selling prices in more mature products. Sales of server systems represented 31.4% of our net sales for fiscal year 2005 as compared to 35.2% of our net sales for fiscal year 2006.

 

For fiscal year 2005, customers in the United States, Asia, Germany and rest of Europe accounted for approximately 56.3%, 12.7%, 9.3% and 18.4%, of our net sales, respectively, as compared to 58.5%, 11.0%, 8.9% and 19.3%, respectively, for fiscal year 2006.

 

Cost of sales.     Cost of sales increased by $63.9 million, or 35.9%, from $178.3 million to $242.2 million, for fiscal years 2005 and 2006, respectively. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales was 84.2% and 80.1% for fiscal years 2005 and 2006, respectively. The increase in absolute dollars of cost of sales was primarily attributable to the increase in net sales. The lower cost of sales as a percentage of net sales was driven by the increasing percentage of our sales represented by server systems, which generally have lower costs of sales as a percentage of net sales than components.

 

We expect cost of sales to include stock-based compensation expense of $97,000, $88,000, $55,000 and $10,000 in fiscal years 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, based on the continued vesting of outstanding options as of June 30, 2006.

 

Research and development expenses.     Research and development expenses increased by $5.2 million, or 49.1%, from $10.6 million to $15.8 million for fiscal years 2005 and 2006, respectively. Research and development expenses were 5.0% of net sales for fiscal year 2005 and 5.2% of net sales for fiscal year 2006. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $3.9 million in salary and benefits resulting from growth in research and development personnel. The increase in personnel was primarily related to expanded product development initiatives.

 

We expect research and development expenses to include stock-based compensation expense of $414,000, $381,000, $261,000 and $43,000 in fiscal years 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, based on the continued vesting of outstanding options as of June 30, 2006.

 

Sales and marketing expenses.     Sales and marketing expenses increased by $2.2 million, or 30.1%, from $7.2 million to $9.4 million, for fiscal years 2005 and 2006, respectively. Sales and marketing expenses were 3.4% and 3.1% of net sales for fiscal years 2005 and 2006, respectively. The increase in absolute dollars was primarily due to an increase in cash compensation and benefits resulting from growth in sales and marketing personnel, and an increase in international sales consulting fees, offset in part by lower cooperative marketing funding that we provided to our distributors. We expect the cooperative marketing funding that we provide to fluctuate from period to period based on our new product introductions.

 

We expect sales and marketing expenses to include stock-based compensation expense of $171,000, $157,000, $121,000 and $16,000 in fiscal years 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, based on the continued vesting of outstanding options as of June 30, 2006.

 

General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses increased by $1.6 million, or 28.8%, from $5.4 million to $6.9 million, for fiscal years 2005 and 2006, respectively. General and administrative expenses were 2.6% and 2.3% of net sales for fiscal years 2005 and 2006, respectively. The increase in absolute dollars was primarily due to an increase in salary and benefits and an increase in legal expenses primarily associated with our defense of certain litigation matters, offset in part by a decrease in bad debt expense.

 

36


Table of Contents

We expect general and administrative expenses to include stock-based compensation expense of $289,000, $277,000, $186,000 and $47,000 in fiscal years 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, based on the continued vesting of outstanding options as of June 30, 2006.

 

Provision for (reversal of) litigation loss.     Loss from litigation increased by $1.8 million from $(1.2) million to $0.6 million for fiscal years 2005 and 2006, respectively. The increase was primarily due to the reversal in fiscal 2005 of the loss accrued in fiscal 2003 as a result of the dismissal of the Digitechnic claims in the court of appeal in France (For more information, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 10.”).

 

Interest and other expense, net.     Interest and other expense, increased by $0.3 million, or 36.6%, from $0.7 million to $1.0 million, for fiscal years 2005 and 2006, respectively, of which $0.9 million and $1.3 million were interest expenses, respectively. The increase was due to higher interest expenses of $0.3 million associated with a mortgage obtained in connection with a new building that we purchased.

 

Provision for income taxes.     Provision for income taxes increased by $6.0 million, or 165.9%, from $3.6 million to $9.7 million, for fiscal years 2005 and 2006, respectively. The effective tax rate was 33.9% and 36.3% for fiscal years 2005 and 2006, respectively. The increase of the effective tax rate was the result of the reduced benefit of research and development tax credits and foreign income deductions relative to our higher taxable income.

 

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2004 and 2005

 

Net sales.     Net sales increased by $44.7 million, or 26.8%, from $167.1 million to $211.8 million, for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, respectively. The growth in net sales was principally driven by the sales of our X6 series serverboards, which started shipping in fiscal year 2004, offset in part by a decrease in net sales of our X5 series serverboards. In addition, net sales increased from the continued growth of our 6000 and 5000 series of server systems. Average selling prices declined principally as a result of competitive pricing pressures. Sales of servers represented 30.6% and 31.4% of our net sales for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, respectively.

 

For fiscal year 2004, approximately 53.9%, 14.5%, 10.3% and 19.9% of our net sales, was to customers in the United States, Asia, Germany and Rest of Europe, respectively, as compared to 56.3%, 12.7%, 9.3% and 18.4%, respectively, for fiscal year 2005.

 

Cost of sales.     Cost of sales increased by $40.1 million, or 29.0%, from $138.2 million to $178.3 million, for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, respectively. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales, was 82.7% and 84.2% for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, respectively. The increase in cost of sales as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to lower average selling prices resulting from competitive pricing pressures, which were not offset by corresponding decreases in costs of materials and components and inventory write-off of $1.4 million.

 

Research and development expenses.     Research and development expenses increased by $2.1 million, or 24.6%, from $8.5 million to $10.6 million for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, respectively. The growth in research and development expenses was primarily due to an increase of $1.9 million in salaries and benefits resulting from an increase in research and development personnel.

 

Sales and marketing expenses.     Sales and marketing expenses decreased by $1.2 million, or 14.7%, from $8.4 million to $7.2 million for fiscal years 2004 and 2005. The decrease in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to an increase of $1.2 million in cooperative funding provided by our vendors and a decrease of $0.4 million in funding we provided to our customers. These decreases in expenses were partially offset by an increase in salary and benefits resulting from an increase in sales and marketing personnel.

 

General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses increased by $0.3 million, or 6.0%, from $5.1 million to $5.4 million for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, respectively. The increase was primarily due to an increase in salary and benefits, which was partially offset by $0.3 million currency exchange loss.

 

37


Table of Contents

Provision for (reversal of) litigation loss.     Loss from litigation decreased by $1.2 million, or 0.6% of net sales, for fiscal year 2005 due to the reversal of an expense for the Digitechnic litigation originally accrued in fiscal year 2003.

 

Interest and other expense, net.     Interest and other expense, net was $0.7 million for each of fiscal years 2004 and 2005.

 

Provision for income taxes.     Provision for income taxes increased by $2.4 million, or 196.1%, from $1.2 million to $3.6 million, for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, respectively. The effective tax rate was 20.2% and 33.9% for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, respectively. The increase of the effective tax rate was the result of the reduced benefit of research and development tax credits and foreign income deductions relative to our higher taxable income.

 

38


Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Consolidated Financial Information

 

The following table sets forth our quarterly consolidated statements of operations for each of the eight most recent quarters. We have prepared the un-audited quarterly financial information on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, and the financial information reflects all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for the quarters presented. The results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results of the operations for any future period.

 

    Quarters Ended  
    Sep 30,
2004
    Dec 31,
2004
    Mar 31,
2005
    Jun 30,
2005
    Sep 30,
2005
    Dec 31,
2005
    Mar 31,
2006
    Jun 30,
2006
 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Net sales

  $ 46,282     $ 52,944     $ 51,957     $ 60,580     $ 64,525     $ 72,117     $ 75,886     $ 90,013  

Cost of sales

    39,090       44,853       44,307       50,043       52,005       58,452       61,100       70,678  
                                                               

Gross profit

    7,192       8,091       7,650       10,537       12,520       13,665       14,786       19,335  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

    2,606       2,537       2,850       2,616       3,253       3,648       4,412       4,501  

Sales and marketing

    1,531       1,682       1,959       2,025       2,252       2,494       2,324       2,293  

General and administrative

    1,423       1,369       1,258       1,330       1,545       1,444       1,714       2,228  

Provision for (reversal of) litigation loss

                (1,178 )(1)                       575        
                                                               

Total operating expenses

    5,560       5,588       4,889       5,971       7,050       7,586       9,025       9,022  
                                                               

Income from operations

    1,632       2,503       2,761       4,566       5,470       6,079       5,761       10,313  

Interest income

    11       23       33       50       58       57       64       75  

Interest expense

    (226 )     (242 )     (178 )     (221 )     (243 )     (338 )     (334 )     (342 )

Other income, net

    13       (9 )     1       12             1       1        
                                                               

Income before income taxes provision

    1,430       2,275       2,617       4,407       5,285       5,799       5,492       10,046  

Income tax provision

    473       729       618       1,819       1,942       2,131       1,906       3,696  
                                                               

Net income

  $ 957     $ 1,546     $ 1,999     $ 2,588     $ 3,343     $ 3,668     $ 3,586     $ 6,350  
                                                               

Net income per share:

               

Basic

  $ 0.09     $ 0.14     $ 0.18     $ 0.24     $ 0.30     $ 0.33     $ 0.33     $ 0.57  
                                                               

Diluted

  $ 0.07     $ 0.11     $ 0.13     $ 0.17     $ 0.22     $ 0.24     $ 0.22     $ 0.39  
                                                               

Shares used in per share calculation:

               

Basic

    10,954       10,956       10,956       10,964       10,979       10,982       10,986       11,075  
                                                               

Diluted

    14,532       14,662       14,783       14,909       15,028       15,318       16,024       16,425  
                                                               

(1)   Amount represents the reversal of the Digitechnic litigation expense originally accrued in fiscal year 2003.

 

39


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our historical operating results, as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:

 

     Quarters Ended  
     Sep 30,
2004
    Dec 31,
2004
    Mar 31,
2005
    Jun 30,
2005
    Sep 30,
2005
    Dec 31,
2005
    Mar 31,
2006
    Jun 30,
2006
 

Net sales

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of sales

   84.5     84.7     85.3     82.6     80.6     81.0     80.5     78.5  
                                                

Gross profit

   15.5     15.3     14.7     17.4     19.4     19.0     19.5     21.5  

Operating expenses:

                

Research and development

   5.6     4.8     5.5     4.3     5.0     5.1     5.8     5.0  

Sales and marketing

   3.3     3.2     3.8     3.3     3.5     3.5     3.1     2.5  

General and administrative

   3.1     2.6     2.4     2.2     2.4     2.0     2.3     2.5  

Provision for (reversal of) litigation loss

   0.0     0.0     (2.3 )   0.0     0.0     0.0     0.8     0.0  
                                                

Total operating expenses

   12.0     10.6     9.4     9.8     10.9     10.6     12.0     10.0  
                                                

Income from operations

   3.5     4.7     5.3     7.6     8.5     8.4     7.5     11.5  

Interest income

   0.0     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.1  

Interest expense

   (0.5 )   (0.5 )   (0.4 )   (0.4 )   (0.4 )   (0.5 )   (0.4 )   (0.4 )

Other income, net

   0.1     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0  
                                                

Income before income taxes provision

   3.1     4.3     5.0     7.3     8.2     8.0     7.2     11.2  

Income tax provision

   1.0     1.4     1.2     3.0     3.0     3.0     2.5     4.1  
                                                

Net Income

   2.1 %   2.9 %   3.8 %   4.3 %   5.2 %   5.0 %   4.7 %   7.1 %
                                                

 

The following table sets forth our historical net sales by product groups, as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:

 

     Quarters Ended  
     Sep 30,
2004
    Dec 31,
2004
    Mar 31,
2005
    Jun 30,
2005
    Sep 30,
2005
    Dec 31,
2005
    Mar 31,
2006
    Jun 30,
2006
 

Server systems

   31.0 %   29.4 %   32.8 %   32.4 %   33.6 %   32.2 %   37.4 %   37.0 %

Serverboards and other components

   69.0     70.6     67.2     67.6     66.4     67.8     62.6     63.0  
                                                

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                                                

 

Net Sales.     Our net sales have generally increased over the eight quarters ended June 30, 2006. The increase in the quarter ended December 31, 2004 of $6.7 million was primarily due to increased sales of accessories, primarily processors. The increase in the quarter ended June 30, 2005 of $8.6 million was primarily due to increased sales of serverboards and server systems to our OEMs. The increase in net sales in the quarter ended December 31, 2005 of $7.6 million and the quarter ended June 30, 2006 of $14.1 million was primarily due to a general increase in unit volumes.

 

Cost of sales.     Cost of sales fluctuated from quarter to quarter depending on the level of net sales, product mix and unit volume. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales has gradually decreased from 84.5% for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 to 78.5% for the quarter ended June 30, 2006, as we benefited from an increased percentage of sales of higher-margin, fully-assembled server systems and increased economies of scale associated with our higher sales volumes.

 

Research and development expenses.     Research and development expenses have increased relatively consistently over the eight quarters ended June 30, 2006. Research and development expenses as a percentage of net sales can vary quarter by quarter primarily due to costs associated with new product introductions and reimbursed engineering expenses.

 

40


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expenses.     Sales and marketing expenses increased over the six quarters ended December 31, 2005, but declined in the two quarters ended June 30, 2006. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net sales vary from quarter to quarter primarily due to changes in cooperative marketing funding and expenses. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased from 3.8% for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 to 3.3% in the quarter ended June 30, 2005 as a result of reduced cooperative marketing funding provided to our distributors. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net sales declined from 3.1% for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 to 2.5% for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 due to the expiration of a cooperative marketing funding program for our distributors and increased cooperative marketing funding provided by our suppliers.

 

General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses have generally increased in absolute dollars over the eight quarters ended June 30, 2006 in order to support our increased sales. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales vary from quarter to quarter primarily as a result of changes in currency translation adjustments and professional fees. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales has decreased from 3.1% for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 to 2.5% for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Since our inception, we have financed our growth primarily with funds generated from operations. Our cash and cash equivalents and short term investments were $7.6 million as of June 30, 2004, $12.9 million as of June 30, 2005, and $16.6 million as of June 30, 2006.

 

Operating Activities . Net cash provided by operating activities was $5.8 million, $4.7 million and $8.2 million for fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal year 2004 was due primarily to our net income of $4.9 million, a decrease in the allowance for sales returns of $1.8 million and an increase in accounts payable of $12.4 million. These increases were partially offset by increases in inventory of $10.3 million and accounts receivable of $2.6 million. Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal year 2005 was due primarily to our net income of $7.1 million, a decrease in the allowance for sales returns of $4.1 million and an increase in accounts payable of $6.6 million. These increases were partially offset by increases in inventory of $8.9 million and accounts receivable of $9.6 million. Net cash provided by our operating activities for fiscal year 2006 was primarily due to our net income of $16.9 million, a decrease in the allowance for sales returns of $2.5 million and an increase in accounts payable of $14.2 million which was substantially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $11.2 million and an increase in inventory of $17.1 million. The increases for fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006 in accounts receivable, inventory and accounts payable were primarily due to growth in net sales during the periods as a result of new product introductions, increased sales of existing server systems and components and increased purchases from our suppliers. We anticipate that accounts receivable, inventory and accounts payable will continue to increase to the extent we continue to grow our product lines and our business.

 

Investing Activities . Net cash used by our investing activities was $8.4 million, $0.9 million and $9.8 million for fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Of these amounts, $5.8 million and $9.8 million in fiscal years 2004 and 2006, respectively, were related to the purchase of new buildings to support the Company’s growth in warehouse and assembly capacity. In fiscal year 2004, we incurred $1.7 million in restricted funds associated with the line of credit facility which was subsequently released in fiscal year 2005. The released funds were utilized to purchase short term investments in fiscal year 2005. We have historically owned our manufacturing facilities and have leased off-shore offices. The expansion of our manufacturing capability has to date not been capital intensive as our internal manufacturing is limited to assembly and test. We do expect to make significant capital investments in the future as we expand our assembly and test capabilities and invest in our infrastructure in order to improve our controls and procedures in anticipation of growing our business and meeting regulatory requirement associated with being a public company.

 

Financing Activities . Net cash provided by our financing activities was $3.6 million, $(0.1) million and $6.9 million for fiscal years 2004, and 2005 and 2006, respectively. Cash provided by financing activities was

 

41


Table of Contents

primarily from building loans associated with the purchase of land and building for assembly and warehouse space to support the growth of the company in fiscal years 2004 and 2005. We repaid $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $2.7 million in loans for fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

We have historically generated cash from our operating activities as we have grown. We expect to experience continued growth in our working capital requirements as we continue to expand our business. We intend to fund this continued expansion though cash generated by operations and the proceeds of this offering. We anticipate that working capital will constitute a material use of our cash resources.

 

Other Factors Affecting Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We have entered into a revolving line of credit agreement with Far East National Bank in November 2002, which has been amended on several occasions, most recently in November 2005. The revolving line of credit allows for a total of $5.0 million in borrowing subject to our compliance with customary covenants related to our business and financial condition. We have never drawn funds under this revolving line of credit. Borrowing under this revolving line of credit bears interest at the bank’s prime rate per annum which was 7% on June 30, 2006. Presently, the revolving line of credit matures in November 2006, at which time we currently anticipate we will renew under similar terms.

 

We have also entered into four building loans to purchase three facilities located in San Jose, California. Total balance outstanding on these loans was $19.2 million as of June 30, 2006. The first loan was entered into in March 2001 under which we borrowed $8.7 million. The second loan was entered into in April 2004 under which we borrowed $4.3 million. The third and fourth loans were entered into in September 2005 under which we borrowed a total of $7.9 million. These four loans require us to maintain customary covenants related to business and financial condition. They also have customary restrictions on business and financial activity in which we cannot engage without the prior written consent of the bank.

 

In addition, we have historically paid a majority of our vendors within 25 to 100 days of invoice and Ablecom between 120 and 145 days of invoice. Ablecom, a Taiwan corporation, is one of our major contract manufacturers and a related party.

 

We have entered into arrangements with certain financing companies that have committed to pay us in a specified period after shipment to customers for sales transactions that have been approved by these financing companies prior to shipment.

 

Our long-term future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our level of revenues, the timing and extent of spending to support our product development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the timing of our introductions of new products, the costs to ensure access to adequate manufacturing capacity and the continuing market acceptance of our products. We could be required, or could elect, to seek additional funding through public or private equity or debt financing and additional funds may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all.

 

42


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table describes our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2006:

 

     Payments Due by Period
    

Less Than

1 Year

  

1 to 3

Years

  

3 to 5

Years

  

More Than

5 Years

   Total
     (in thousands)

Operating leases

   $ 382    $ 357    $ 270    $    $ 1,009

Capital leases

     175      69                244

Building loans

     1,785      3,571      3,571      22,929      31,856

Purchase commitments

     14,707      40                14,747
                                  

Total

   $ 17,049    $ 4,037    $ 3,841    $ 22,929    $ 47,856
                                  

 

We will fund these obligations from our ongoing operations and the proceeds of this offering.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

In December of 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (Revised), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (FIN No. 46R). FIN No. 46R expands upon and strengthens existing accounting guidance that addresses when a company should include in its financial statements the assets, liabilities and activities of another entity. A variable interest entity is any legal structure used for business purposes that either does not have equity investors with voting rights or has equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. A variable interest entity often holds financial assets, including loans and receivables, real estate or other property. A variable interest entity may be essentially passive or it may engage in research and development or other activities on behalf of another company. Previously, one company generally has included another entity in its consolidated financial statements only if it controlled the entity through voting interests. FIN No. 46R changes that by requiring a variable interest entity to be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns or both. FIN No. 46R became effective beginning with the Company’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2006. We have analyzed the Company’s relationship with Ablecom Technology Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Ablecom”) and we have concluded that Ablecom is a variable interest entity as defined by FIN No. 46R; however, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of Ablecom and, therefore, the Company does not consolidate Ablecom. In performing our analysis, we considered the Company’s explicit arrangements with Ablecom including the supplier and distributor arrangements. Also, as a result of the substantial related party relationship between the two companies, we considered whether any implicit arrangements exist that would cause the Company to protect those related parties’ interests in Ablecom from suffering losses. We determined that no implicit arrangements exist with Ablecom or its shareholders. Such an arrangement would be inconsistent with the fiduciary duty that the Company has towards its stockholders who do not own shares in Ablecom.

 

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 153, “ Exchanges of Non-monetary Assets, an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29” (“SFAS 153”). SFAS 153 addresses the measurement of exchanges of non-monetary assets and redefines the scope of transactions that should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. SFAS 153 is effective for non-monetary asset exchanges beginning in our first quarter of fiscal year 2006. The adoption of SFAS 153 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 109-2, “ Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004” (“FSP FAS 109-2”). The American Jobs Creation Act introduces a special one-time dividends received deduction on the repatriation of certain foreign earnings to a U.S. taxpayer (repatriation provision), provided certain criteria are met. The Company currently has no plans to avail itself of these provisions.

 

43


Table of Contents

On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123R”) which eliminates the alternative of applying the intrinsic value measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 to stock-based compensation awards issued to employees. Rather, SFAS No. 123R requires enterprises to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments generally based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period).

 

We have not yet quantified the effects of adopting SFAS No. 123R, but it is expected that the new standard may result in significant additional stock-based compensation expense. The effects of adopting SFAS No. 123R will be dependent on numerous factors including, but not limited to, the valuation model we choose to value stock-based awards, the assumed award forfeiture rate, and the accounting policies adopted concerning the method of recognizing the fair value of awards over the requisite service period.

 

SFAS No. 123R will be effective for fiscal year 2007. The new standard will be applied to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled after the date of adoption. We plan to use the prospective transition method and Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) model to adopt this new standard and expect that to have a material impact on the consolidated financial position and results of operations. We anticipate that upon adoption of SFAS 123R, we will recognize compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

 

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Income Tax Uncertainties” (FIN 48). FIN 48 defines the threshold for recognizing the benefits of tax return positions in the financial statements as “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the taxing authority. FIN 48 also provides guidance on the derecognition, measurement and classification of income tax uncertainties, along with any related interest and penalties. FIN 48 also includes guidance concerning accounting for income tax uncertainties in interim periods and increases the level of disclosures associated with any recorded income tax uncertainties.

 

FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The differences between the amounts recognized in the statements of financial position prior to the adoption of FIN 48 and the amounts reported after adoption will be accounted for as a cumulative-effect adjustment recorded to the beginning balance of retained earnings. Because the guidance was recently issued, the Company has not yet determined the impact, if any, of adopting the provisions of FIN 48 on its financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

 

In June 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 154, “ Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes, and FASB Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements ” (“SFAS 154”). The Statement applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle, and changes the requirements for accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of a voluntary change in accounting principle unless it is impracticable. SFAS 154 requires that a change in method of depreciation, amortization, or depletion for long-lived, non-financial assets be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate that is affected by a change in accounting principle. Opinion 20 previously required that such a change be reported as a change in accounting principle. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We do not believe this pronouncement will have a material impact in our financial results.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

44


Table of Contents

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risks

 

The primary objectives of our investment activity are to preserve principal, provide liquidity and maximize income without significantly increasing the risk. Some of the securities we invest in are subject to market risk. This means that a change in prevailing interest rates may cause the principal amount of the investment to fluctuate. To minimize this risk, we maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments in money market funds and certificates of deposit. Since our results of operations are not dependent on investments, the risk associated with fluctuating interest rates is limited to our investment portfolio, and we believe that a 10% change in interest rates would not have a significant impact on our results from operations. As of June 30, 2006, our investments were in money market funds and certificates of deposit.

 

We had $13.0 million of indebtedness under our credit facilities as of June 30, 2005 and $19.2 million of indebtedness under our credit facilities as of June 30, 2006. The annual interest rate on our credit facilities is based on various indexes as defined in the loan agreements. At June 30, 2006, the interest rates ranged from 5.28% to 6.75%. An immediate 10% increase in the index rates would not have a material effect on our interest expense.

 

To date, our international customer agreements have been denominated solely in U.S. dollars, and accordingly, we have not been exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations from customer agreements, and do not currently engage in foreign currency hedging transactions. However, the functional currency of our operations in Netherlands and Taiwan is the U.S. dollar and our local accounts are maintained in the local currency in the Netherlands and Taiwan, respectively, and thus we are subject to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with re-measurement to U.S. dollars. Such fluctuations have not been significant historically. For example, foreign exchange gain or (loss) for fiscal years 2005 and 2006 was $178,000 and ($190,000), respectively.

 

45


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We design, develop, manufacture and sell application optimized, high performance server solutions based on an innovative, modular and open-standard x86 architecture. Our solutions include a range of complete server systems as well as components. We offer our clients a high degree of flexibility and customization by providing what we believe to be the industry’s broadest array of server components, which are interoperable and can be configured to create complete server systems. Our server systems and components are architected to provide high levels of reliability, quality and scalability, thereby enabling benefits in the areas of performance, thermal management, power efficiency and total cost of ownership. We base our solutions on open standard components, such as processors from Intel and AMD and our solutions can run on the Linux and Windows operating systems.

 

We perform the majority of our research and development efforts in-house, which increases the communication and collaboration between design teams, streamlines the development process and reduces time-to-market. We have developed a set of design principles which allow us to aggregate individual industry standard materials to develop proprietary components, such as serverboards, chassis and power supplies. This building block approach allows us to provide a broad range of SKUs, and enables us to build and deliver customized solutions based upon customers’ application requirements. As of June 30, 2006, we offered over 3,500 SKUs, including SKUs for server systems, severboards, chassis and power supplies and other system accessories.

 

We sell our server systems and components primarily through distributors, which include value added resellers and system integrators, and to a lesser extent to OEMs as well as through our direct sales force. During fiscal year 2006, our products were purchased by over 400 customers, most of which are distributors, operating in more than 70 countries. We commenced operations in 1993 and have been profitable every year since inception. For fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006, our net sales were $167.1 million, $211.8 million, and $302.5 million, respectively and our net income was $4.9 million, $7.1 million and $16.9 million, respectively.

 

Industry Background

 

Increasing Demand for Computing Capacity

 

As businesses of all sizes process larger quantities of data to communicate, transact and collaborate, their business processes are becoming more complex and their requirements for computing capacity are growing rapidly. Businesses are using traditional networked environments, such as local area networks, or LANs, as well as the Internet, to host a wide range of applications including databases, Intranets and email. Businesses are also using external functions, such as data centers, e-commerce storefronts and extranets, to enable growth of their operations. All of these factors are fueling the demand for increased computing power.

 

Evolution of Open Systems and Scale-out Computing

 

Computing architectures are continuing to evolve to meet this rapidly growing demand for computing capacity. As businesses increasingly require solutions that provide flexibility and scalability in a cost effective manner, they are moving away from traditional proprietary computing solutions toward open system servers with x86 based architectures using either Linux or Windows operating systems. Businesses are building upon this modular and open system concept to create what are commonly referred to as scale-out computing architectures. These scale-out architectures typically consist of open standard components that are assembled into modular computing systems and organized into clustered, rack mount or blade server configurations. These systems are designed to comply with a set of industry standard specifications that are referred to as Server System Infrastructure, or SSI. Scale-out computing enables businesses to add computing capacity incrementally as their needs arise without significantly disrupting existing systems, providing greater flexibility and scalability and improving total cost of ownership over earlier generations of server systems. IDC, an independent research group, estimates that the worldwide volume server market will increase from $28.5 billion in 2005 to $39.6

 

46


Table of Contents

billion in 2010, representing a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 11.6%. IDC defines the volume server market as the market for server systems that cost less than $25,000, which is the market we primarily address. IDC also estimates that worldwide end customer spending on blade servers is expected to increase from $2.1 billion in 2005 to $9.6 billion in 2009, representing a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 46.2%.

 

Increasing Need for Rapidly Deployable, Highly Optimized Server Solutions

 

Scale-out server architectures provide significant benefits for many businesses. However, there are a wide range of circumstances in which businesses need more than just the incremental computing capacity that can be obtained by adding more general purpose servers as part of a scale-out deployment. In these circumstances, the nature of the underlying computing architecture contributes meaningfully to the competitive advantage of the business. We refer to the solutions these businesses seek as “application optimized” solutions, as these businesses typically need customized server configurations which provide optimal levels of processing, I/O or memory. These situations include, among others:

 

    Large scalable server farms:     Data centers of online service providers and Global 2000 companies, as well as supercomputing clusters of large research organizations, want to optimize industry standard components by architecting a system platform that enables higher performance through enhanced processing or I/O, more efficient memory bandwidth and greater capacity.

 

    Businesses that have complex computing requirements:     Certain businesses, such as financial services companies, oil exploration companies and entertainment production studios, require systems that have optimized processing and I/O capabilities in order to maximize information and image capture and processing.

 

    OEMs:     Certain OEMs, including vendors of networking hardware and medical imaging equipment, seek to differentiate their end products by requiring a broad selection of high performance and rapidly deployable server solutions that can be optimized for specific applications for their end customers.

 

In all of these situations, server vendors are selected based on several key criteria:

 

Rapidly deployable server solutions.     Many businesses desire the most advanced server technology as soon as it becomes commercially available. For instance, given the rapid product development cycles of new technologies in the networking hardware market, vendors of networking equipment increasingly seek to partner for certain aspects of their solutions, such as server technology, because it enables them to deliver a high performance solution to their customers more quickly. Similarly, online service providers must continue to deploy the latest server technology as soon as it becomes available since the ability to cost-effectively deliver a high degree of service is critical to their business. Because traditional server vendors typically use third party component suppliers, they must deal with the time, complexity and sometimes conflicting interests of coordinating with multiple suppliers throughout the product design and manufacturing process. This lengthens the time required to incorporate new technology into next generation systems. As a result, when building or upgrading their computing capability, businesses must either wait to deploy the latest products or accept solutions that do not incorporate the benefits of the latest technology.

 

Increased optimization for specific business needs.     Servers are deployed to address widely differing applications with very different system requirements. An online gaming company, for instance, may require a server architecture that enables optimal graphic processing, while a scientific research organization may require a server architecture that maximizes computing power. In either case, the business will seek to deploy server systems that are optimized to its specific needs to maximize performance while minimizing costs. Traditional server vendors typically offer only a limited number of standalone server models. Given this lack of flexibility and choice, building an application optimized server solution with traditional server components can be challenging. In order to meet their performance requirements, businesses must often purchase more computing functionality, including potentially more memory, greater processing power or more efficient power supplies,

 

47


Table of Contents

than would be otherwise necessary had the system been optimized for a specific business need. This increases not only the initial purchase price, but also the total cost of ownership over the useful life of the servers. Alternatively, businesses that seek a customized server solution from traditional server vendors face limited choices and often must accept considerable delays.

 

Superior price-to-performance per watt.     In addition to the need for rapidly available and highly optimized server solutions, businesses with application optimized server needs face growing scalability challenges. Many application optimized server deployments constitute increasingly larger server systems, particularly in scale-out configurations, and can involve hundreds or even thousands of servers. Deployments of this magnitude can present numerous performance, space, energy and maintenance challenges. First, the aggregation of large numbers of computing systems leads to escalating energy requirements. As a result, businesses require scale-out computing systems that not only perform well but also minimize power consumption. Second, the increasing need for computing capacity has resulted in the need for higher density solutions to optimize the use of valuable floor space and to minimize operating costs. Third, the high density of the equipment, together with increasing power consumption per CPU, are creating a significant challenge for businesses attempting to manage heat dissipation effectively to prevent system failure.

 

The Super Micro Solution

 

We design, develop, manufacture and sell application optimized, high performance server solutions based upon an innovative, modular and open-standard x86 architecture. Our primary competitive advantages arise from how we use our integrated internal research and development organization to develop the intellectual property used in our server solutions. These have enabled us to develop a set of design principles and performance specifications that we refer to as Super SSI that meet industry standard SSI requirements and also incorporate advanced functionality and capabilities. Super SSI provides us with greater flexibility to quickly and efficiently develop new server solutions and that are optimized for our customers’ specific application requirements. Our modular architectural approach has allowed us to offer our customers interoperable designs across all of our components. This modular approach, in turn, enables us to provide what we believe to be the industry’s largest array of server systems and components.

 

Flexible and Customizable Server Solutions

 

We provide flexible and customizable server solutions to address the specific application needs of our customers. Our design principles allow us to aggregate industry standard materials to develop proprietary components, such as serverboards, chassis and power supplies to deliver a broad range of products with superior features. Each component is built to be backward compatible. We believe this building block approach allows us to provide a broad range of SKUs. As of June 30, 2006, we offered over 3,500 SKUs, including SKUs for server systems, serverboards, chassis and power supplies and other system accessories.

 

Rapid Time-to-Market

 

We are able to significantly reduce the design and development time required to incorporate the latest technologies and to deliver the next generation application optimized server solutions. Our in-house design competencies and control of the design of many of the components used within our server systems enable us to rapidly develop, build and test server systems and components with unique configurations. As a result, when new products are brought to market we are generally able to quickly design, integrate and assemble server solutions with little need to re-engineer other portions of our solution. Our efficient design capabilities allow us to offer our customers server solutions incorporating the latest technology with a superior price-to-performance ratio. We work closely with the leading microprocessor vendors to coordinate the design of our new products with their product release schedules, thereby enhancing our ability to rapidly introduce new products incorporating the latest technology.

 

48


Table of Contents

Improved Power Efficiency and Thermal Management

 

Our server solutions include many design innovations to optimize power consumption and manage heat dissipation. We have designed flexible power management systems which customize or eliminate components in an effort to reduce overall power consumption. We have proprietary power supplies that can be integrated across a wide range of server system form factors which can significantly enhance power efficiency. We have also developed technologies that are specifically designed to reduce the effects of heat dissipation from our servers. Our thermal management technology allows our products to achieve a superior price-to-performance ratio while minimizing energy costs and reducing the risk of server malfunction caused by overheating.

 

High Density Servers

 

Our servers and components are designed to enable customers to maximize computing power while minimizing the physical space utilized. We offer server systems with twice the density of conventional solutions, which allows our customers to efficiently deploy our server systems in scale-out configurations. Through our proprietary technology, we can offer significantly more memory and expansion slots than traditional server systems with a comparable server form factor. For example, for a server with room for one rack or shelf, or a 1U server, we offer up to five expansion slots. In addition, we offer systems in a 1U configuration with features and capabilities generally offered by competitors only in a server with room for two racks or shelves, or a 2U server, configuration.

 

Strategy

 

Our objective is to be the leading provider of application optimized, high performance server solutions worldwide. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

Maintain Our Time-to-Market Advantage

 

We believe one of our major competitive advantages is our ability to rapidly incorporate the latest computing innovations into our products. We intend to maintain our time-to-market advantage by continuing our investment in our research and development efforts to rapidly develop new proprietary server solutions based on industry standard components. We plan to continue to work closely with Intel and AMD, among others, to develop products that are compatible with the latest generation of industry standard technologies. We believe these efforts will allow us to continue to offer products that lead in price for performance as each generation of computing innovations becomes available.

 

Expand Our Product Offerings

 

We plan to increase the number of products we offer to our customers. Our product portfolio will continue to include additional solutions based on the latest Intel and AMD technologies. We plan to enhance our ability to deliver improved power and thermal management capabilities, as well as servers and components that can operate in increasingly dense environments. We also plan to continue developing and in the future offer additional management software capabilities that are integrated with our server products and will further enable our customers to simplify and automate the deployment, configuration and monitoring of our servers.

 

Further Develop Existing Markets and Expand Into New Markets

 

We intend to strengthen our relationships with existing distribution and OEM partners and add new distributors. We will continue to target specific vertical markets that require application optimized server solutions including data center environments, financial services, oil and gas exploration, biotechnology and entertainment. We plan to expand our reach geographically, particularly in the Asia Pacific region and Europe.

 

Strengthen Our Relationships with Suppliers and Manufacturers

 

Our efficient supply chain and outsourced manufacturing allow us to build systems to order that are customized, while minimizing costs. We plan to continue leveraging our relationships with suppliers and contract

 

49


Table of Contents

manufacturers in order to maintain and improve our cost structure as we benefit from economies of scale. We intend to continue to source non-core products from external suppliers. We also believe that as our solutions continue to gain greater market acceptance, we will generate growing and recurring business for our suppliers and contract manufacturers. We believe this increased volume will enable us to receive better pricing and achieve higher margins. We believe that a highly disciplined approach to cost control is critical to success in our industry. For example, we plan to expand our warehousing capacity in Asia through our relationship with Ablecom Technology, Inc., one of our major contract manufacturers and a related party, so that we may be able to deliver products to our customers in Asia and elsewhere more quickly and in higher volumes.

 

Deliver Advanced Blade Server Technology

 

To meet the emerging demand for blade servers, we are currently developing, and plan to introduce in the first half of calendar 2007, a high-performance blade server solution, called Superblade. Superblade will support both Intel Xeon and AMD Opteron processors. We intend to offer different configurations of our Superblade that will be optimized to support several different applications. By creating a range of unique blade server offerings, we will provide our customers with solutions that can be customized to fit their needs.

 

50


Table of Contents

Products

 

We offer a broad range of application optimized server solutions, including complete server systems and components which customers can use to build complete server systems. The diagram below depicts how end customers typically deploy Supermicro servers within their networks. Our servers are deployed in several configurations within two areas of an enterprise network:

 

LOGO

 

Headquarters :    Enterprises build large scalable server farms at the enterprise gateway to run many of the most demanding applications and to provide basic computational infrastructure. Enterprises typically deploy our rack-mounted servers in order to save floor space and enable rapid deployment of additional server capacity as computing demands increase. Enterprises may also choose to deploy our tower servers in a clustered configuration, which combines the processing capability of multiple standalone, or tower servers such that they act like a single, large computer in order to accomplish computationally intensive tasks in a more cost-effective manner.

 

Branch:     Within branch office data rooms, servers are deployed in rack-mounted configurations, in order to simplify the upgrade of servers or to swap out faulty servers, minimizing network downtime and making the management of the server infrastructure easier to maintain for branch offices with less specialized IT staffs. Also, within branch office workgroups, enterprises typically deploy our tower servers to accomplish basic office functions such as centralizing printing jobs, serving files and running local e-mail and other messaging applications.

 

Server Systems

 

We sell server systems both in rack-mounted and standalone tower form factors. We currently offer a complete range of server options with single, dual and quad CPU capability supporting Intel Pentium 4, Pentium D and Xeon architectures in 1U, 2U, 3U, 4U and tower form factors. We also offer complete server systems for

 

51


Table of Contents

AMD dual and quad Opteron in 1U, 2U, and 4U configurations. As of June 30, 2006, we offered over 400 different server systems. For each system, we offer multiple chassis designs and power supply options to best suit customer requirements. We also offer multiple configurations based on our latest generation systems which have up to five expansion slots. A majority of our most common systems are also available in minimum 1U or 1/2 depth form factors which are approximately one half of the size of standard sized rack-mounted servers.

 

The figure below depicts a typical rack-mounted server and the different components that we typically optimize for our customers. The layout presented is for illustrative purposes only and does not represent the typical layout of all our servers.

 

LOGO

 

  A.   Chassis :    Industry standard 1U rack-mounted chassis that permits server interoperability while efficiently housing key server components
  B.   Power Supply:     Cost effective, high efficiency AC/DC power supply
  C.   Memory:     Scaleable 16 slot memory expansion capability. Provides up to 64GB memory capability
  D.   Supermicro Intelligent Management Card:     Monitors onboard instrumentation for server health and allows remote management and KVM over LAN for the entire network via a single keyboard, monitor and mouse
  E.   CPU:     Programmable computer processing units that perform all server instruction and logic processing. Supermicro servers support up to four Single or Dual Core processors from both Intel and AMD
  F.   Expansion Modules:     Allows increased functionality, I/O customization and flexibility. Super SSI features enable four Expansion I/O cards in a 1U server allowing 2U capability in a 1U form factor
  G.   Thermal Management:     Counter rotating and redundant fans provide optimum cooling and dissipation of server component heat
  H.   Hard Disk Drives:     Storage medium for operating system, applications and data. We offer “power-on” hot-swappable capability

 

52


Table of Contents

Below is a table that summarizes the most common server configurations purchased by our customers. We also design and build other customized systems using these and other building blocks to meet specific customer requirements.

 

Server System Model

  

CPU

  

Memory

   Drive Bays    Form Factor    SKUs

5000 Series

   Pentium D, Pentium 4    Unbuffered DDRII    1 to 4 drives    1U, Mid-tower    19 models

6000 Series

   Dual Xeon (Dual Core)    FB-DIMM DDRII, ECC Registered DDRII    1 to 16 drives    1U, 2U, 3U    47 models

7000 Series

   Dual Xeon (Dual Core)    FB-DIMM DDRII, ECC Registered DDRII    1 to 8 drives    4U, Tower    21 models

1000 Series

   Dual/Quad Opteron    ECC Registered DDR    1 to 4 drives    1U    16 models

2000 Series

   Dual Opteron    ECC Registered DDR    1 to 6 drives    2U    2 models

4000 Series

   Dual/Quad Opteron    ECC Registered DDR    1 to 8 drives    4U, Tower, Mid-
tower
   5 models

 

We offer a variety of server storage options depending upon the system, with disk drive alternatives including small computer system interface, or SCSI, serial advanced technology attachment, or SATA, Intelligent Drive Electronics, or IDE, and serial attached SCSI, or SAS.

 

In addition to our server systems, we also offer Supermicro Intelligent Management, or SIM, card solutions. Our SIM card implements the industry standard Intelligent Platform Management Interface, or IPMI, 2.0 to provide remote access, system monitoring and administration functionality for our server platforms. Our SIM card includes key capabilities such as remote hardware status, failure notification, as well as the ability to power-cycle non-responsive servers and out of band keyboard, video and monitor, or KVM, functionality over LAN. Our SIM solutions enable server administrators to view a server’s hardware status remotely, receive an alarm automatically when a failure occurs, and power cycle a system that is non-responsive. Our Intelligent Management module monitors onboard instrumentation such as temperature sensors, power status, voltages and fan speed, and provides remote power control capabilities to reboot and reset the server. It also includes remote access to the Basic Input/Output System, or BIOS, configuration and operating system console information. The monitoring and control functions work independently of the CPU because the SIM card is a completely separate processor. Data center administrators can gain full remote access to control the BIOS, utilities, operating systems and software applications. In summary, our SIM solutions include the following key features:

 

    embedded processor to provide out of band KVM capabilities thereby extending the use of a single keyboard, monitor and mouse to the entire network;

 

    enhanced authentication support to establish secure remote sessions and authenticate users; and

 

    enhanced encryption support to allow secure remote password configuration and protect sensitive system data when it is transferred over the network.

 

Server Components

 

We believe we offer the largest array of modular server components or building blocks in the industry that are sold off the shelf or built-to-order to provide our customers with greater flexibility. These components are the

 

53


Table of Contents

foundation of our server solutions and span product offerings from the entry-level single and dual processor server segment to the high-end multi-processor market. The majority of the components we sell individually are optimized to work together and are ultimately integrated into complete server systems.

 

Serverboards

 

We design our serverboards with the latest chipset and networking technologies. Each serverboard is designed and optimized to adhere to specific physical, electrical and design requirements in order to work with certain combinations of chassis and power supplies and achieve maximum functionality. We not only adhere to SSI specifications, but our Super SSI specifications provide an advanced set of features that increase the functionality and flexibility of our products. The following table displays our serverboard offerings for X7 (Intel’s newest generation of Dual Core Xeon 5000/5100 series), X6 (Intel’s 800Mhz Front Side Bus generation of Xeon solutions), X5 (Intel’s 533Mhz Front Side Bus generation of Xeon solutions), P-series (Intel’s single processor solutions) and H8 (AMD’s Dual Core Opteron 200 and 800 series). As of June 30, 2006, we offered more than 400 SKUs for serverboards.

 

Below is a table that summarizes the most common serverboard configurations purchased by our customers.

 

Serverboard Model

  

CPU

   System Bus   

Form Factor

   Memory    SKUs
X7 Series    Dual Xeon (Dual Core)    1333/1066/667
MHz
   Advanced Technology Extended (ATX)/ Extended ATX (EATX)    Fully
Buffered-
DIMM
DDRII
   18 models
X6 Series    Dual Xeon    800 MHz    ATX/EATX    ECC
Registered
DDRII
   47 models
X5 Series    Dual Xeon    533 MHz    ATX/EATX    DDR    21 models
PD & P8 Series    Pentium D,
Pentium 4
   1066/800/533
MHz
   ATX    Unbuffered
DDRII
   21 models
H8 Series    Dual/Quad Opteron    Hypertransport    ATX/EATX    ECC
Registered
DDR
   25 models

 

Chassis and Power Supplies

 

Our chassis are designed to efficiently house our servers while maintaining interoperability, adhering to industry standards and increasing output efficiency through power supply design. We believe that our latest generation of power supplies achieves the maximum power efficiency available in the industry. In addition, we have developed a remote management system that offers the ability to stagger the start up of systems and reduce the aggregate power draw at system boot to allow customers to increase the number of systems attached to a power circuit. We design DC power solutions to be compatible with data centers that have AC, DC or AC and DC based power distribution infrastructures. We believe our unique power design technology reduces power consumption by increasing power efficiency to approximately 86%, which we believe is among the most efficient available in the industry. Our server chassis come with hot-plug, heavy-duty fans, fan speed control and an advanced air shroud design to maximize airflow redundancy.

 

The table below depicts some of our chassis product offerings including the 500-series (front I/O options and space constrained environments), 800-series (most widely used for single, dual and quad processor servers),

 

54


Table of Contents

700-series (Tower and 4U rack-mounted servers) and 900-series (for high-density storage applications) chassis products. These chassis solutions offer redundant power, cold swap power supply, redundant cooling fan options and high efficiency AC and DC power combinations. As of June 30, 2006, we offered more than 1,000 SKUs for chassis and power supplies.

 

Chassis Model

 

CPU Support

  Expansions   Drive Bays   Power Supply   Form Factor   SKUs
SC500 Series   Xeon, Pentium D, Pentium 4, Opteron   1 FH   1 internal drive   260W - 520W   Mini-1U   9 models
SC700 Series   Xeon, Pentium D, Pentium 4, Opteron   7 FL   7 to 8 drives   300W - redundant
800W
  4U, Tower,
Mid-tower
  32 models
SC800 Series   Xeon, Pentium D, Pentium 4, Opteron   various
configurations
  2 to 16 drives   260W - 1000W   1U, 2U,
3U
  97 models
SC900 Series   Xeon, Pentium D, Pentium 4   6 to 7 FL   15 drives   650W - redundant
760W
  3U, 4U,
Tower
  11 models

 

Other System Accessories

 

As part of our server component offerings, we also offer other system accessories that our customers may require or that we use to build our server solutions. These other products include, among others, microprocessors, memory and disc drives and generally are third party developed and manufactured products that we resell without modification. As of June 30, 2006, we offered more than 1,700 SKUs for other system accessories.

 

Future Products under Development

 

Other products currently under development include a suite of blade server systems. Blade servers are designed to share a common computing infrastructure, thereby saving additional space and power. Our blade servers are self-contained servers designed to achieve industry leading density and superior performance per square foot at a lower total cost of ownership. Our blade server system enclosure provides power, cooling, networking, various interconnects and system-level management and will support both Intel Xeon and AMD Opteron processors. We expect that our Superblade server system will provide industry leading CPU density, memory expandability, reliability and price-to-performance per square foot. We intend to offer different configurations of our Superblade server system that will be optimized to support several different applications. We expect our blade servers to be commercially available in the first half of calendar 2007.

 

Technology

 

We are focused on providing leading edge, high performance products for our customers. We have developed a design process to rapidly deliver products with superior features. The technology incorporated in our products is designed to provide high levels of reliability, quality, security and scalability. Our most advanced technology is developed in-house, which allows us to efficiently implement advanced capabilities into our server solutions. We work in collaboration with our key customers and suppliers to constantly improve upon our designs, reduce complexity and improve reliability.

 

Our server solutions are based on our Super SSI architecture, which incorporates proprietary I/O expansion, thermal and cooling design features as well as high-efficiency power supplies. For example, our 1U servers now offer up to 5 I/O expansion slots with up to 16 DIMM slots to accommodate up to 64GB of memory, which, prior to Super SSI, was only possible in a 2U chassis. We also achieved higher memory densities by designing customized serverboards to include 16 memory slots without sacrificing I/O expansion capability. The result is

 

55


Table of Contents

what we believe to be a superior serverboard design that provides our customers with increased flexibility for their new and legacy add-on card support and the ability to keep up with the growing memory requirements needed to maintain system performance requirements.

 

Our latest chassis designs include advanced cooling mechanisms such as proprietary air shrouds to help deliver cool air directly to the hottest components of the system resulting in improved cooling efficiency and consequently increasing system reliability. Our newest generation of power supplies incorporates advanced design features that provide what we believe to be the highest level of efficiency in the industry and therefore reduces overall power consumption. Our advanced power supply solutions include redundant cooling mechanisms for reliability and reduced failure rates.

 

Research and Development

 

We have over 13 years of research and development experience in server component design and in recent years, have devoted additional resources to the design of server systems. Our engineering staff is responsible for the design, development, quality, documentation and release of our products. We continuously seek ways to optimize and improve the performance of our existing product portfolio and introduce new products to address market opportunities. We perform the majority of our research and development efforts in-house, increasing the communication and collaboration between design teams to streamline the development process and reducing time-to-market. We are determined to continue to reduce our design and manufacturing costs and improve the performance, cost effectiveness and thermal and space efficiency of our solutions.

 

Over the years, our research and development team has focused on the development of new and enhanced products that can support emerging protocols while continuing to accommodate legacy technologies. Much of our research and development activity is focused on the new product cycles of leading chipset vendors. We work closely with Intel and AMD, among others, to develop products that are compatible with the latest generation of industry standard technologies under development. Our collaborative approach with the chipset vendors allows us to coordinate the design of our new products with their product release schedules, thereby enhancing our ability to rapidly introduce new products incorporating the latest technology. We work closely with their development teams to optimize chip performance and reduce system level issues. We also work with companies such as Adaptec on storage solutions. Similarly, we work very closely with our customers to identify their needs and develop our new product plans accordingly.

 

We believe that the combination of our focus on internal research and development activities, our close working relationships with chipset vendors and our modular design approach allow us to minimize time-to-market. Since January 2005, we believe we were the first to introduce the following new technologies to the market:

 

    a multi-core Xeon architecture with 64 GB main memory capability;

 

    server solutions with a 1U configuration with high density I/O capability typically found in a 2U configuration, as well as a 5 I/O expansion card in a 1U configuration; and

 

    configuration server solutions with a serial attached SCSI storage option capability with SCSI enclosure services, or SES2, for alerting users of drive temperature and fan failures.

 

As of June 30, 2006, we had 163 employees and one engineering consultant dedicated to research and development. Our total research and development expenses were $8.5 million, $10.6 million and $15.8 million for fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

Sales, Marketing and Customer Service

 

To execute our strategy, we have developed a sales and marketing program which is primarily focused on indirect sales channels. As of June 30, 2006, our sales and marketing organization consisted of 66 employees and 10 independent sales representatives in 11 locations worldwide.

 

56


Table of Contents

We work with distributors, including resellers and system integrators, and OEMs to market and sell customized solutions to their end customers. We provide sales and marketing assistance and training to our distributors and OEMs, who in turn provide service and support to end customers. We intend to leverage our relationships with key distributors and OEMs to penetrate select vertical markets where our products can provide a superior alternative to existing solutions. For a more limited group of customers who do not normally purchase through distributors or OEMs, we have implemented a direct sales approach.

 

We maintain close contact with our distributors and end customers. We often collaborate during the sales process with our distributors and the customer’s technical point of contact to help determine the optimal system configuration for the customer’s needs. Our interaction with distributors and end customers allows us to monitor customer requirements and develop new products to better meet end customer needs.

 

International Sales

 

Product fulfillment and first level support for our international customers are provided by our distributors and OEMs. Our international sales efforts are supported both by our international offices in the Netherlands and Taiwan as well as by our U.S. sales organization. Sales outside of the U.S. represented 46.1%, 43.7% and 41.5% of net sales in fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

Marketing

 

Our marketing programs are designed to inform existing and potential customers, the trade press, distributors and OEMs about the capabilities and benefits of using our products and solutions. Our marketing efforts support the sale and distribution of our products through our distribution channels. We rely on a variety of marketing vehicles, including advertising, public relations, participation in industry trade shows and conferences to help gain market acceptance. We also provide funds for cooperative marketing to our distributors. These funds reimburse our distributors for promotional spending they may do on behalf of promoting Supermicro products. Promotional spending by distributors is subject to our pre-approval and include items such as film or video for television, magazine or newspaper advertisements, trade show promotions and sales force promotions. The amount available to each distributor is based on its amount of purchases. We also work closely with leading microprocessor vendors in cooperative marketing programs and benefit from market development funds that they make available. These programs are similar to the programs we make available to our distributors in that we are reimbursed for expenses incurred related to promoting the vendor’s product.

 

Customer Service

 

We provide customer support for our server systems through our website and 24-hour continuous direct phone based support. For strategic direct and OEM customers, we also have higher levels of customer service available, including, in some cases, on site service and support.

 

Customers

 

For fiscal year 2006, our products were purchased by over 400 customers, most of which are distributors, operating in more than 70 countries. None of our customers accounted for 10% or more of our net sales in fiscal years 2004, 2005 or 2006. End users of our products span a broad range of industries.

 

Case studies of ongoing and successfully completed deployments of Supermicro server solutions include the following:

 

Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL) Scientific Research Center (USA): Large scientific research organizations require highly optimized CPU and memory performance capabilities architected as supercomputing server clusters. To complete the highly complex scientific research conducted at LLNL, the laboratory required cost-effective computing power to be delivered to their scientific community. Supermicro

 

57


Table of Contents

server building blocks (serverboards, chassis, power supplies) were selected for LLNL’s high performance computing clusters because of their feature optimization, reliability and efficiency and price-to-performance advantages.

 

Strato AG Web Hosting (Germany): As one of the top three web hosting companies in Europe, Strato AG needs to deploy very large numbers of server nodes in multiple hosting locations. With the high cost of power in Germany and throughout Europe, Strato AG needed the highest available performance per watt capabilities to reduce total cost of ownership and to deliver cost-effective products to their millions of customers. With the help of a local system integrator, Strato AG deployed our single processor server solutions with superior performance per watt and price-to-performance features and was able to continue growing their web hosting capacity to service millions of customers and domain names.

 

Juniper Networks (USA): Juniper Networks, an OEM customer, operates in the highly competitive and dynamic telecom industry and seeks differentiation in their end products. Juniper Networks required a turnkey appliance solution from an original server design company with a broad selection of rapidly deployable and flexible server modules that can be optimized for specific applications and markets. They also needed local service and post sales support for maximum agility. We provided Juniper Networks with highly customizable server building blocks and highly integrated turnkey solutions to meet their customer requirements and achieve Juniper’s business objectives.

 

Dawning (China) : One of the largest local China server OEMs, Dawning needed stable and highly efficient (from performance and power consumption standpoints) server building block solutions to address the growing China vertical markets with competitive server products. Dawning deployed our dual processor server solutions with the highly efficient power supplies coupled with best price-to-performance to differentiate their product offerings for the Chinese market and were able to win large server projects in China’s rapidly growing telecom industry.

 

Siemens (USA/Germany) : In order to achieve competitive advantage, Siemens’ medical imaging systems division needed a server solution that minimized the amount of time between image capture and transmission for CT, MRI and PET scan systems. We implemented a custom serverboard architecture for Siemens which enabled the highest available I/O expansion and system bandwidth capabilities for dual processor systems. This enabled Siemens to achieve maximum communications throughput for their medical imaging products.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We seek to protect our intellectual property rights with a combination of trademark, copyright, trade secret laws and disclosure restrictions. We rely primarily on trade secrets, technical know-how and other unpatented proprietary information relating to our design and product development activities. We have issued patents and pending patent applications in the U.S. We also enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements with our employees, consultants and other third parties and control access to our designs, documentation and other proprietary information. Our registered trademarks include Supermicro, our company logo, Server Building Block Solution, Building Block Solutions, SuperO, Superboard and Superdoctor. Our pending trademark applications include A+ Motherboard, S-Server, Superblade, X-Blade and X-Blade Server. If a claim is asserted that we have infringed the intellectual property of a third party, we may be required to seek licenses to that technology. In addition, we license third party technologies that are incorporated into some elements of our services. Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our proprietary rights.

 

Manufacturing and Quality Control

 

We use several third party suppliers and contract manufacturers for materials and sub-assemblies, such as server boards, chassis, disk drives, power supplies, fans and computer processors. We believe that selectively using outsourced manufacturing services allows us to focus on our core competencies in product design and development and increases our operational flexibility. Our manufacturing strategy allows us to quickly adjust

 

58


Table of Contents

manufacturing capacity in response to changes in customer demand and to rapidly introduce new products to the market. We use Ablecom, a related party, for contract design and manufacturing coordination support. We work with Ablecom to optimize modular designs for our chassis and certain of our other components. Ablecom coordinates the manufacturing of chassis for us.

 

For server systems, assembly, test and quality control are completed at our wholly-owned manufacturing facility in San Jose, California which has been ISO-9001 certified since 2001. This facility has been certified ISO-9001:2000 compliant since August 2003. We intend to expand our manufacturing, assembly and test capabilities in Asia and Europe to be closer to our key international customers and to reduce costs of shipping our products to our customers. In accordance with ISO-9001 requirements, quality control and inventory management is extended through our suppliers and contract manufacturers with continuous reporting and ongoing qualification programs. The assembly of our server system products involves integrating supplied materials and manufactured sub-assemblies into final products, which are configured and tested before being delivered to our customers.

 

We maintain sufficient inventory such that most of our orders can be filled within 14 days. We monitor our inventory on a continuous basis in order to be able to meet customer orders and to avoid inventory obsolescence. Due to our modular designs, our inventory can generally be used with multiple different products, further reducing the risk of inventory write-downs.

 

Competition

 

The market for our products is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to new technological developments, changing customer needs and new product introductions. We compete primarily with large vendors of x86 general purpose servers and components. In addition, we also compete with a number of smaller vendors who specialize in the sale of server components and systems. We believe our principal competitors include:

 

    Global technology vendors such as Dell Inc., Hewlett-Packard Company, International Business Machines Corporation and Intel;

 

    Specialized server vendors, such as Rackable Systems, Inc.; and

 

    Original Design Manufacturers, or ODMs, such as Quanta Computer, Inc.

 

The principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

 

    first to market with new emerging technologies;

 

    flexible and customizable products to fit customers’ objectives;

 

    high product performance and reliability;

 

    early identification of emerging opportunities;

 

    cost-effectiveness;

 

    interoperability of products;

 

    scalability; and

 

    localized and responsive customer support on a worldwide basis.

 

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to most of these factors. However, most of our competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater resources and greater name recognition. They may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we can, which could allow them to respond more quickly to new technologies and changes in customer needs.

 

59


Table of Contents

Employees

 

As of June 30, 2006, we employed 454 full time employees and 11 consultants, consisting of 163 employees in research and development, 66 employees in sales and marketing, 45 employees in general and administrative and 180 employees in manufacturing. Of these employees, 377 are based in our San Jose facility. We consider our highly qualified and motivated employees to be a key factor in our business success. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining organization and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

On September 2, 2005, Rackable Systems, Inc. filed a lawsuit against us in federal court for the Northern District of California, alleging that one of our product families infringes two United States patents that relate to computers with front mounted I/O connectors and back-to-back placement of rack mounted computers. The complaint seeks compensatory damages, treble damages for willful infringement, interest, attorneys’ fees and injunctive relief. A “Markman” hearing was held on October 4, 2006 and the parties are currently conducting discovery in the matter. We believe the claims to be without merit and intend to defend them vigorously. However, the results of litigation are inherently uncertain, and there can be no assurance that we will prevail. Any such suit or proceeding could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In 2004, we received subpoenas from the Bureau of Industry and Security of the Department of Commerce, or BIS, with respect to our relationship with a distributor and transactions involving the sale and resale of products to Iran. After receiving the first subpoena, we retained special export control counsel, conducted an internal investigation into these matters and terminated our relationship with the distributor in question. We also instituted a new export compliance program, which program we continue to develop and implement. The U.S. Department of Justice and Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of Treasury, or OFAC, also initiated investigations regarding these matters. In September 2006, we entered into an agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice pursuant to which we agreed to plead guilty to one count of violating federal export regulations by shipping 300 motherboards to Dubai, UAE, with knowledge that they would be transshipped to Iran. We agreed to pay a $150,000 fine. The plea agreement has been approved by the U.S. District Court. We have also entered into a settlement agreement with BIS with respect to alleged violations of the Export Administration Regulations pursuant to which we agreed to pay a fine of approximately $125,000. We were charged by BIS with twelve violations of the Export Administration Regulations. Six of these violations involved the shipment of server systems and components without required government authorization through a distributor to end customers in Iran. Three of these violations involved allegations that shipments took place when we knew or had reason to know that the transactions would constitute a violation of the applicable regulations. Three involved claims that we made false declarations on shipping documents, stating that no license was required for the export of the products when in fact a government license was required. BIS has also issued a proposed charging letter to one of our employees who served as an international sales team leader at the time of the transactions in question. This individual continues to be employed by us; however, the individual no longer works in an international sales function. Potential civil charges against this employee have not been resolved by our settlement with BIS. Finally, we have signed a settlement agreement presented to us by OFAC relating to 21 alleged violations of U.S. sanctions laws and are awaiting a signed copy from OFAC. Pursuant to this agreement, we have paid a fine of $179,000. With the finalization of these agreements, we believe that all issues with respect to the matters under investigation have been resolved. If our export compliance program is not effective, or if we are subject to any future claims regarding violation of export control laws and economic sanctions, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, which could lead to a material fine or other sanctions, including loss of export privileges, that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and future prospects. In addition, these plea and settlement agreements and any future violations could have an adverse impact on our ability to sell our products to U.S. federal, state and local government and related entities.

 

We are subject to a suit brought by Digitechnic, S.A. which was filed in the Bobigny Commercial Court in Paris, France in 1999. The claims involve allegations of damages stemming from allegedly defective products. In September 2003, the Bobigny Commercial Court awarded damages of approximately $1.2 million against us. In

 

60


Table of Contents

February 2005, the Paris Court of Appeals reversed the trial court’s ruling, dismissed all of Digitechnic’s claims and awarded costs to us. Digitechnic has appealed the Paris Court of Appeals decision to the French Supreme Court. Although we cannot predict with certainty the final outcome of this litigation, we believe the claim to be without merit and intend to continue to defend it vigorously.

 

In addition to the above, from time to time, we may be involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business activities. In our opinion, resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse impact on our consolidated results of operations, cash flows or our financial position. However, depending on the amount and timing, an unfavorable resolution of a matter could materially affect our future results of operations, cash flows or financial position in a particular period.

 

Facilities

 

Our principal executive offices, research and development center and production operations are located at three separate properties in San Jose, California where we own approximately 262,000 square feet of office and manufacturing space subject to existing mortgages with approximately $19.2 million remaining outstanding as of June 30, 2006. Our European headquarters for sales and customer support is located in Denbosch, Netherlands where we lease approximately 21,000 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in 2011. In Asia, our research and development operations are located in an approximately 14,000 square feet facility in Taipei County, Taiwan under a lease that expires in 2007.

 

61


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following table shows information about our executive officers and directors as of June 30, 2006:

 

Name

   Age   

Position(s)

Charles Liang

   48    Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

Howard Hideshima

   47    Chief Financial Officer

Alex Hsu

   58    Chief Sales and Marketing Officer

Chiu-Chu (Sara) Liu Liang

   44    Vice President of Operations, Treasurer and Director

Yih-Shyan (Wally) Liaw

   51    Vice President of International Sales, Secretary and Director

Bruce Alexander(1)(2)(3)

   62    Director

Hwei-Ming (Fred) Tsai(1)(2)(3)

   51    Director

(1)   Member of the Audit Committee.
(2)   Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3)   Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

 

Executive Officers

 

Charles Liang founded Super Micro and has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board since our inception in September 1993. Mr. Liang has been developing server system architectures and technologies for the past two decades. From July 1991 to August 1993, Mr. Liang was President and Chief Design Engineer of Micro Center Computer Inc., a high-end motherboard design and manufacturing company. From January 1988 to April 1991, Mr. Liang was Senior Design Engineer and Project Leader for Chips & Technologies, Inc., a chipset technology company, and Suntek Information International Group, a system and software development company. Mr. Liang has been granted many server technology patents. Mr. Liang holds an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Texas at Arlington and a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from National Taiwan University of Science & Technology in Taiwan.

 

Howard Hideshima has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2006. From November 2005 to May 2006, Mr. Hideshima was Vice President of Finance at Force10 Networks, Inc., a network equipment company, and from July 2004 to November 2005, he served as Director of Finance for that company. From April 2001 to June 2004, Mr. Hideshima was Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance and Administration at Virtual Silicon Technology, Inc., a semiconductor intellectual property company. From January 2000 to March 2001, he served as Chief Financial Officer at Internet Corporation, an Internet services company. From January 1999 to December 1999, he was Vice President of Finance and from July 1997 to December 1999 Chief Accounting Officer at ESS Technology, Inc., a fabless semiconductor company. Mr. Hideshima holds an M.B.A. from San Francisco State University and a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of California at Berkeley.

 

Alex Hsu has served as our Chief Sales and Marketing Officer since July 2006 and President of our subsidiary, Super Micro Computer B.V. since October 2003. Prior to becoming our Chief Sales and Marketing Officer, Mr. Hsu had served as our Senior Vice President of Sales since October 2004. From January 2002 to September 2003, Mr. Hsu was President and Chief Operating Officer of Bizlink Group, an IT solutions company. From January 2001 to January 2002, he was a private investor and consultant working with startup companies in Silicon Valley. From August 1999 to December 2000, he was President and Chief Operating Officer at Oplink Communications, Inc., a networking solutions company. Mr. Hsu has over 25 years experience in the IT industry and served in various managerial and executive positions at Philips, Acer, Hewlett-Packard and Umax. Mr. Hsu holds an M.B.A. and a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from National Chao-Tung University in Taiwan.

 

62


Table of Contents

Chiu-Chu (Sara) Liu Liang co-founded Super Micro and has served as Vice President of Operations, Treasurer and a member of our board of directors since our inception in September 1993. From 1985 to 1993, Ms. Liang held finance and operational positions for several companies, including Micro Center Computer Inc. Ms. Liang holds a B.S. in Accounting from Providence University in Taiwan. Ms. Liang is married to Mr. Charles Liang.

 

Yih-Shyan (Wally) Liaw co-founded Super Micro and has served as Vice President of International Sales, Corporate Secretary and a member of our board of directors since our inception in September 1993. From 1988 to 1991, Mr. Liaw was Vice President of Engineering at Great Tek, a computer company. Mr. Liaw holds an M.S. in Computer Engineering from University of Arizona, an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from Tatung Institute of Technology in Taiwan, and a B.S. degree from Taiwan Provincial College of Marine and Oceanic Technology.

 

Non-Management Directors

 

Bruce Alexander has been a member of our board of directors since August 2006. Mr. Alexander was a Managing Director at Needham & Company, an investment banking firm, from April 1999 to April 2006. From 1997 to 1999, he was President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board for Black & Company, a regional investment bank which was acquired by Wells Fargo in 1999. Mr. Alexander holds an M.S. in Management from Stanford University Graduate School of Business where he was a Sloan Fellow. He earned a B.A. from Duke University.

 

Hwei-Ming (Fred) Tsai has been a member of our board of directors since August 2006. Mr. Tsai has served as Executive Vice President of SinoPac Bancorp, a financial holding company based in Los Angeles, California, since February 2001, and Chief Financial Officer of SinoPac Bancorp since August 2005. Since December 2002, he has also served as Senior Executive Vice President of Far East National Bank, a commercial bank that is held by SinoPac Bancorp. Mr. Tsai received a Master’s degree in Professional Accounting from the University of Texas at Austin and a Bachelor’s degree in Accounting from National Taiwan University in Taiwan.

 

Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors currently consists of five directors. Effective upon the closing of this offering and in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors who will serve in staggered three-year terms, as follows:

 

    the Class I director will be Mr. Liang, and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2007;

 

    the Class II directors will be Messrs. Liaw and Alexander, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008; and

 

    the Class III directors will be Ms. Liang and Mr. Tsai, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009.

 

Effective upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes with three-year terms so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. The division of our board of directors into these three classes may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

 

A majority of the members of our board of directors are not independent as defined under the Nasdaq rules. We anticipate that within one year of the date of this offering, the time required by applicable Nasdaq listing requirements, a majority of the members of our board of directors will be independent in accordance with such requirements.

 

63


Table of Contents

Director Independence

 

In August 2006, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director had a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Messrs. Alexander and Tsai are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of Nasdaq.

 

Committees of the Board

 

Our board of directors has established the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee. Each member of these committees is independent as defined under the rules of the Nasdaq Global Market. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

 

Audit Committee

 

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:

 

    is responsible for the appointment, compensation and retention of our independent auditors and reviews and evaluates the auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance;

 

    oversees the auditors’ audit work and reviews and pre-approves all audit and non-audit services that may be performed by them;

 

    reviews and approves the planned scope of our annual audit;

 

    monitors the rotation of partners of the independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law;

 

    reviews our financial statements and discusses with management and the independent auditors the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

 

    reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates;

 

    oversees the adequacy of our accounting and financial controls;

 

    annually reviews the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance;

 

    reviews and approves all related-party transactions; and

 

    establishes and oversees procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters and oversees enforcement, compliance and remedial measures under our code of conduct.

 

The current members of our audit committee are Messrs. Alexander and Tsai. Mr. Alexander is the chairman of the audit committee and our audit committee financial expert as currently defined under applicable SEC rules. The composition of our audit committee does not currently comply with the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations in that we have two rather than three members of such committee. We anticipate that within one year of the date of this offering, the time required by applicable Nasdaq listing requirements, we will be in compliance with such requirements.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policy relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and directors, administers our stock option and benefit plans and reviews general policy relating to compensation and benefits. Duties of the compensation committee include:

 

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of the chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

64


Table of Contents
    evaluating the performance of the chief executive officer and other executive officers in light of those goals and objectives;

 

    setting compensation of the chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

    administering the issuance of stock options and other awards to executive officers and directors under our stock plans; and

 

    reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance of the compensation committee with its charter.

 

The current members of our compensation committee are Mr. Alexander, who is the committee chair, and Mr. Tsai. We believe that the composition of our compensation committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our compensation committee complies with, the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq and the SEC rules and regulations.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Our nominating and corporate governance committee identifies individuals qualified to become directors; recommends to our board of directors director nominees for each election of directors; develops and recommends to our board of directors criteria for selecting qualified director candidates; considers committee member qualifications, appointment and removal; recommends corporate governance guidelines applicable to us; and provides oversight in the evaluation of our board of directors and each committee. The current members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Mr. Tsai, who is the committee chair, and Mr. Alexander. We believe that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee complies with, the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq and the SEC rules and regulations.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

We adopted a director compensation policy in August 2006. Prior to that, we have not paid any cash compensation to members of our board of directors for their services as directors.

 

Under our director compensation policy, we reimburse non-employee directors for reasonable expenses in connection with attendance at board and committee meetings. Effective upon the completion of this offering, our non-employee directors will receive an annual retainer of $40,000, payable quarterly. In addition, the chairperson of our audit committee will receive an annual retainer of $25,000, the chairperson of each of our compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an annual retainer of $5,000 and each director serving in a non-chairperson capacity on our audit, compensation or nominating and corporate governance committees will receive an annual retainer of $2,500 per committee, payable quarterly.

 

Non-employee directors also are eligible to receive stock options under our 1998 stock option plan. The exercise price of stock options to directors is based on the fair market value as determined by our board of directors on the date of grant. No options have yet been granted to our non-employee directors for their service as directors.

 

Non-employee directors will receive nondiscretionary, automatic grants of nonstatutory stock options under our 1998 stock option plan. A non-employee director will be automatically granted an initial option to purchase 9,000 shares upon first becoming a member of our board of directors. A non-employee director serving as chairperson of the audit committee will receive initial grant of 6,000 shares. Non-employee directors serving as chairperson of the compensation or nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an initial grant

 

65


Table of Contents

of 1,000 shares. Each of these initial options vests and becomes exercisable over four years, with the first 25% of the shares subject to each initial option vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting quarterly thereafter. Immediately after each of our regularly scheduled annual meetings of stockholders, each non-employee director will be automatically granted a nonstatutory option to purchase 2,250 shares of our common stock, the audit committee chairperson will receive an annual grant to purchase 1,500 shares of our common stock and the chairperson of each of the compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive an annual grant to purchase 250 shares of our common stock. These options will vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant or immediately prior to our next annual meeting of stockholders, if earlier.

 

The options granted to non-employee directors will have a per share exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant, and will become fully vested if we are subject to a change of control. Annual grants will be reduced proportionally if the person did not serve in that capacity for the full year after the annual grant.

 

Corporate Governance

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board will adopt a code of business conduct that applies to each of our directors, officers and employees. The code addresses various topics, including, but not limited to:

 

    compliance with laws, rules and regulations;

 

    conflicts of interest;

 

    insider trading;

 

    corporate opportunities;

 

    competition and fair dealing;

 

    record keeping;

 

    confidentiality; and

 

    protection and proper use of company assets.

 

Our board also adopted a code of ethics for senior executive officers applicable to our Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and other key management employees addressing ethical issues. Upon completion of this offering, the code of business conduct and the code of ethics will be posted on our website. We also intend to implement whistleblower procedures by establishing formal procedures for receiving and handling complaints from employees. Any concerns regarding accounting or auditing matters reported under these procedures will be communicated promptly to the audit committee.

 

66


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

 

The following table summarizes the compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and to our other most highly compensated executive officers who were the only executive officers whose total annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000, for services rendered in all capacities to us during fiscal year 2006. We refer to these officers as our named executive officers.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

     Annual Compensation    Long-Term
Compensation
Awards
   All Other
Compensation(1)

Name and Principal Position

   Salary    Bonus   

Securities

Underlying
Options

  

Charles Liang, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

   $ 249,399    $ 36,058       $ 14,423

Howard Hideshima, Chief Financial Officer(2)

     32,577      4,231        

Alex Hsu, Chief Sales and Marketing Officer

     223,167      27,885        

Chiu-Chu (Sara) Liu Liang, Vice President of Operations and Treasurer

     120,033      15,606    32,400      4,624

Yih-Shyan (Wally) Liaw, Vice President, International Sales and Corporate Secretary

     137,470      14,568         7,947

(1)   Amounts represent payments for unused employee benefits.
(2)   Mr. Hideshima joined us as Chief Financial Officer in May 2006. Mr. Hideshima’s salary for fiscal year 2006 on an annualized basis was $220,000.

 

Stock Option Grants in Fiscal Year 2006

 

We have granted and plan to continue to grant options to purchase our common stock to executive officers, employees and other service providers. The following table provides information concerning options exercised during fiscal year 2006, and unexercised options held as of June 30, 2006, by each of our named executive officers:

     Individual Grants    Potential Realized
Value at Assumed
Annual Rates of Stock
Price Appreciation
for Option Term(2)
    

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Options

Granted

 

% of Total

Options

Granted to

Employees in

Fiscal Year(1)

 

Exercise

Price

Per Share

  

Expiration

Date

  
              

Name

             5%    10%

Charles Liang

               

Howard Hideshima

               

Alex Hsu

               

Chiu-Chu (Sara) Liu Liang

   32,400(3)   6.86%   $7.00    12/30/15      

Yih-Shyan (Wally) Liaw

               

(1)   The percentage of total options granted to employees in fiscal year 2006 is based on options to purchase a total of 472,268 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $6.50 to $27.40.
(2)  

Potential realizable values have been calculated based on the term of the option at the time of grant, which is 10 years. The values are based on assumed rates of stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% compounded annually from the date of grant until their expiration date, assuming a fair market value equal to an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, minus the applicable exercise price. The assumed rates of growth are based on the Securities and Exchange Commission requirements and do not reflect our estimate

 

67


Table of Contents
 

of future stock price growth. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises will depend on the future performance of the common stock and the date on which the options are exercised.

(3)   Ms. Liang was granted an option to purchase 32,400 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $7.00. The exercise price reflects the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors.

 

Aggregated Option Exercises in Fiscal Year 2006 and Year-End Option Values

 

The following table provides information concerning exercisable and unexercisable stock options held as of June 30, 2006, by each of our named executive officers. Because there was no public market for our common stock as of June 30, 2006, amounts described in the following table under the heading “Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at June 30, 2006” are determined by multiplying the number of shares issued or issuable upon exercise of the option by the difference between an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share and the per share option exercise price.

 

     Shares
Acquired
on Exercise
   Value
Realized
   Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Option at June 30, 2006
   Value of Unexercised
In-the-Money Options at
June 30, 2006

Name

         Exercisable    Unexercisable    Exercisable    Unexercisable

Charles Liang

         1,662,500    187,500    $2,625,500    $1,155,000

Howard Hideshima

                 

Alex Hsu

   60,000    $189,000    48,359    65,016    186,182    250,312

Chiu-Chu (Sara) Liu Liang

         380,000    32,400    574,000    226,800

Yih-Shyan (Wally) Liaw

         295,312    19,688    488,079    99,621

 

Employment Agreements and Change in Control Agreements

 

We have not entered into employment agreements with any of our named executive officers.

 

Mr. Hsu and Ms. Liang have signed offer letters which provide for at-will employment. The offer letters provide for salary, stock options and right to participate in our employee benefit plans. We do not have any written employment arrangements with Messrs. Liang and Liaw.

 

Mr. Hideshima joined us as Chief Financial Officer in May 2006. His offer letter provides that his current annual base salary is $220,000 and he is eligible to receive a quarterly bonus based on his performance and company profitability. Mr. Hideshima will be granted options to acquire 65,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, with 25% of the shares vesting on the first anniversary of the start date of his employment and the balance vesting in ratable portions each quarter for 3 years thereafter.

 

Bonuses for our named executive officers are currently determined on a case-by-case basis by the compensation committee based on a mix of company and individual performance objectives.

 

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Director and Officer Indemnification.”

 

Employee Confidentiality Arrangements

 

We enter into agreements with all of our employees containing confidentiality provisions.

 

68


Table of Contents

Stock Plans

 

1998 Stock Option Plan

 

In December 1998, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved the 1998 stock option plan, or the 1998 Plan.

 

Purpose.     The 1998 Plan is intended to enable the Company to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentives to employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries and to promote the success of the Company’s business. For these purposes, the 1998 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, as defined under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, and nonstatutory stock options.

 

Shares Subject to the 1998 Plan .    An aggregate of 6,500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 1998 Plan. As of June 30, 2006, options covering 4,302,680 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 1998 Plan and 2,062,011 shares of common stock were available for future grant. Effective on the first day that our common stock is publicly traded, no further grants will be made from the 1998 Plan. Options granted under the 1998 Plan will continue to be subject to the terms and conditions as set forth in the agreements evidencing such options and the terms of the 1998 Plan.

 

Administration.     The 1998 Plan is administered by our board of directors or a committee of the Board. Subject to the provisions of the plan, the administrator determines in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which options are granted, the types of options granted, the number of shares subject to options, and all of their terms and conditions. The administrator may amend any option, and accelerate or defer the exercise date of any option. The administrator has the authority to interpret the terms of the 1998 Plan and to make all determinations necessary or advisable for administration of the 1998 Plan.

 

Eligibility .    Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees, while nonstatutory stock options may be granted to employees, directors and consultants.

 

Terms of Stock Options .    The exercise price of incentive stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of nonstatutory options may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of stock options granted to stockholders owning shares representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any parent or subsidiary corporation may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.

 

In general, stock options granted under the 1998 Plan may not have a term exceeding ten years. Unless the terms of an optionee’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionee’s service relationship with us ceases for any reason other than disability or death, the optionee may exercise the vested portion of any options for at least 30 days after the date of such termination. If an optionee’s service relationship with us terminates by reason of death or disability, the optionee or a personal representative may exercise the vested portion of any options for six months after the date of such termination.

 

Sale of the Company .    Upon any merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or in which it survives as a subsidiary of the acquiring corporation, options granted under the 1998 Plan will terminate unless they are assumed by the acquiring corporation. The plan administrator is authorized to accelerate the vesting of options on such terms and conditions as it determines.

 

Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 1998 Plan as it deems advisable.

 

69


Table of Contents

2006 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Our 2006 equity incentive plan, or the Equity Plan, was approved by our board of directors on August 28 2006 and will be effective upon its approval by our stockholders, currently anticipated in December 2006.

 

Purpose.     The Equity Plan is intended to make available incentives that will assist us to attract, retain and motivate employees whose contributions are essential to our success. We may provide these incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock purchase rights, restricted stock bonuses, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, deferred compensation awards, cash-based awards, other stock-based awards and nonemployee director awards.

 

Shares Subject to Equity Plan.     A total of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan. This reserve will automatically increase on January 1, 2007 and each subsequent anniversary through 2016, by an amount equal to the smaller of (a) three percent (3%) of the number of shares of stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or (b) a lesser amount determined by the Board. Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the Equity Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to awards which expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again become available for issuance under the Equity Plan. The shares available will not be reduced by awards settled in cash or by shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations. Only the net number of shares issued upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights or options exercised by means of a net exercise or by tender of previously owned shares will be deducted from the shares available under the Equity Plan.

 

Administration.     The administrator of our Equity Plan will generally be the compensation committee of our board of directors. Subject to the provisions of the Equity Plan, the administrator determines in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which awards are granted, the types and sizes of such awards, and all of their terms and conditions. All awards must be evidenced by a written agreement between us and the participant. The administrator may amend, cancel or renew any award, waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any award, and accelerate, or otherwise modify the vesting of any award. Repricing of stock options is not prohibited under the terms of the Equity Plan. The administrator has the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the Equity Plan and awards granted under it. All awards granted under the Equity Plan are intended to either comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Eligibility.     Awards may be granted under the Equity Plan to our employees, including officers, directors, or consultants or those of any present or future parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity. While we may grant incentive stock options only to employees, we may grant nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock purchase rights or bonuses, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units and cash-based awards or other stock-based awards to any eligible participant. Non-employee director awards will be granted only to members of our board of directors who, at the time of grant, are not employees. Deferred compensation awards may be granted only to officers, directors and select members of management or highly compensated employees.

 

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant nonstatutory stock options, “incentive stock options,” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any combination of these. The exercise price for each option is established in the discretion of the administrator. However, the exercise price of a stock option may not be less than the fair market value (as defined by the Equity Plan) of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. Any incentive stock option granted to a person who owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or of any parent or subsidiary corporation must have an exercise price equal to at least 110 percent of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant and a term not exceeding five years. The term of all other options may not exceed ten years. Options vest and become exercisable at such times or upon such events and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria or restrictions as specified by the administrator. Unless otherwise provided by the administrator, an option generally will remain exercisable for three months following the participant’s termination of service,

 

70


Table of Contents

except that if service terminates as a result of the participant’s death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for twelve months, but in any event not beyond the expiration of its term. An option held by a participant whose service is terminated for cause will immediately cease to be exercisable.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights .    A stock appreciation right gives a participant the right to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant of the award and the date of its exercise. We may pay the appreciation either in cash or in shares of our common stock. The administrator may grant stock appreciation rights under the Equity Plan in tandem with a related stock option or as a freestanding award. A tandem stock appreciation right is exercisable only at the time and to the same extent that the related option is exercisable, and its exercise causes the related option to be canceled. Freestanding stock appreciation rights vest and become exercisable at the times and on the terms established by the administrator. Stock appreciation rights will be settled in shares or paid in cash, if applicable, as soon as administratively possible after exercise. The maximum term of any stock appreciation right granted under the Equity Plan is ten years.

 

Restricted Stock Awards .    The administrator may grant restricted stock awards under the Equity Plan either in the form of a stock purchase right, giving a participant an immediate right to purchase our common stock, or in the form of a stock bonus, for which the participant furnishes consideration in the form of services to us. The administrator determines the purchase price payable under stock purchase awards, which may be less than the then current fair market value of our common stock. Restricted stock awards may be subject to vesting conditions based on such service or performance goals similar to those described below in connection with performance shares and performance units as the administrator specifies, and the shares acquired may not be transferred by the participant until vested. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, a participant will forfeit any unvested shares acquired pursuant to a stock bonus upon voluntary or involuntary termination of service with us for any reason, including death or disability. The administrator has the option to repurchase any unvested shares acquired pursuant to a stock purchase right at the original purchase price upon voluntary or involuntary termination of service with us for any reason, including death or disability. Participants holding restricted stock awards will have the right to vote the shares and to receive any dividends paid, except that dividends or other distributions paid in shares will be subject to the same restrictions as the original award.

 

Restricted Stock Units .    Restricted stock units granted under the Equity Plan represent a right to receive shares of our common stock at a future date determined in accordance with the participant’s award agreement. The administrator, in its discretion, may provide for settlement of any restricted stock unit by payment to the participant in shares, or in cash of an amount equal to the fair market value on the payment date of the shares of stock issuable to the participant. No monetary payment is required for receipt of restricted stock units or the shares issued in settlement of the award, the consideration for which is furnished in the form of the participant’s services to us. The administrator may grant restricted stock unit awards subject to the attainment of performance goals similar to those described below in connection with performance shares and performance units, or may make the awards subject to vesting conditions based on service or other performance goals. Participants have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends with respect to restricted stock unit awards until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant restricted stock units that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights, which are rights to receive additional restricted stock units for a number of shares whose value is equal to any cash dividends we pay.

 

Performance Shares and Performance Units .    The administrator may grant performance shares and performance units under the Equity Plan, which are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if specified performance goals are achieved during a specified performance period. Performance share awards are denominated in shares of our common stock, while performance unit awards are denominated in dollars. In granting a performance share or unit award, the administrator establishes the applicable performance goals based on one or more measures of business performance enumerated in the Equity Plan, such as revenue, gross margin, net income, free cash flow, return on capital, market share or other performance goals. To the extent earned, performance share and unit awards may be settled in cash, shares of our common stock or any combination of these. Payments will generally be made in lump sum. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, if a participant’s service terminates due to death or disability prior to completion of the applicable performance

 

71


Table of Contents

period, the final award value is determined at the end of the period on the basis of the performance goals attained during the entire period, but payment is prorated for the portion of the period during which the participant remained in service. Except as otherwise provided by the Equity Plan, if a participant’s service terminates for any other reason, the participant’s performance shares or units are forfeited.

 

Deferred Compensation Awards .    The Equity Plan authorizes the administrator to establish a deferred compensation award program. If and when implemented, participants designated by the administrator who are officers, directors or members of a select group of management or highly compensated employees may elect to receive, in lieu of compensation otherwise payable in cash, awards of stock units. Designated participants may elect to receive in lieu of cash or shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise or settlement of stock options, stock appreciation rights or performance share or performance unit awards, an award of deferred stock units. Each such stock unit represents a right to receive one share of our common stock at a future date determined in accordance with the participant’s award agreement. Deferred stock units will be settled by distribution to the participant of a number of whole shares of common stock equal to the number of stock units subject to the award on a settlement date elected by the participant at the time of his or her election to receive the deferred stock unit award. Participants are not required to pay any additional consideration in connection with the settlement of deferred stock units. A holder of deferred stock units has no voting rights or other rights as a stockholder until shares of common stock are issued to the participant in settlement of the stock units. However, participants holding deferred stock units will be entitled to dividend equivalent rights with respect to any payment of cash dividends on an equivalent number of shares of common stock. Such dividend equivalent rights will be credited in the form of additional whole stock units. Prior to settlement, deferred stock units may not be assigned or transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

Cash-Based Awards and other Stock-Based Awards .    The administrator has the discretion to grant cash-based awards and stock-based awards that are not otherwise described in the Equity Plan. Other stock-based awards may be granted in the discretion of the administrator and may include the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted securities, stock-equivalent units, stock appreciation units, securities or debentures convertible into common stock or other forms. Other stock-based awards may be settled with stock or cash. The terms and conditions of cash-based awards and other stock-based awards will be set forth in the award agreement and may require the achievement of performance goals. Prior to settlement, cash-based awards and other stock-based awards may not be assigned or transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

Nonemployee Director Awards .    Only members of the board of directors who are not employees (a “nonemployee director”) at the time of grant are eligible to participate in the nonemployee director awards component of the Equity Plan. The Board or the Committee shall set the amount and type of nonemployee director awards to be awarded on a periodic, non-discriminatory basis. Nonemployee directors awards may be granted in the form of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards. Subject to adjustment for changes in the Company’s capital structure, no nonemployee director may be awarded, in any fiscal year of the Company, one or more nonemployee director awards for more than 100,000 shares. However, the annual limit may be increased by the following additions: (i) an additional 50,000 shares in the fiscal year in which the nonemployee director is first appointed or elected to the Board, (ii) an additional 50,000 shares in any fiscal year in which the nonemployee director is serving as the chairman or lead director of the Board, (iii) an additional 50,000 shares in any fiscal year for each committee of the Board on which the nonemployee director is then serving other than as chairman of the committee, and (iv) an additional 50,000 shares in any fiscal year for each committee of the Board on which the nonemployee director is then serving as chairman of the committee.

 

Change in Control .    In the event of a change in control of Super Micro as described in the Equity Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or continue all or any awards outstanding under the Equity Plan or substitute substantially equivalent awards. Any awards which are not assumed or continued in connection with a change in control or exercised or settled prior to the change in control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in control. The administrator may provide for the acceleration of vesting of any or all outstanding awards upon such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the vesting of all nonemployee director

 

72


Table of Contents

awards will automatically be accelerated in full. The Equity Plan also authorizes the administrator, in its discretion and without the consent of any participant, to cancel each or any outstanding award denominated in shares upon a change in control in exchange for a payment to the participant with respect to each vested share subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess of the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the change in control transaction over the exercise price per share, if any, under the award.

 

Amendment and Termination .    The Equity Plan will continue in effect until it is terminated by the administrator, provided, however, that all awards will be granted, if at all, within 10 years of the effective date of the Equity Plan. The administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Equity Plan at any time, provided that without stockholder approval, the Equity Plan cannot be amended to increase the number of shares authorized, change the class of persons eligible to receive incentive stock options or effect any other change that would require stockholder approval under any applicable law or listing rule. Amendment, suspension or termination of the Equity Plan may not adversely affect any outstanding award without the consent of the participant, unless such amendment, suspension or termination is necessary to comply with applicable law, regulation or rule.

 

401(k) Plan

 

In 1997, we adopted a tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan, or 401(k) plan, which generally covers our non-union employees. The plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a), 401(k) and 401(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, so that contributions, and income earned thereon, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the plan. Under the plan, employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit ($15,000 in calendar year 2006) and have the amount of the reduction contributed to the plan. The plan also permits, but does not require, us to make matching contributions and profit-sharing contributions to the plan on behalf of participants. In addition, eligible employees may elect to contribute an additional amount of their eligible compensation as a catch-up contribution to the 401(k) plan, provided that such employees are age 50 or older ($5,000 in calendar year 2006). To date, we have not made any discretionary matching or profit-sharing contributions to the 401(k) plan. As a tax-qualified plan, we can generally deduct contributions to the 401(k) plan when made, and such contributions are not taxable to participants until distributed from the plan. Pursuant to the terms of the plan, participants may direct the trustees to invest their accounts in selected investment options.

 

73


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Director and Officer Indemnification

 

We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. In addition, our certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering contains provisions limiting the liability of our directors and our bylaws contain provisions requiring us to indemnify our officers and directors. See “Description of Capital Stock—Limitation of Liability.”

 

Stock Option Awards

 

On August 31, 2003, Alex Hsu, our Chief Sales and Marketing Officer, was granted an option to purchase 173,375 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.85 pursuant to our 1998 Plan.

 

On March 31, 2004, Yih-Shyan (Wally) Liaw, our Vice President of International Sales and Corporate Secretary, was granted an option to purchase 45,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.06 pursuant to our 1998 Plan.

 

On December 28, 2004, Charles Liang, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, was granted an option to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.16 pursuant to our 1998 Plan.

 

On December 30, 2005, Chiu-Chu (Sara) Liu Liang, our Vice President of Operations, Treasurer and Director, was granted an option to purchase 32,400 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $7.00 pursuant to our 1998 Plan.

 

Credit Facility with Far East National Bank

 

We have a revolving line of credit in the principal amount of $5 million with Far East National Bank, for which we entered into a Business Loan Agreement and a Commercial Security Agreement with the bank and issued a Promissory Note to the bank on November 1, 2005. The line of credit bears an initial interest rate of 7% per annum and will mature on November 1, 2006. Hwei-Ming (Fred) Tsai, our director, is Senior Executive Vice President of Far East National Bank. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not requested advances under the line of credit.

 

Transactions with Ablecom Technology Inc.

 

Steve Liang, Chief Executive Officer of Ablecom Technology Inc., a Taiwan corporation and our major provider of contract manufacturing and design collaboration services, is the brother of Charles Liang, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. Steve Liang was a member of our board of directors until December 31, 2005, and beneficially owned approximately 4.5% of our outstanding common stock prior to the completion of this offering. Chiu-Chu (Sara) Liu Liang and Charles Liang jointly own approximately 30.7% of Ablecom’s outstanding common stock as of June 30, 2006. Charles Liang served as a Director of Ablecom during our fiscal 2006, but is no longer serving in such capacity. In addition, as of June 30, 2006, Yih-Shyan (Wally) Liaw and his wife jointly owned approximately 5.2% of Ablecom’s outstanding common stock, and collectively, Mr. Charles Liang, Ms. Liang, Mr. Liaw, Mr. Steve Liang and relatives of these individuals owned over 80% of Ablecom’s outstanding common stock. We have entered into a series of product development, production and service agreements with Ablecom under which we purchase chassis, power supplies and other components from Ablecom. For more information, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 7.”

 

Our Taiwan subsidiary leases approximately 14,000 square feet of office and factory facilities from Ablecom under a one-year lease that will expire in February 2007. The monthly rent under the lease is approximately $13,000. From October 2004 to February 2006, our Taiwan subsidiary leased a facility of approximately 8,400 square feet from Ablecom, and the monthly rent under that lease was approximately $6,200.

 

74


Table of Contents

Transactions with Tatung Company

 

Tatung Company, a Taiwan corporation and one of our major contract manufacturers, beneficially owned approximately 9% of our outstanding common stock prior to the completion of this offering. We entered into a product manufacturing agreement with Tatung on April 16, 2004 under which Tatung manufactures our products pursuant to our purchase orders. We also entered into a purchase agreement on September 1, 2004 under which Tatung purchases our server and computer component products. For more information, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 7.”

 

All future transactions, if any, between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, as well as any transactions between us and any entity with which our officers, directors or principal stockholders are affiliated will be approved by the audit committee or our board of directors or otherwise in accordance with the then applicable Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and Nasdaq rules and regulations governing the approval of such transactions.

 

75


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2006, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares offered hereby, by:

 

    each person or entity who we know beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock;

 

    each of the named executive officers;

 

    each selling stockholder;

 

    each of our directors; and

 

    all directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2006 are deemed outstanding, while the shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, each of the persons named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all the shares indicated as beneficially owned by such person.

 

Applicable percentage ownership in the following table is based on 11,087,132 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2006 and              shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each stockholder listed is c/o Super Micro Computer, Inc., 980 Rock Avenue, San Jose, CA 95131.

 

Principal and Selling Stockholders Table

 

    

Shares Beneficially

Owned Prior to the Offering

        

Shares Beneficially

Owned After the
Offering

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

       Number            Percent        

Number of

Shares Offered

   Number    Percent

5% Stockholders:

             

Tatung Company

22, Chungshan N. Rd.

3rd Sec.

Taipei, Taiwan, 104

   1,000,000    9.0 %                 %

Chung-Chang (John) Tsai

   900,000    8.1          

Fei-Yi Kao

   600,000    5.4          

Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Charles Liang(1)

   5,351,250    40.7          

Howard Hideshima

               

Alex Hsu(2)

   119,194    1.1          

Chiu-Chu (Sara) Liang(3)

   5,351,250    40.7          

Yih-Shyan (Wally) Liaw(4)

   1,877,312    16.3          

Bruce Alexander

               

Hwei-Ming (Fred) Tsai(5)

   250,000    2.2          

All directors and executive officers as a group (7 persons)(6)

   7,597,756    55.6          

Additional Selling Stockholders:

             
             

*   Less than one percent (1%).
(1)  

Includes 1,681,250 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2006, 300,000 shares held by CL Grantor Retained Trust and 300,000 shares held by CL2 Grantor Retained Trust. Mr. Charles Liang and Ms. Chiu-Chu (Sara) Liang are the trustees of both trusts. Also includes

 

76


Table of Contents
 

240,000 shares held by Ms. Liang, Mr. Charles Liang’s spouse. See footnote 3.

(2)   Includes 59,194 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2006.
(3)   Includes 380,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2006. Also includes 3,050,000 shares held by Mr. Liang, Ms. Sara Liang’s spouse. See footnote 1.
(4)   Includes 295,312 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2006, 300,000 shares held by SML Grantor Retained Trust, for which Mrs. Shyu S. (May) Liaw serves as a trustee, 300,000 shares held by YSL Grantor Retained Trust, for which Mr. Yih-Shyan (Wally) Liaw serves as trustee, 880,000 shares held by Liaw Family Trust, for which Mr. and Mrs. Liaw serve as trustees, and 102,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options granted to Mrs. Liaw, Mr. Liaw’s spouse, exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2006.
(5)   Includes 50,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2006.
(6)   Includes 2,567,756 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2006.

 

77


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.001 par value per share.

 

The following is a summary of the material terms of our common stock and preferred stock, giving effect to the amendments to the certificate of incorporation to be filed upon completion of the offering. Please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for more detailed information.

 

Common Stock

 

As of June 30, 2006, there were 11,087,132 shares of our common stock outstanding, held of record by approximately 48 stockholders. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferences applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividend declared by the Board. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or redemption rights. Each outstanding share of common stock is, and all shares of common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Following the completion of this offering, 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock will be authorized for issuance. Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue preferred stock in one or more series. In addition, the Board may fix the rights, preferences and privileges of any preferred stock it determines to issue. Any or all of these rights may be superior to the rights of the common stock. Preferred stock could thus be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of our company or to make removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may decrease the market price of our common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

 

Delaware Law

 

We will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with an “interested stockholder,” unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and (b) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the

 

78


Table of Contents
 

affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Except as otherwise specified in Section 203, an “interested stockholder” is defined to include:

 

    any person that is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the corporation, or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within three years immediately prior to the date of determination and

 

    the affiliates and associates of any such person.

 

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Following the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that:

 

    no action can be taken by stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws, and stockholders may not act by written consent;

 

    the approval of holders of two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or amend or repeal the provisions of our certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors, the ability of stockholders to take action and the indemnification of our directors;

 

    our board of directors will be expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws;

 

    stockholders may not call special meetings of the stockholders or fill vacancies on the board of directors;

 

    our board of directors will be divided into three classes of service with staggered three-year terms. This means that only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective terms;

 

    our board of directors will be authorized to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval;

 

    directors may only be removed for cause by the holders of two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors; and

 

    we will indemnify officers and directors against losses that may incur in connection with investigations and legal proceedings resulting from their services to us, which may include services in connection with takeover defense measures.

 

These provisions may make it more difficult for stockholders to take specific corporate actions and could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company.

 

Limitation of Liability

 

As permitted by the Delaware general corporation law, our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

 

    for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, relating to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchase or redemption of stock; or

 

    for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

 

79


Table of Contents

As a result of this provision, we and our stockholders may be unable to obtain monetary damages from a director for breach of his or her duty of care.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The indemnification provided under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws includes the right to be paid expenses in advance of any proceeding for which indemnification may be payable, provided that the payment of these expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding may be made only upon delivery to us of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so paid in advance if it is ultimately determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified.

 

Under our bylaws, we have the power to purchase and maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available on behalf of any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or agents, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against the person or incurred by the person in any of these capacities, or arising out of the persons fulfilling one of these capacities, and related expenses, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify the person against the claim under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. We intend to maintain director and officer liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers.

 

Stock Transfer Agent

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                      located at                     .

 

80


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the prevailing market price of our common stock could decline. While all currently outstanding shares are subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, as described below, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock, based upon the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2006, no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, no exercise of outstanding options and warrants, and no grant of additional options or warrants. All shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or the requirement of further registration under the Securities Act, unless they are purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining shares are “restricted shares,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or are shares restricted by contractual agreements and will be eligible for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Lock-up Agreements.     All of our directors, officers and holders of our outstanding common stock are subject to lock-up agreements under which they have agreed, with limited exceptions, not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. In addition, the 180-day period may be extended for up to 34 additional days under certain circumstances. See “Underwriters.” The shares of our common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering are not subject to lock-up restrictions. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may, in their sole discretion, at any time and without prior notice or announcement, release all or any portion of shares subject to the lock-up agreements.

 

Rule 144.     In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year, including the holding period of prior owners other than affiliates, is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (a) 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after the offering, or (b) the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner-of-sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2006, an aggregate of approximately              shares of our common stock will be eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144, subject to the volume restrictions described in the previous sentence, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. However, all of such shares are subject to the lock-up agreements described above and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or termination of such agreements.

 

Rule 144(k).     Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned shares for at least two years, including the holding period of certain prior owners other than affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2006, an aggregate of approximately              shares of our common stock will be eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) after the date of the prospectus. However, all of such shares are subject to the lock-up agreements described above and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or termination of such agreements.

 

Rule 701.     In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our

 

81


Table of Contents

stock plans may be resold, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, to the extent not subject to lock-up agreements, by:

 

    persons other than affiliates, subject only to the manner-of-sale provisions of Rule 144; and

 

    our affiliates, subject to the manner-of-sale, current public information and filing requirements of Rule 144,

 

in each case, without compliance with the one-year holding requirements of Rule 144.

 

An aggregate of 11,087,132 shares of our common stock that were outstanding as of June 30, 2006 and approximately 6,066,530 shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2006, will be eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 701 beginning 90 days after the date of the prospectus, subject to the vesting provisions that may be contained in individual option agreements. However, all of the outstanding shares and shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options described above are subject to the lock-up agreements described above and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or termination of such agreements.

 

Stock Plans.     We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act following this offering to register the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our 1998 stock option plan and the 2006 equity incentive plan. This registration statement is expected to become effective upon filing. Shares covered by this registration statement will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements and to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

 

82


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

 

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock by a beneficial owner that is a “non-U.S. holder,” other than a non-U.S. holder that owns, or has owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of the company’s common stock. A “non-U.S. holder” is a person or entity that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a:

 

    non-resident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to tax as expatriates;

 

    foreign corporation; or

 

    foreign estate or trust.

 

A “non-U.S. holder” does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock.

 

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances, such as non-U.S. holders subject to special tax treatment under U.S. federal tax laws (including partnerships or other pass-through entities, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” banks and insurance companies, dealers in securities, holders of securities held as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other risk-reduction transaction, non-U.S. holders that do not hold our common stock as a capital asset and persons who hold or receive common stock as compensation). In addition, this discussion does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

 

We have not requested a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in connection with the tax consequences described herein. Accordingly, the discussion below neither binds the IRS nor precludes it from adopting a contrary position.

 

IN VIEW OF THE FOREGOING AND BECAUSE THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS INTENDED AS A GENERAL SUMMARY ONLY, YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP OR DISPOSITION OF OUR STOCK, INCLUDING THE APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES, IN LIGHT OF YOUR OWN PARTICULAR TAX SITUATIONS.

 

Dividends

 

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay dividends. In the event that we do pay dividends, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of common stock generally will be subject to withholding tax at 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. holder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty.

 

The withholding tax does not apply to dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate).

 

83


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

 

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized on a sale or other disposition of common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States, subject to an applicable treaty providing otherwise, or

 

    the Company is or has been a U.S. real property holding corporation, as defined below, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, and its common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs.

 

In general, we would be a U.S. real property holding corporation if interests in U.S. real estate comprised the majority of our assets. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding corporation.

 

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

 

Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock. A non-U.S. holder may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that it is not a United States person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding tax requirements. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax as well. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

 

Federal Estate Tax

 

Individual non-U.S. holders and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an applicable treaty benefit, the common stock will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

84


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below, the underwriters, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and Needham & Company, LLC are acting as representatives, have each agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, severally, the number of shares of our common stock indicated in the table below:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                 Incorporated

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
    

Total

  
    

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and from the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $             per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of shares of common stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be $            , the total underwriters’ discounts and commissions paid by us and the selling stockholders would be $             and $            , respectively, and the total proceeds to us and the selling stockholders would be $             and $            , respectively.

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

 

85


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholders are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

 

     Paid by Us    Paid by Selling
Stockholders
   Total
     No
Exercise
   Full
Exercise
  

No

Exercise

   Full
Exercise
  

No

Exercise

   Full
Exercise

Per share

   $                $                $                $                $                $            

Total

   $                $                $    $    $    $

 

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $             million.

 

All of our directors and officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock have entered into “lock-up” agreements under which they have agreed that, without the prior written consent of both Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, on behalf of the underwriters, they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock,

 

whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; or

 

Moreover, if:

 

    during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period referred to above we issue an earnings release or disclose material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

    prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period,

 

the restrictions described in the immediately preceding sentence will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release, the disclosure of the material news or the occurrence of the material event.

 

The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

    the sale of our shares of common stock to the underwriters;

 

    shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that no transfers occur under such plan during the lock up period;

 

    transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock as a bona fide gift; or

 

    distributions of shares of common stock or any securities to partners, members or stockholders of the stockholder, or affiliates of the stockholder, if the stockholder is a corporation.

 

86


Table of Contents

Provided that in the case of each of the last two transactions, each donee, distributee, transferee and recipient agrees to be subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph, and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with these transactions during the restricted period.

 

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. In addition, to stabilize the price of the common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representations or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SMCI.”

 

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

Directed Share Program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to              shares, or         % of the shares, offered in this prospectus, for our directors, officers, employees, business associates and other related persons. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares which are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered in this prospectus. Participants in the directed share program will be required to agree not to sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate shares acquired through the directed share program for a period of 180 days after purchasing the shares. This lock-up period will be extended if, during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or, if prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described in the preceding sentence will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares of common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of

 

87


Table of Contents

the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

 

Electronic Distribution

 

A prospectus in electronic format will be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters of this offering. Other than the electronic prospectus, the information on the websites of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

Other Relationships

 

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us. They have received customary fees for these transactions.

 

88


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the common stock offered will be passed upon for us by DLA Piper US LLP, East Palo Alto, California. Selected legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Super Micro Computer, Inc. as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2006 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph related to related party transactions discussed in Note 7), and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

89


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement, including exhibits, schedules and amendments. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and includes all of the information that we believe is material to an investor considering whether to make an investment in our common stock. We refer you to the registration statement for additional information about us, our common stock and this offering, including the full texts of the exhibits, some of which have been summarized in this prospectus. The registration statement is available for inspection and copying at the SECs Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site that contains the registration statement. The address of the SECs Internet site is http://www.sec.gov.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and we intend to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

 

90


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Super Micro Computer, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Super Micro Computer, Inc . and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Super Micro Computer, Inc . and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has significant purchases from and sales to a related party.

 

San Jose, California

September 12, 2006

(October 20, 2006 as to the second

paragraph of Note 10)

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

     June 30,
2005
    June 30,
2006
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,170     $ 16,509  

Short-term investments

     1,767       53  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $1,389 and $531 at June 30, 2005 and 2006 (including amounts receivable from a related party of $201 and $310 at June 30, 2005 and 2006)

     13,523       22,252  

Inventories, net

     40,525       57,612  

Deferred income taxes

     2,679       3,440  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     765       1,311  
                

Total current assets

     70,429       101,177  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     19,077       29,605  

Other assets

     156       219  
                

Total assets

   $ 89,662     $ 131,001  
                

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable (including amounts due to a related party of $21,631 and $23,492 at June 30, 2005 and 2006)

   $ 37,748     $ 52,019  

Accrued liabilities

     6,569       8,891  

Income tax payable

     2,323       1,085  

Accrued litigation loss

           575  

Advances from receivable financing arrangements

     363       800  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     53       165  

Current portion of long-term debt

     451       616  
                

Total current liabilities

     47,507       64,151  
                

Deferred income taxes-noncurrent

     456       398  

Long-term capital lease obligations-net of current portion

     57       64  

Long-term debt-net of current portion

     12,515       18,621  
                

Total liabilities

     60,535       83,234  
                

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, no par value

    

Authorized shares: 20,000,000

    

Issued and outstanding shares: 10,969,323 and 11,087,132 at June 30, 2005 2006, respectively

     7,462       10,536  

Deferred stock compensation

     (1,182 )     (2,563 )

Retained earnings

     22,847       39,794  
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     29,127       47,767  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 89,662     $ 131,001  
                

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
     2004     2005     2006  

Net sales (including related party sales of $4,549, $4,064 and $3,881 in fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006)

   $ 167,065     $ 211,763     $ 302,541  

Cost of sales (including related party purchases of $44,371, $57,342 and $75,718 in fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006)

     138,232       178,293       242,235  
                        

Gross profit

     28,833       33,470       60,306  
                        

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     8,513       10,609       15,814  

Sales and marketing

     8,439       7,197       9,363  

General and administrative

     5,074       5,380       6,931  

Provision for (reversal of) litigation loss

           (1,178 )     575  
                        

Total operating expenses

     22,026       22,008       32,683  
                        

Income from operations

     6,807       11,462       27,623  

Interest income

     27       117       254  

Interest expense

     (771 )     (867 )     (1,257 )

Other income, net

     20       17       2  
                        

Income before income tax provision

     6,083       10,729       26,622  

Income tax provision

     1,229       3,639       9,675  
                        

Net income

   $ 4,854     $ 7,090     $ 16,947  
                        

Net income per share:

      

Basic

   $ 0.44     $ 0.65     $ 1.54  

Diluted

   $ 0.35     $ 0.48     $ 1.06  

Shares used in per share calculation:

      

Basic

     10,948,618       10,957,346       11,005,293  

Diluted

     14,030,828       14,721,210       15,923,432  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

     Common Stock    

Deferred

Compensation

   

Retained

Earnings

   Total
     Shares    Amount         

Balance at June 30, 2003

   10,856,823    $ 5,515     $     $ 10,903    $ 16,418

Exercise of stock options

   95,000      20                  20

Non-employee stock-based compensation

        114                  114

Deferred stock-based compensation

        585       (585 )         

Amortization of deferred compensation

              88            88

Forfeitures of stock-based compensation

        (3 )     3           

Tax benefit resulting from stock option transactions

        74                  74

Net income

                    4,854      4,854
                                  

Balance at June 30, 2004

   10,951,823      6,305       (494 )     15,757      21,568

Exercise of stock options

   17,500      44                  44

Non-employee stock-based compensation

        79                  79

Deferred stock-based compensation

        1,058       (1,058 )         

Amortization of deferred compensation

              346            346

Forfeitures of stock-based compensation

        (24 )     24           

Net income

                    7,090      7,090
                                  

Balance at June 30, 2005

   10,969,323      7,462       (1,182 )     22,847      29,127

Exercise of stock options

   117,809      377                  377

Non-employee stock-based compensation

        209                  209

Deferred stock-based compensation

        2,345       (2,345 )         

Amortization of deferred compensation

              887            887

Forfeitures of stock-based compensation

        (77 )     77           

Tax benefit resulting from stock option transactions

        220                  220

Net income

                    16,947      16,947
                                  

Balance at June 30, 2006

   11,087,132    $ 10,536     $ (2,563 )   $ 39,794    $ 47,767
                                  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
     2004     2005     2006  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income

   $ 4,854     $ 7,090     $ 16,947  

Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation expense

     719       922       1,214  

Stock-based compensation expense

     202       425       1,096  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     124       88       18  

Allowance for sales returns

     1,767       4,148       2,497  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     14       2       13  

Deferred income taxes

     (408 )     133       (819 )

Gain on short term investments

                 (9 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable (including changes in related party balances of $(2), $(193) and $(109) in fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006)

     (2,577 )     (9,601 )     (11,244 )

Inventories

     (10,282 )     (8,904 )     (17,087 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (1,018 )     530       (523 )

Accounts payable (including changes in related party balances of $8,301, $3,543 and $1,861 in fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006)

     12,414       6,586       14,224  

Income tax payable

     (848 )     2,323       (1,018 )

Accrued litigation loss

           (1,178 )     575  

Accrued liabilities

     850       2,178       2,322  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     5,811       4,742       8,206  
                        

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Restricted cash-decrease (increase)

     (1,734 )     1,734        

Proceeds from maturity of short-term investments

           200       1,826  

Purchases of property and equipment

     (6,412 )     (1,050 )     (11,452 )

Purchases of short-term investments

     (200 )     (1,767 )     (103 )

Other assets

     (53 )     19       (63 )
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (8,399 )     (864 )     (9,792 )
                        

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Proceeds from long-term debt

     4,275             8,939  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     20       44       377  

Repayment of long-term debt

     (308 )     (403 )     (2,668 )

Payment of obligations under capital leases

     (130 )     (71 )     (97 )

Advances (payments) under receivable financing arrangements

     (267 )     363       437  

Payment of offering costs

                 (63 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     3,590       (67 )     6,925  
                        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     1,002       3,811       5,339  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     6,357       7,359       11,170  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 7,359     $ 11,170     $ 16,509  
                        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 730     $ 908     $ 1,255  

Cash paid for taxes

     3,203       492       11,510  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Equipment purchased under capital leases

     173       16       216  

Deferred stock-based compensation related to stock option grants

     585       1,058       2,345  

Reversal of deferred stock-based compensation for cancellation of stock options

     3       24       77  

Accrued costs for property and equipment purchases

     218       84       131  

Accrued offering costs

                 355  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1.    Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting

 

Organization —Super Micro Computer, Inc. was incorporated in California on September 28, 1993 and develops and provides high performance server solutions based upon an innovative, modular and open-standard architecture. Super Micro Computer has wholly owned subsidiaries in the Netherlands and Taiwan.

 

Principles of Consolidation —The consolidated financial statements reflect the consolidated balance sheets, results of operations and cash flows of Super Micro Computer, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Such estimates include, but are not limited to: allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns, cooperative advertising accruals, inventory valuation, product warranty accruals, depreciation and amortization, income taxes and contingencies. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents —The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds.

 

Short-term Investments —Short-term investments consist of certificate of deposits with maturities of more than three months but less than one year. The short-term investments are carried at amortized cost which approximates fair value.

 

Inventory —Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market. Inventory consists of raw materials (principally components), work in process (principally products being assembled) and finished goods. Market value represents net realizable value for finished goods and work in process and replacement value of raw materials and parts. The Company’s products are subject to rapid technological obsolescence and severe price competition. Should the Company experience a substantial unanticipated decline in the selling price or demand of its products, a significant charge to operations could result. During 2004, 2005 and 2006, the Company recorded inventory write-downs charged to cost of sales of $1,858,000, $610,000 and $968,000, respectively, for excess and obsolete inventory.

 

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

 

Machinery and equipment

   1.5 to 7 years

Furniture and fixtures

  

5 years

Software

  

3 years

Building

  

39 years

Building improvements

  

20 years

Leasehold improvements

  

shorter of lease term or estimated useful life

 

For assets acquired and financed under capital leases, the present value of the future minimum lease payments is recorded at the date of acquisition as property and equipment with the corresponding amount recorded as a capital lease obligation, and the amortization is computed on a straight-line basis over the shorter of lease term or estimated useful life.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Long-Lived Assets —The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss would be measured based on the discounted cash flows compared to the carrying amount. No impairment charge has been recorded in any of the periods presented.

 

Revenue Recognition —The Company accounts for its revenue under the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements . Under the provisions of SAB No. 104, the Company recognizes revenue from sales of products, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, shipment has occurred and title has transferred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured, and all significant obligations have been met. Generally this occurs at the time of shipment when risk of loss and title has passed to the customer. The Company’s standard arrangement with its customers includes a signed purchase order or contract, free-on-board shipping point terms, 30 to 60 days payment terms, and no customer acceptance provisions. Certain customers have free-on-board destination terms and revenue is recognized when the products arrive at the destination. The Company generally does not provide for non-warranty rights of return except for products which have “Out-of-box” failure, in which case customers may return these products for credit within 30 days of receiving the items. Certain distributors and OEMs are also permitted to return products in unopened boxes, limited to purchases over a specified period of time, generally within 60 to 90 days of the purchase, or to products in the distributor’s or OEM’s inventory at certain times (such as the termination of the agreement or product obsolescence). In addition, the Company has a sales arrangement with an original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) under which the Company sells its products with the OEM’s brand to the OEM. The OEM has limited product return rights. To estimate reserves for future sales returns, the Company regularly reviews its history of actual returns for each major product line. The Company also communicates regularly with the relevant distributors to gather information about end customer satisfaction, and to determine the volume of inventory in the channel. Reserves for future returns are adjusted as necessary, based on returns experience, returns expectations and communication with its distributors.

 

Probability of collection is assessed on a customer-by-customer basis. Customers are subjected to a credit review process that evaluates the customers’ financial position and ultimately their ability to pay. If it is determined from the outset of an arrangement that collection is not probable based upon the review process, the customers are required to pay cash in advance of shipment. The Company provides for price protection to certain distributors. Management assesses the market competition and product technology obsolescence, and makes price adjustments based on their judgment. Upon each announcement of price reductions, the accrual for price protection is calculated based on the distributors’ inventory on hand. Such reserves are recorded as a reduction to revenue at the time management reduces the product prices in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products ). Credits issued by the Company pursuant to these provisions were $397,000, $203,000 and $75,000 for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The Company does not commit to future price reductions with any of its customers.

 

Cost of Sales —Cost of sales primarily consists of the costs of materials, contract manufacturing, shipping, personnel and related expenses, equipment and facility expenses, warranty costs and inventory write-offs.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Product Warranties —The Company’s product warranties range from 12 to 36 months. At the time product revenue is recognized, the Company provides for estimated warranty costs. The Company has established accruals for anticipated future warranty costs which are included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The following table presents for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the reconciliation of the changes in accrued warranty costs (in thousands):

 

     June 30,  
     2004     2005     2006  

Balance as of beginning of fiscal year

   $ 1,093     $ 1,363     $ 1,595  

Provision for warranty

     1,542       1,615       1,590  

Payments during the year

     (1,272 )     (1,383 )     (1,723 )
                        

Balance as of end of year

   $ 1,363     $ 1,595     $ 1,462  
                        

 

Software Development Costs —Software development costs are included in research and development and are expensed as incurred. Software development costs are capitalized beginning when technological feasibility has been established and ending when a product is available for general release to customers. To date, the period between achieving technological feasibility and the issuing of such software has been short and software development costs qualifying for capitalization have been insignificant.

 

Research and Development —Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consists primarily of salaries, consulting services, other direct expenses and other engineering expenses. The Company occasionally receives funding from certain suppliers and customers towards its development efforts. Such amounts recorded as a reduction of research and development expenses were $0, $255,000 and $403,000 for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006.

 

Cooperative Marketing Arrangements —The Company follows Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products) . The Company has arrangements with resellers of its products to reimburse the resellers for advertising and marketing development costs meeting specified criteria. In accordance with EITF Issue No. 01-9, the Company records advertising costs meeting such specified criteria within sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. For those advertising costs that do not meet the criteria set forth in EITF Issue No. 01-9, the amounts are recorded as a reduction to sales in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Total advertising and marketing development costs charged to sales and marketing expenses for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, were $1,853,000, $1,069,000, and $1,326,000, respectively. Total amounts recorded as reductions to sales for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 were $467,000, $720,000 and $665,000, respectively.

 

Advertising Costs —Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising and promotional expenses, including cooperative marketing payments, were $2,183,000, $1,505,000 and $2,050,000 for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

Stock-Based Compensation —The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25), and related interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options rather than the alternative fair value accounting provided for under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS No. 123), as amended by SFAS No. 148. Under APB 25, when the exercise price of the Company’s employee and director stock options is equal to or greater than the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized. In December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosures, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 123 . This Statement provides alternative methods of transition for companies

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

who voluntarily change to the fair value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation in accordance to SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , and enhances the disclosure requirements. This statement was effective upon its issuance.

 

The fair value of stock-based awards to employees is calculated through the use of option pricing models, even though such models were developed to estimate the fair value of freely tradable, fully transferable options without vesting restrictions, which significantly differ from the Company’s stock option awards. These models also require subjective assumptions, including future stock price volatility and expected time to exercise, which greatly affect the calculated values. The Company’s calculations were made using the Black-Scholes model with the following weighted average assumptions for grants during the current year: expected life, four years; risk-free interest rate, 2.38% to 3.55% for 2004, 3.13% to 4.08% for 2005 and 4.18% to 5.10% for 2006; no dividends during the expected term; and volatility of zero.

 

If the Company had elected to recognize compensation cost based on the fair value of the options granted at the grant date as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, net income for fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006 would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts indicated in the table below (in thousands, except for per share amounts):

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
     2004     2005     2006  

Net income-as reported

   $ 4,854     $ 7,090     $ 16,947  

Add: stock-based employee compensation included in reported net income, net of related tax effects

     70       229       565  

Less: stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method, net of related tax effects

     (271 )     (326 )     (652 )
                        

Net income-pro forma

   $ 4,653     $ 6,993     $ 16,860  
                        

Basic net income per share:

      

As reported

   $ 0.44     $ 0.65     $ 1.54  
                        

Pro forma

   $ 0.42     $ 0.64     $ 1.53  
                        

Diluted net income per share:

      

As reported

   $ 0.35     $ 0.48     $ 1.06  
                        

Pro forma

   $ 0.33     $ 0.48     $ 1.06  
                        

 

The Company accounts for equity instruments granted to nonemployees under SFAS No. 123, EITF Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or In Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services and Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 28, Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans . The options are recorded at fair value under SFAS No. 123 and are measured and recognized in accordance with EITF Issue No. 96-18 and FIN 28.

 

Shipping and Handling Fees —In accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-10, Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs , the Company incurred shipping costs of $649,000, $465,000 and $513,000 for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, that were included in sales and marketing expenses.

 

Income Taxes —The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and such amounts recognized for income tax reporting purposes, net operating loss carryforwards and other tax credits measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Comprehensive Income —Comprehensive income, as defined, includes all changes in equity during a period from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income was the same as net income for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006.

 

Foreign Currency Translation —The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, remeasurement of foreign currency accounts and foreign exchange transaction gains and losses, which have not been material, are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Net Income Per Share —Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.

 

Diluted net income per share is computed by dividing the net income for the period by the weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities, comprised of incremental common shares, issuable upon the exercise of stock options are included in diluted net income per share, using the treasury stock method, to the extent such shares are dilutive.

 

A reconciliation of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share is as follows (in thousands, except for per share amounts):

 

     Years Ended June 30,
     2004    2005    2006

Numerator:

        

Net income

   $ 4,854    $ 7,090    $ 16,947

Denominator:

        

Basic weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

     10,949      10,957      11,005

Dilutive common stock options

     3,082      3,764      4,918
                    

Diluted weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

     14,031      14,721      15,923
                    

Basic net income per share

   $ 0.44    $ 0.65    $ 1.54

Diluted net income per share

   $ 0.35    $ 0.48    $ 1.06

 

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties —The Company operates in the high technology industry and is subject to a number of risks, some of which are beyond the Company’s control, that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results, and financial condition. These risks include variability and uncertainty of revenues and operating results; product obsolescence; geographic concentration; international operations; dependence on key personnel; competition; intellectual property/litigation; management of growth; and limited sources of supply.

 

Concentration of Supplier Risk —Certain of the raw materials used by the Company in the manufacture of its products are available from a limited number of suppliers. Shortages could occur in these essential materials due to an interruption of supply or increased demand in the industry. Two suppliers accounted for 26.6% and 27.8%, 29.2% and 26.7%, and 32.2% and 20.8% of total purchases for years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments —Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are carried at cost, which approximates fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments. Long- term debt is carried at amortized cost, which approximates its fair value based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk —Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Deposits may

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of net sales in fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of accounts receivable as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards —In December of 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (Revised), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (FIN No. 46R). FIN No. 46R expands upon and strengthens existing accounting guidance that addresses when a company should include in its financial statements the assets, liabilities and activities of another entity. A variable interest entity is any legal structure used for business purposes that either does not have equity investors with voting rights or has equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. A variable interest entity often holds financial assets, including loans and receivables, real estate or other property. A variable interest entity may be essentially passive or it may engage in research and development or other activities on behalf of another company. Previously, one company generally has included another entity in its consolidated financial statements only if it controlled the entity through voting interests. FIN No. 46R changes that by requiring a variable interest entity to be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns or both. FIN No. 46R became effective beginning with the Company’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2006. The Company has analyzed its relationship with Ablecom Technology Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Ablecom”—see Note 7) and has concluded that Ablecom is a variable interest entity as defined by FIN No. 46R; however, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of Ablecom and, therefore, the Company does not consolidate Ablecom. In performing its analysis, the Company considered its explicit arrangements with Ablecom including the supplier and distributor arrangements. Also, as a result of the substantial related party relationship between the two companies, the Company considered and determined that no implicit arrangements with Ablecom exist principally as a result of the fiduciary duty that the Company has towards its stockholders who do not own shares in Ablecom.

 

On December 16, 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123R”) which eliminates the alternative of applying the intrinsic value measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 to stock-based compensation awards issued to employees. Rather, SFAS No. 123R requires enterprises to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments generally based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period).

 

The Company has not yet quantified the effects of adopting SFAS No. 123R, but it is expected that the new standard may result in significant additional stock-based compensation expense. The effects of adopting SFAS No. 123R will be dependent on numerous factors including, but not limited to, the valuation model chosen by the Company to value stock-based awards, the assumed award forfeiture rate, expected volatility rate and the accounting policies adopted concerning the method of recognizing the fair value of awards over the requisite service period.

 

SFAS No. 123R will be effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning July 1, 2006. The new standard will be applied using the prospective transition method to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased, or canceled after the date of adoption. The Company plans to use the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) model to adopt this new standard and expects to have a material impact on the consolidated financial position and results of operations. The Company anticipates that upon adoption of SFAS 123(R), it will recognize compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

SFAS No. 153

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 153, “ Exchanges of Non-monetary Assets, an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29” (“SFAS 153”). SFAS 153 addresses the measurement of exchanges of non-monetary assets and redefines the scope of transactions that should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. SFAS 153 is effective for non-monetary asset exchanges beginning in our first quarter of fiscal year 2006. The adoption of SFAS 153 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

SFAS No. 154

 

In June 2005, Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 154, “ Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes, and FASB Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements ” (“SFAS 154”). The Statement applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle, and changes the requirements for accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of a voluntary change in accounting principle unless it is impracticable. SFAS 154 requires that a change in method of depreciation, amortization, or depletion for long-lived, non-financial assets be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate that is affected by a change in accounting principle. Opinion 20 previously required that such a change be reported as a change in accounting principle. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not believe this pronouncement will have a material impact in its financial results.

 

FSP No. FAS 109-2

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 109-2, “ Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004” (“FSP FAS 109-2”). The American Jobs Creation Act introduces a special one-time dividends received deduction on the repatriation of certain foreign earnings to a U.S. taxpayer (repatriation provision), provided certain criteria are met. The Company currently has no plans to avail itself of these provisions.

 

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Income Tax Uncertainties” (FIN 48). FIN 48 defines the threshold for recognizing the benefits of tax return positions in the financial statements as “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the taxing authority. FIN 48 also provides guidance on the derecognition, measurement and classification of income tax uncertainties, along with any related interest and penalties. FIN 48 also includes guidance concerning accounting for income tax uncertainties in interim periods and increases the level of disclosures associated with any recorded income tax uncertainties.

 

FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The differences between the amounts recognized in the statements of financial position prior to the adoption of FIN 48 and the amounts reported after adoption will be accounted for as a cumulative-effect adjustment recorded to the beginning balance of retained earnings. Because the guidance was recently issued, the Company has not yet determined the impact, if any, of adopting the provisions of FIN 48 on its financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 2.    Accounts Receivable Allowances

 

The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts and an allowance for sales returns. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends related to past losses and other relevant factors. The Company also provides its customers with product returns rights. A provision for such returns is provided for in the same period that the related sales are recorded based upon contractual return rights and historical trends. Accounts receivable allowances as of June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Beginning
Balance
  

Charged to

Cost and

Expenses

   Deductions    

Ending

Balance

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

          

Year ended June 30, 2004

   $ 235    $ 124    $ (116 )   $ 243

Year ended June 30, 2005

     243      88      (94 )     237

Year ended June 30, 2006

     237      18      (47 )     208

Allowance for sales returns

          

Year ended June 30, 2004

   $ 716    $ 1,767    $ (1,661 )   $ 822

Year ended June 30, 2005

     822      4,148      (3,818 )     1,152

Year ended June 30, 2006

     1,152      2,497      (3,326 )     323

 

Note 3.    Inventories

 

Inventories as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     June 30,
     2005    2006

Finished goods

   $ 27,288    $ 39,371

Work in process

     50      387

Purchased parts and raw materials

     13,187      17,854
             

Total inventories, net

   $ 40,525    $ 57,612
             

 

Note 4.    Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     June 30,  
     2005     2006  

Land

   $ 6,788     $ 13,859  

Buildings

     10,439       13,162  

Building improvements

     1,514       2,109  

Machinery and equipment

     1,849       2,673  

Furniture and fixtures

     524       722  

Software

     744       840  
                
     21,858       33,365  

Accumulated depreciation

     (2,781 )     (3,760 )
                

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 19,077     $ 29,605  
                

 

The costs of assets under capital leases were $192,000 and $402,000 as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and accumulated amortization was $14,000 and $46,000, respectively.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 5.    Advances from Receivable Financing Arrangements

 

The Company has accounts receivable financing agreements with certain financing companies whereby the financing companies pay the Company for sales transactions that have been preapproved by these financing companies. The financing company then collects the receivable from the customer. For the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, such sales transactions totaled approximately $9,153,000, $9,960,000 and $15,286,000, respectively. At June 30, 2005 and 2006, approximately $363,000 and $800,000, respectively, remained uncollected from customers subject to these arrangements. Such amounts have been recorded as advances from receivable financing arrangements as the Company has obligations to repurchase inventories seized by the financing companies from defaulting customers. Historically, the Company has not been required to repurchase inventories from the financing companies. These financing arrangements bear interest at rates ranging from 12.24% to 19.56% per annum, depending on the customers’ credit ratings, for both years ended June 30, 2005 and 2006.

 

Note 6.    Long-term Obligations

 

Long-term obligations as of June 30, 2005 and 2006 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     June 30,  
     2005     2006  

Building loans

   $ 11,818     $ 18,237  

Small Business Administration loan

     1,148       1,000  

Capital leases (Note 10)

     110       229  
                

Total

     13,076       19,466  

Current portion

     (504 )     (781 )
                

Long-term portion

   $ 12,572     $ 18,685  
                

 

In March 2001, the Company borrowed $8,712,000 from a bank to purchase a building in San Jose, California. The loan is secured by the property purchased and principal and interest are payable monthly through April 1, 2021. As of June 30, 2005 and 2006, the total outstanding borrowings were $7,649,000 and $7,360,000, respectively, with interest at 6.25% through April 2006 and 6.75% from May 2006 to April 2011. The interest rate from May 2011 through April 2021 is adjusted every five years and is equal to 1.75% plus the United States 5-Year Treasury bond rate rounded to the nearest 1/8%. Under the terms of the agreement, as amended in June 2006, the Company is required to maintain a debt coverage ratio. The Company was in compliance with the ratio at June 30, 2006.

 

In May 2001, the Company borrowed $1,300,000 under a Small Business Administration loan. The loan is secured by certain property owned by the Company, and the principal and interest are payable monthly through May 1, 2021. As of June 30, 2005, the total outstanding borrowing was $1,148,000 with interest at 6.42% per annum plus 1.26% per annum as loan fees. In October 2005, the Company paid off the loan for $1,182,000.

 

In April 2004, the Company borrowed $4,275,000 from a bank to purchase a building in San Jose, California. The loan is secured by the property purchased and principal and interest are payable monthly through May 1, 2029. As of June 30, 2005 and 2006, the total outstanding borrowings were $4,170,000 and $4,085,000, respectively, with interest at 5.28% per annum through May 2007. The interest rate from May 2007 through May 2029 is equal to the prime rate in effect on the first business day of the month in which a change occurs as published in the Wall Street Journal on the next business day.

 

In September 2005, the Company obtained two loans totaling $7,920,000 from a bank to purchase a building in San Jose, California. Both loans are secured by the property purchased and the assignment of all rent on the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

property purchased. The first loan of $6,930,000 is repayable in equal monthly installments through September 2010. As of June 30, 2006, the total outstanding borrowings were $6,792,000 with interest at 5.77% per annum through September 2010, and then it is adjusted every five years to equal the index of 5-Year Treasury Notes plus 1.65% per annum. The second loan of $990,000 was paid off using a Small Business Administration loan of $1,019,000 on November 16, 2005. The second loan is secured by the property purchased and guaranteed by two officers/shareholders of the Company. As of June 30, 2006, the total outstanding borrowings were $1,000,000 with interest at 6.6% per annum through November 16, 2010, and then it is adjusted every five years based on the index as defined in the loan agreement. The Small Business Administration loan is repayable in equal monthly installments through November 1, 2025.

 

As of June 30, 2006, the gross cost and net book value of the land, building and related improvements collateralizing the borrowings were approximately $28,992,000 and $27,450,000, respectively. As of June 30, 2005, the gross cost and net book value of the land, building and related improvements collateralizing the borrowings were approximately $18,624,000 and $17,480,000, respectively.

 

The following table as of June 30, 2006, summarizes future minimum principal payments on the Company’s debts excluding capital leases (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Years Ending June 30,

    

2007

   $ 616

2008

     655

2009

     697

2010

     742

2011

     790

Thereafter

     15,737
      

Total

   $ 19,237
      

 

As of June 30, 2006, the Company had an unused revolving line of credit totaling $5,000,000 that matures on November 1, 2006. As of June 30, 2006, the interest rate on this credit line is equal to the lender’s established prime rate of 7% per annum.

 

Note 7.    Related-party and Other Transactions

 

Ablecom Technology Inc. —Ablecom, a Taiwan corporation, together with its subsidiaries (Ablecom”), is one of the Company’s major contract manufacturers. Ablecom’s chief executive officer, Steve Liang, is the brother of Charles Liang, the Company’s President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, and owns approximately 4.5% of the Company’s common stock. Charles Liang served as a Director of Ablecom during the Company’s fiscal 2006, but is no longer serving in such capacity. In addition, Charles Liang and his wife, also an officer of the Company, collectively own approximately 30.7% of Ablecom and Yih-Shyan (Wally) Liaw, an officer and director of the Company, and his spouse collectively own approximately 5.2% of Ablecom, while Steve Liang and other family matters own approximately 45.3% of Ablecom. In the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the Company purchased products totaling approximately $44,371,000, $57,342,000 and $75,718,000, respectively, and sold products to Ablecom totaling approximately $4,549,000, $4,064,000 and $3,881,000, respectively. Ablecom’s net sales to the Company and its net sales of the Company’s products to others comprise a substantial majority of Ablecom’s net sales. Amounts owed to the Company by Ablecom as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, were approximately $201,000 and $310,000, respectively. Amounts owed to Ablecom by the Company as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, were approximately $21,631,000 and $23,492,000 respectively. Historically, the Company has paid Ablecom the majority of invoiced dollars between 120 and 145 days of invoice. For the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the Company received

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

$203,000, $84,000 and $90,000, respectively from Ablecom for penalty charges, and paid approximately $20,000, $61,000 and $104,000, respectively in miscellaneous costs to Ablecom.

 

Tatung —Tatung is a significant contract manufacturer for the Company and a less than 10% stockholder of the Company. In the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the Company purchased inventory components totaling approximately $13,561,000, $12,224,000 and $14,355,000, respectively, from Tatung. Amounts owed to the Company by Tatung as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, were approximately $0 and $83,000, respectively. Amounts owed to Tatung by the Company as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, were approximately $1,611,000 and $4,988,000, respectively. For the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the Company received $271,000, $0 and $0, respectively from Tatung for penalty charges.

 

Note 8.    Common Stock

 

The 1998 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) authorizes the Board of Directors to grant options to employees, directors and consultants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. At June 30, 2006, 6,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance under the Plan. The exercise price per share for options granted to employees and consultants owning shares representing more than 10% of the Company at the time of grant cannot be less than 110% of the fair value. Incentive and nonqualified stock options granted to all other persons shall be granted at a price not less than 100% and 85%, respectively, of the fair value. Options generally expire ten years after the date of grant. The vesting of stock options is determined by the Board of Directors and may not exceed five years. Generally, options vest over four years; 25% at the end of one year and 1/16th per quarter thereafter.

 

In fiscal year 1999, the Company granted 2,972,000 non-statutory stock options to key employees of the Company and external consultants outside of the 1998 Stock Option Plan. These options, which the Company has reserved for separately, were granted at exercise prices ranging from $0.15 to $1.25 per share (weighted average exercise price of $0.44), which were the estimated fair values at the dates of grant and are now fully vested.

 

In fiscal year 2001, the Company granted 740,000 non-statutory stock options to key officers of the Company outside of the 1998 Stock Option Plan. These options, which the Company has reserved for separately, were granted at an exercise price of $2.50 per share, which was the estimated fair value at the date of grant and are now fully vested.

 

In fiscal year 2003, the Company granted 100,000 non-statutory stock options to an officer of the Company outside the 1998 Stock Option Plan. This option, which the Company has reserved for separately, was granted at an exercise price of $2.50 per share.

 

In fiscal year 2006, the Company granted 32,400 non-statutory stock options to an officer of the Company outside the 1998 Stock Option Plan. This option, which the Company has reserved for separately, was granted at an exercise price of $7.00 per share.

 

In August 2006, the Board of Directors approved the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”) and reserved for issuance 2,000,000 shares of common stock for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other equity-based awards. The number of shares reserved will automatically increase on January 1, 2007 and each subsequent anniversary through 2016, by an amount equal to the smaller of (a) three percent of the number of shares of stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or (b) a lesser amount determined by the Board of Directors. The 2006 Plan will be effective upon its approval by the stockholders of the Company.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Option activities were as follows:

 

    

Options Available

for Grant

   

Options

Outstanding

   

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

Balance as of June 30, 2003 (4,474,519 shares exercisable at weighted average exercise price of $1.54 per share)

   1,801,200     5,634,300     $ 1.75

Granted (weighted average fair value of $1.22)

   (848,970 )   848,970       4.32

Exercised

       (95,000 )     0.20

Canceled

   48,171     (48,171 )     2.93
              

Balance as of June 30, 2004 (5,142,450 shares exercisable at weighted average exercise price of $1.73 per share)

   1,000,401     6,340,099       2.11

Granted (weighted average fair value of $2.35)

   (707,493 )   707,493       5.80

Exercised

       (17,500 )     2.50

Canceled

   79,674     (79,674 )     2.61
              

Balance as of June 30, 2005 (5,714,526 shares exercisable at weighted average exercise price of $1.91 per share)

   372,582     6,950,418       2.48

Authorized

   2,000,000        

Granted (weighted average fair value of $6.31)

   (439,868 )   472,268       8.08

Exercised

       (117,809 )     3.60

Canceled

   129,297     (129,297 )     3.91
              

Balance as of June 30, 2006 (6,066,530 shares exercisable at weighted average exercise price of $2.13 per share)

   2,062,011     7,175,580     $ 2.80
              

 

Additional information regarding options outstanding as of June 30, 2006, is as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number
Outstanding
   Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in years)
   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
   Number
Exercisable
   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

$ 0.15 - 0.40

   1,200,500    2.45    $ 0.29    1,200,500    $ 0.29

0.75

   750,000    2.45      0.75    750,000      0.75

1.25

   50,000    2.45      1.25    50,000      1.25

2.50

   3,326,300    5.00      2.50    3,319,908      2.50

3.10 - 5.20

   892,907    7.69      4.53    531,121      4.46

5.60 - 6.00

   201,787    8.79      5.83    84,926      5.83

6.16

   300,000    8.50      6.16    112,500      6.16

6.50

   280,526    9.25      6.50    7,313      6.50

7.00

   139,560    9.50      7.00    10,262      7.00

27.40

   34,000    9.75      27.40        
                          

$ 0.15 - $ 27.40

   7,175,580    5.15    $ 2.80    6,066,530    $ 2.13
                          

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

During the each of the quarters in fiscal year 2006, the Company granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:

 

Grants Made During

Quarter Ended

  

Number of

Options

Granted

  

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price

  

Weighted-

Average

Fair Value

per Share

  

Weighted-

Average

Intrinsic

Value per

Share

September 30, 2005

   296,548    $ 6.50    $ 9.74    $ 3.24

December 31, 2005

   141,720      7.00      17.11      10.11

March 31, 2006

   34,000      27.40      27.40     

June 30, 2006

      $    $    $

 

The intrinsic value per share is being recognized as compensation expense over the applicable vesting period (which equals the service period).

 

Options to Nonemployees —In June 2001, the Company issued options to external consultants for the purchase of 103,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share and a fair value of $1.94 per share. The options vest over four years ranging from May 1, 1999 to July 1, 2000, and expire ten years from the date of issuance. In August 2003, the Company issued options to one external consultant for the purchase of 4,334 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $3.85 per share and a fair value of $3.21 per share. The options vest over four years with vesting commencement dates starting on January 6, 2004, and expire ten years from the date of issuance. In December 2003, the Company issued options to one external consultant for the purchase of 4,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $4.20 per share and a fair value of $3.96 per share. The options vest over four years starting on May 1, 2003, and expire ten years from the date of issuance. In September 2004, the Company issued options to one external consultant for the purchase of 6,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $5.20 per share and a fair value of $5.53 per share. The options vest over four years starting on July 1, 2004, and expire ten years from the date of issuance. In March 2005, the Company issued options to external consultants for the purchase of 5,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $5.80 per share and a fair value of $6.35 per share. The options vest over two years starting on January 1, 2005, and expire ten years from the date of issuance. In June 2005, the Company issued options to one external consultant for the purchase of 5,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share and a fair value of $6.59 per share. The options vest over two years starting on July 1, 2004, and expire ten years from the date of issuance. In September 2005, the Company issued options to external consultants for the purchase of 3,180 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $6.50 per share and a fair value ranging from $8.21 to $8.42 per share. The options vest over four years ranging from March 1, 2004 to April 1, 2005, and expire ten years from the date of issuance. In December 2005, the Company issued options to one external consultant for the purchase of 910 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price $7.00 per share and a fair value of $15.37 per share. The options vest over four years starting on June 1, 2005, and expire ten years from the date of issuance. In 2004, 2005 and 2006, the Company recorded compensation expense of $114,000, $79,000 and $209,000, respectively, associated with these options. Pursuant to the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the fair value of the options issued was determined based on fair value of the consideration received, where such amount was reliably measurable, or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, in which case the fair value was estimated at the vesting date using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate, 4.15% to 4.90% for 2004, 4.09% to 4.83% for 2005 and 4.16% to 5.20% for 2006, contractual life of ten years, expected dividend yield of zero, and expected volatility of 70% for 2004 and 2005 and 81% for 2006. Unamortized deferred stock compensation relating to non-employees was $50,000 at June 30, 2006. The fair value and compensation expense included in the unvested portion of such award is subject to adjustments as the fair value of the Company’s common stock changes over the vesting period.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 9.    Income Taxes

 

The components of income before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended June 30,
     2004     2005     2006

United States

   $ 6,742     $ 11,143     $ 25,617

Foreign

     (659 )     (414 )     1,005
                      

Income before income taxes

   $ 6,083     $ 10,729     $ 26,622
                      

 

The income tax provision for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     June 30,  
     2004     2005    2006  

Current:

       

Federal

   $ 1,543     $ 3,203    $ 8,823  

State

     94       303      1,195  

Foreign

                476  
                       
     1,637       3,506      10,494  
                       

Deferred:

       

Federal

     (385 )     122      (682 )

State

     (23 )     11      (47 )

Foreign

                (90 )
                       
     (408 )     133      (819 )
                       

Income tax provision

   $ 1,229     $ 3,639    $ 9,675  
                       

 

The Company has established tax reserves which it believes are adequate in relation to the potential assessments. Once established, reserves are adjusted when an event occurs necessitating a change to the reserves or the statue of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine the tax position has expired.

 

The Company’s net deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     June 30,  
     2005     2006  

Warranty accrual

   $ 625     $ 575  

Marketing fund accrual

     513       378  

Inventory valuation

     905       1,669  

Tax benefit on foreign loss

     476       90  

Amortization

     101       256  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     81       69  

Accrued liability

     29       59  

Inventory cost difference

     26       26  

Accrued litigation loss

            

Other accruals

     399       318  
                

Total deferred income tax assets

     3,155       3,440  

Deferred tax liabilities-depreciation and other

     (456 )     (398 )

Valuation allowance

     (476 )      
                

Deferred income tax assets-net

   $ 2,223     $ 3,042  
                

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As of June 30, 2006, the Company has modified its inter-company transfer pricing arrangements with its foreign subsidiaries. As a result, the Company utilized a substantial portion of its foreign net operating loss carryforward in fiscal year 2006 and now believes it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets relating to the remaining net operating loss carryforwards will be realized. Therefore, the Company has released the valuation allowance relating to these deferred tax assets in the current period.

 

Income tax benefits resulting from the exercise of options of $74,290, $0 and $220,228 were credited to stockholders’ equity in the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

The following is a reconciliation for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, of the statutory rate to the Company’s effective federal tax rate:

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
         2004             2005             2006      

Tax at statutory rate

   34.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State income tax-net of federal benefit

   1.0     2.6     3.4  

Foreign rate differential losses not deductible

   2.3     (3.1 )   1.6  

Change in valuation allowance

   0.8     1.1     (1.8 )

Foreign sales corporation tax benefit

   (8.6 )   (1.8 )   (1.4 )

Research and development tax credit

   (9.6 )   (0.4 )   (1.0 )

Other

   0.3     0.5     0.5  
                  

Effective tax rate

   20.2 %   33.9 %   36.3 %
                  

 

Note 10.    Commitments and Contingencies

 

Litigation and Claims —The Company has been a defendant in a lawsuit with Digitechnic, S.A., a former customer, before the Bobigny Commercial Court in Paris, France, in which Digitechnic alleged that certain products purchased from the Company were defective. In September 2003, the Bobigny Commercial Court found in favor of Digitechnic and awarded damages totaling $1,178,000. The Company accrued for these damages in its consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2004, as the best estimate of its loss in this situation. In February 2005, the Paris Court of Appeals reversed the trial court’s ruling, dismissed all of Digitechnic’s claims and awarded $11,000 to the Company for legal expenses. Accordingly, the Company reversed the $1,178,000 accrued in fiscal 2005. Digitechnic has appealed the Paris Court of Appeals decision to the French Supreme Court and asked for $2,416,000 for damages. Although the Company cannot predict with certainty the final outcome of this litigation, it believes the claim to be without merit and intend to continue to defend it vigorously. Management believes that the ultimate resolution of this matter will not result in a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

 

In August, September and October 2006, the Company entered into settlement agreements regarding certain claims relating to the sale of its products in violation of export control laws. In August 2006, the Company entered into a plea agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice, the principal terms of which included entering a guilty plea to one charge of violating federal export regulations and payment of approximately $150,000 in fines. The plea agreement has been approved by the U.S. District Court. The Company has also entered into a settlement agreement with the Bureau of Industry and Security of the Department of Commerce pursuant to which the Company has acknowledged violations of the Export Administration Regulations and agreed to pay a fine of approximately $125,000. Finally, on October 20, 2006, the Company signed a settlement agreement presented by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), whereby the Company will make a payment of a fine of $179,000. The Company is awaiting a signed copy from OFAC. The Company has accrued for these settlements in its statement of operations for fiscal year 2006.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

On September 2, 2005, Rackable Systems, Inc. filed a lawsuit against the Company in federal court for the Northern District of California, alleging causes of action for patent infringement under two United States patents. The complaint seeks compensatory damages, treble damages for willful infringement, interest, attorneys’ fees and injunctive relief. The Company believes the claims to be without merit and intends to defend against them vigorously. However, the results of litigation are inherently uncertain, and there can be no assurance that the Company will prevail. Any such suit or proceeding could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. See “Risk Factors—Protection of Intellectual Property.”

 

In addition to the above, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business activities. In management’s opinion, resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows or our financial position. However, depending on the amount and timing, an unfavorable resolution of a matter could materially affect the Company’s future results of operations, cash flows or financial position in a particular period.

 

Lease Commitments —The Company leases equipment under noncancelable operating leases which expire at various dates through 2011. In addition, the Company leases certain of its equipment under capital leases. As of June 30, 2006, the future minimum lease commitments under all leases were as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending June 30,

  

Capital

Leases

  

Operating

Leases

2007

   $ 175    $ 382

2008

     49      191

2009

     20      166

2010

          141

2011

          129
             

Total minimum operating lease payments

     244    $ 1,009
         

Less amount representing interest

     15   
         

Present value of minimum lease payments

     229   

Less long-term portion

     64   
         

Current portion

   $ 165   
         

 

Rent expense for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, were approximately $291,000, $431,000 and $468,000, respectively.

 

Note 11.    Retirement Plan

 

The Company sponsors a 401(k) savings plan for eligible employees and their beneficiaries. Contributions by the Company are discretionary, and no contributions have been made by the Company for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006.

 

Beginning in March 2003, employees of Super Micro Computer, B.V. have the option to deduct a portion of their gross wages and invest the amount in a pension plan. The Company has agreed to match 10% of the amount that is deducted monthly from employees’ wages. For the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the Company’s matching contribution was approximately $2,600, $4,100 and $3,300, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 12.    Segment Reporting

 

The Company operates in one operating segment and develops and provides high performance server solutions based upon an innovative, modular and open-standard architecture. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer.

 

International net sales are based on the country to which the products were shipped. The following is a summary for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, of net sales by geographic region (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended June 30,
     2004    2005    2006

Net sales:

        

United States

   $ 89,972    $ 119,248    $ 177,024

United Kingdom

     8,866      9,065      16,044

Germany

     17,164      19,672      27,062

Rest of Europe

     24,458      29,832      42,222

Asia

     24,152      26,796      33,216

Other

     2,453      7,150      6,973
                    
   $ 167,065    $ 211,763    $ 302,541
                    

 

The Company’s long-lived assets located outside the United States are not significant.

 

The following is a summary of net sales by product type (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
     2004     2005     2006  
     Amount    Percent of
Net Sales
    Amount    Percent of
Revenues
    Amount    Percent of
Net Sales
 

Server systems

   $ 51,151    30.6 %   $ 66,574    31.4 %   $ 106,634    35.2 %

Serverboards and other components

     115,914    69.4 %     145,189    68.6 %     195,907    64.8 %
                                       

Total

   $ 167,065    100 %   $ 211,763    100 %   $ 302,541    100 %
                                       

 

Serverboards and other components are comprised of serverboards, chassis and accessories. Server systems constitute an assembly of components done by the Company.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the various expenses payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities offered hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All of the amounts shown are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the National Association Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.

 

     Total

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 16,050

National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee

     17,750

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

     100,000

Transfer agents and registrars fees

         *

Printing expenses

         *

Legal fees and expenses

         *

Accounting fees and expenses

         *

Blue sky filing fees and expenses

         *

Miscellaneous expenses

         *
      

Total

   $  
      

  *   To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14.    Indemnification of Officers and Directors

 

Pursuant to Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), a corporation generally has the power to indemnify its present and former directors, officers, employees and agents against expenses incurred by them in connection with any suit to which they are, or are threatened to be made, a party by reason of their serving in such positions so long as they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and with respect to any criminal action, they had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. Section 145 of the DGCL also provides that the rights conferred thereby are not exclusive of any other right that a person may be entitled to under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, and permits a corporation to advance expenses to or on behalf of a person to be indemnified upon receipt of an undertaking to repay the amounts advanced if it is determined that the person is not entitled to indemnification. Section 145 of the DGCL also empowers us to purchase and maintain insurance that protects our officers, directors, employees and agents against any liabilities incurred in connection with their service in such positions.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions that require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, including circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary. We believe that these provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

 

We have entered or intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, in addition to indemnification provided for in our bylaws. These agreements, among other things, will provide for indemnification of our directors for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding arising out of the persons services as a director or at our request. We have an insurance policy covering our officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising out of the Securities Act or otherwise.

 

The underwriting agreement to be included as Exhibit 1.1 hereto provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or otherwise.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

We have sold and issued the following unregistered securities:

 

1. Since our inception, we have sold and issued an aggregate of 135,309 shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $451,776 upon the exercise of stock options granted under our 1998 Plan, with exercise prices ranging from $2.50 to $6.00 per share. The issuances of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 of the rules promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

2. Since our inception, we have sold and issued an aggregate of 515,823 shares of common stock to our employees for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $165,079 upon the exercise of stock options granted outside of our 1998 Plan, with exercise prices ranging from $0.15 to $0.40 per share. The issuances of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit

Number

    

Description of Document

1.1*     

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1       

Certificate of incorporation of Super Micro Computer, Inc., as currently in effect

3.2       

Bylaws of Super Micro Computer, Inc.

3.3*      Amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Super Micro Computer, Inc. to be effective upon completion of this offering
4.1*      Specimen stock certificate for shares of common stock of Super Micro Computer, Inc.
5.1*      Form of opinion of DLA Piper US LLP, regarding legality of securities being registered
10.1        Super Micro Computer, Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan, as amended
10.2        Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 1998 Stock Option Plan
10.3        Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 1998 Stock Option Plan
10.4        Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement outside the 1998 Stock Option Plan
10.5*      Super Micro Computer, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
10.6*      Form of Option Agreement under Super Micro Computer, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
10.7*      Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under Super Micro Computer, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8*      Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Super Micro Computer, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9*      Form of directors’ and officers’ Indemnity Agreement
10.10      Promissory Note dated as of March 22, 2001, issued by Super Micro Computer, Inc. to Bank of America, N.A.
10.11      Standing Loan Agreement dated as of March 22, 2001, by and between Super Micro Computer, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.
10.12    Product Manufacturing Agreement dated as of April 16, 2004 by and between Super Micro Computer, Inc. and Tatung Company
10.13      Promissory Note dated as of April 22, 2004, issued by Super Micro Computer, Inc. to Wachovia Commercial Mortgage, Inc.
10.14      Business Loan Agreement dated as of April 22, 2004, by and between Super Micro Computer, Inc. and Wachovia Commercial Mortgage, Inc.
10.15      Promissory Note dated as of September 28, 2005, issued by Super Micro Computer, Inc. to Citibank (West), FSB
10.16      Business Loan Agreement dated as of September 28, 2005, by and between Super Micro Computer, Inc. and Citibank (West), FSB
10.17      Business Loan Agreement dated November 1, 2005, by and between Super Micro Computer, Inc. and Far East National Bank
10.18      Promissory Note dated November 1, 2005, issued by Super Micro Computer, Inc. to Far East National Bank
10.19      Commercial Security Agreement dated November 1, 2005, by and between Super Micro Computer, Inc. and Far East National Bank
10.20      Offer letter for Chiu-Chu (Sara) Liu Liang

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

10.21    Offer letter for Alex Hsu
10.22    Offer letter for Howard Hideshima
10.23    Director Compensation Policy
21.1      Subsidiaries of Super Micro Computer, Inc.
23.1      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.2*    Consent of DLA Piper US LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
24.1      Power of Attorney (included in signature pages)

*   To be filed by amendment.
  This exhibit has been filed separately with the Commission pursuant to an application for confidential treatment. The confidential portions of this Exhibit have been omitted and are marked by asterisks.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be shown in the schedules is not applicable or is included elsewhere in our financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

Item 17.    Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions of its Charter or Bylaws or the Delaware general corporation law or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Jose, California, on the 1 st day of November 2006.

 

S UPER M ICRO C OMPUTER , I NC .

By:

 

/s/    C HARLES L IANG        

 

Charles Liang

Chairman of the Board,

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

II-5


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Charles Liang and Howard Hideshima and each of them acting individually, as his or her attorney-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done with respect to the offering of securities contemplated by this Registration Statement, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    C HARLES L IANG        

Charles Liang

  

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  November 1, 2006

/s/    H OWARD H IDESHIMA        

Howard Hideshima

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  November 1, 2006

/s/    C HIU -C HU (S ARA ) L IU L IANG        

Chiu-Chu (Sara) Liu Liang

  

Director

  November 1, 2006

/s/    Y IH -S HYAN (W ALLY ) L IAW        

Yih-Shyan (Wally) Liaw

  

Director

  November 1, 2006

/s/    B RUCE A LEXANDER        

Bruce Alexander

  

Director

  November 1, 2006

/s/    H WEI -M ING (F RED ) T SAI        

Hwei-Ming (Fred) Tsai

  

Director

  November 1, 2006

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

  1.1*   

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  3.1   

Certificate of incorporation of Super Micro Computer, Inc., as currently in effect

  3.2   

Bylaws of Super Micro Computer, Inc.

  3.3*    Amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Super Micro Computer, Inc. to be effective upon completion of this offering
  4.1*    Specimen stock certificate for shares of common stock of Super Micro Computer, Inc.
  5.1*    Form of opinion of DLA Piper US LLP, regarding legality of securities being registered
10.1    Super Micro Computer, Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan, as amended
10.2    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 1998 Stock Option Plan
10.3    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 1998 Stock Option Plan
10.4    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement outside the 1998 Stock Option Plan
10.5*    Super Micro Computer, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
10.6*    Form of Option Agreement under Super Micro Computer, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
10.7*    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under Super Micro Computer, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8*    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Super Micro Computer, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9*    Form of directors’ and officers’ Indemnity Agreement
10.10    Promissory Note dated as of March 22, 2001, issued by Super Micro Computer, Inc. to Bank of America, N.A.
10.11    Standing Loan Agreement dated as of March 22, 2001, by and between Super Micro Computer, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.
10.12†    Product Manufacturing Agreement dated as of April 16, 2004 by and between Super Micro Computer, Inc. and Tatung Company
10.13    Promissory Note dated as of April 22, 2004, issued by Super Micro Computer, Inc. to Wachovia Commercial Mortgage, Inc.
10.14    Business Loan Agreement dated as of April 22, 2004, by and between Super Micro Computer, Inc. and Wachovia Commercial Mortgage, Inc.
10.15    Promissory Note dated as of September 28, 2005, issued by Super Micro Computer, Inc. to Citibank (West), FSB
10.16    Business Loan Agreement dated as of September 28, 2005, by and between Super Micro Computer, Inc. and Citibank (West), FSB
10.17    Business Loan Agreement dated November 1, 2005, by and between Super Micro Computer, Inc. and Far East National Bank
10.18    Promissory Note dated November 1, 2005, issued by Super Micro Computer, Inc. to Far East National Bank
10.19    Commercial Security Agreement dated November 1, 2005, by and between Super Micro Computer, Inc. and Far East National Bank
10.20    Offer letter for Chiu-Chu (Sara) Liu Liang
10.21    Offer letter for Alex Hsu

 

1


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

10.22    Offer letter for Howard Hideshima
10.23    Director Compensation Policy
21.1    Subsidiaries of Super Micro Computer, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.2*    Consent of DLA Piper US LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in signature pages)

*   To be filed by amendment.
  This exhibit has been filed separately with the Commission pursuant to an application for confidential treatment. The confidential portions of this Exhibit have been omitted and are marked by asterisks.

 

 

2

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 12:36 PM 08/28/2006

FILED 12:27 PM 08/28/2006

SRV 060798909 – 4211249 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

FIRST: The name of the corporation is:

Super Micro Computer, Inc.

SECOND: The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 3500 South DuPont Highway in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

FOURTH: The corporation is authorized to issue one class of stock, to be designated “Common Stock,” with a par value of $0.001 per share. The total number of shares of Common Stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000.

FIFTH: The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, unless the Bylaws so provide.

SIXTH: The Board of Directors is authorized to make, adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to make, adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation.

SEVENTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Kathryn L. Clamar

DLA Piper Rudnick Gray Cary US L . L . P

153 Townsend Street, Suite 800

San Francisco, CA 94107

EIGHTH: To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article EIGHTH by the stockholders of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the corporation with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

1


THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware, does make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 28th day of August 2006.

 

/s/ Kathryn L. Clamar

Kathryn L. Clamar, Incorporator

 

2

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS OF

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the President or the Chief Executive Officer.

1.2 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors at the time and place to be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting and shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board may fix. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law (meaning here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation). The notices of all meetings shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

1.5 Voting List . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. This list shall determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

1.6 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting,

 

1


present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the Chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

If a notice of any adjourned special meeting of stockholders is sent to all stockholders entitled to vote thereat, stating that it will be held with those present constituting a quorum, then except as otherwise required by law, those present at such adjourned meeting shall constitute a quorum, and all matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.

1.7 Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the Chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as Secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date, and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies . Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for him by written proxy executed by the stockholder or his authorized agent or by a transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. No stockholder may authorize more than one proxy for his shares. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this Section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

1.9 Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election, and all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively on the matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of each such class present or represented and voting affirmatively or negatively on the matter) shall decide such matter, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder

 

2


entitled to vote or his or her proxy, a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. Every vote taken by ballot shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting. The corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.

1.10 Notice of Stockholder Business . At an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, it must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder proposal to be presented at an annual meeting shall be received at the corporation’s principal executive offices not less than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days in advance of the first anniversary of the date that the corporation’s (or the corporation’s predecessor’s) proxy statement was released to stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders, except that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) calendar days earlier than the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, notice by the stockholders to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which the date of the annual meeting is publicly announced. “Public announcement” for purposes hereof shall have the meaning set forth in Article II, Section 2.15(c) of these Bylaws. In no event shall the public announcement at an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary of the corporation shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the business is being brought, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder and such other beneficial owner, and (iv) any material interest of the stockholder and such other beneficial owner in such business.

1.11 Conduct of Business . At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or, in his or her absence, the President, or, in his or her absence, such other person as may be appointed by the Board of Directors, shall act as Chairman. The Secretary of the corporation

 

3


or a person designated by the Chairman of the meeting shall act as Secretary of the meeting. Unless otherwise approved by the Chairman of the meeting, attendance at the stockholders’ meeting is restricted to stockholders of record, persons authorized in accordance with Section 1.8 of these Bylaws to act by proxy, and officers of the corporation.

The Chairman of the meeting shall call the meeting to order, establish the agenda, and conduct the business of the meeting in accordance therewith or, at the Chairman’s discretion, it may be conducted otherwise in accordance with the wishes of the stockholders in attendance. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

The Chairman shall also conduct the meeting in an orderly manner, rule on the precedence of, and procedure on, motions and other procedural matters, and exercise discretion with respect to such procedural matters with fairness and good faith toward all those entitled to take part. The Chairman may impose reasonable limits on the amount of time taken up at the meeting on discussion in general or on remarks by any one stockholder. Should any person in attendance become unruly or obstruct the meeting proceedings, the Chairman shall have the power to have such person removed from participation. Notwithstanding anything in the Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at a meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.11 and Section 1.10 above. The Chairman of a meeting shall if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that any proposed item of business was not brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.11 and Section 1.10, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

1.12 Stockholder Action Without Meeting . Effective upon the date of the closing of the corporation’s initial public offering of its common stock (the “Effective Date”), any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. At all times prior to the Effective Date, any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes which would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, or by a proxy holder or other person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purpose of this Section 1.12, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by

 

4


electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

1.13 Meetings by Remote Communication . If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, the corporation shall maintain a record of such vote.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

2.2 Number and Term of Office . The number of directors shall initially be one (1) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). Effective upon the Effective Date, the directors shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date; the term of office of the second class to expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date; the term of office of the third class to expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders held after the Effective Date; and thereafter for each such term to expire at each third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after such election. All directors shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.

 

5


2.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (including removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

2.4 Resignation . Any director may resign by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the President, Chairman of the Board or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

2.5 Removal . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of sixty six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires.

2.6 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.7 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or two or more directors and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware.

2.8 Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by (i) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (ii) sending a facsimile, or delivering written notice by hand, to his last known business or home address at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (iii) mailing written notice to his last known business or home address at least three (3) days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

6


2.9 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication . Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.10 Quorum . A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event one or more of the directors shall be disqualified to vote at any meeting, then the required quorum shall be reduced by one for each such director so disqualified; provided, however, that in no case shall less than 1/3 of the number so fixed constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.

2.11 Action at Meeting . At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.12 Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.13 Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as it therefor confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

 

7


2.14 Compensation of Directors . Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

2.15 Nomination of Director Candidates .

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, nominations for the election of Directors at an annual meeting may be made by (i) the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of Directors generally who complies with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw and who is a stockholder of record at the time notice is delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. Any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of Directors generally may nominate one or more persons for election as Directors at an annual meeting only if timely notice of such stockholder’s intent to make such nomination or nominations has been given in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder nomination for a director to be elected at an annual meeting shall be received at the corporation’s principal executive offices not less than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days in advance of the first anniversary of the date that the corporation’s (or the corporation’s predecessor’s) proxy statement was released to stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders, except that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been advanced by more than thirty (30) calendar days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, notice by the stockholders to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Each such notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination, of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made and of the person or persons to be nominated; (ii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of Directors on the date of such notice and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder or such beneficial owner and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (iv) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board of Directors; and (v) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the corporation if so elected. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notwithstanding the third sentence of this Section 2.15(a), in the event that the number of Directors to be elected at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred thirty (130) days prior to the first anniversary of the date that the corporation’s (or its predecessor’s) proxy statement was released to stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.15(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the

 

8


additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(b) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting by (i) or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder of the corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as are specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice as required by paragraph (a) of this Bylaw shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 70th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) For purposes of these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw. Nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(e) Only persons nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15 shall be eligible to serve as directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15 and (b) if any proposed nomination was not made in compliance with this Section 2.15, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded.

(f) If the Chairman of the meeting for the election of Directors determines that a nomination of any candidate for election as a Director at such meeting was not made in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 2.15, such nomination shall be void; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 2.15 shall be deemed to limit any voting rights upon the occurrence of dividend arrearages provided to holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to the Preferred Stock designation for any series of Preferred Stock.

 

9


ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

3.1 Enumeration . The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

3.2 Election . Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at any other meeting.

3.3 Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.4 Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

3.6 Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the Board. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, and, if he is a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

3.7 President . The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of President or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The President shall, in the Chairman of the Board’s absence or because of the Chairman of the Board’s inability to act, perform all duties of the Chairman of the Board and preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of stockholders. The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. He or she shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board.

 

10


3.8 Vice Presidents . Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

3.9 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.10 Chief Financial Officer . Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. In addition, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of chief financial officer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to maintain the financial records of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

3.11 Salaries . Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.12 Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

11


ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Issuance of Stock . Unless otherwise voted by the stockholders and subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Certificates of Stock . Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of shareholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

4.3 Transfers . Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent (or dissent) to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to

 

12


receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.2 Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.

5.4 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations . Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the corporation, in person or proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this corporation may possess by reason of this corporation’s ownership of securities in such other corporation or other organization.

 

13


5.5 Evidence of Authority . A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Certificate of Incorporation . All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability . Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

5.8 Pronouns . All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

5.9 Notices . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by facsimile or other electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or by commercial courier service. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails.

5.10 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records . Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the corporation, including reports made to the corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

5.11 Time Periods . In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

5.12 Facsimile Signatures . In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

14


ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

6.1 By the Board of Directors . Except as is otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.

6.2 By the Stockholders . Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders, provided notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

7.1 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said Law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that except as provided in Section 7.2 of this Article VII, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (c) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law,

 

15


or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that, unless the Delaware General Corporation Law then so prohibits, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise.

7.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 7.1 is not paid in full by the corporation within ninety (90) days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

7.3 Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the corporation.

7.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7.5 Indemnification Contracts . The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VII.

 

16


7.6 Insurance . The corporation shall maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

7.7 Effect of Amendment . Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VII by the stockholders and the directors of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

17

Exhibit 10.1

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 1998 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Stock Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentives to Employees, Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted hereunder may be either Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the discretion of the Committee. This is intended to be a stock option plan for purposes of Section 408 of the California General Corporation Law and is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 25102(o)-of the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended.

2. Definitions . As used herein, and in any Option granted hereunder, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Affiliate ” shall mean any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Company.

(b) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Super Micro Computer, Inc.

(f) “ Committee ” shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4(a) of the Plan. If the Board does not appoint or ceases to maintain a Committee, the term “Committee” shall refer to the Board.

(g) “ Consultant ” shall mean any independent contractor retained to perform services for the Company.

(h) “ Continuous Employment ” shall mean the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee, Director or Consultant by the Company or any Subsidiary. Continuous Employment shall not be considered interrupted during any period of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company and any Parent, Subsidiary or successor of the Company. A leave of absence approved by the Company shall include sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave approved by an authorized representative of the Company. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.

(i) “ Covered Employee ” shall mean any individual whose compensation is subject to the limitations on tax deductibility provided by Section 162(m) of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder in effect at the close of the taxable year of the Company in which an Option has been granted to such individual.

 

1


(j) “ Director ” shall mean a director of the Company.

(k) “ Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which the Plan is initially approved by the shareholders in accordance with Section 21 of the Plan.

(l) “ Employee ” shall mean any person, including officers (whether or not they are directors), employed by the Company or any Subsidiary.

(m) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) “ Fair Market Value ” means (i) the closing price of a Share on the national securities exchange on which the Shares are traded, or (ii) if the Shares are not traded on a national securities exchange but are quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or a regional stock exchange or an automated quotation system or over-the-counter market, the closing price on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or regional stock exchange, automated quotation system or over-the-counter market, or (iii) if the Shares are not traded on a national securities or quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or regional stock exchange, automated quotation system or over-the-counter market, the fair market value of a Share as determined by the Company’s Board in good faith, based upon such factors as they deem relevant. Notwithstanding the preceding, for federal, state, and local income tax reporting purposes, fair market value shall be determined by the Board in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by it from time to time. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(o) “ Grant Date ” means, with respect to an Option, the date that the Option is granted by the Committee.

(p) “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean any option granted under this Plan and any other option granted to an Employee in accordance with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(q) “ Non-Employee Director ” shall mean a director of the Company who qualifies as a Non-Employee Director as such term is defined in Section 240.1 6b-3(b)(3) of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “General Rules and Regulations”).

(r) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” shall mean an Option granted under the Plan that is subject to the provisions of Section 1.83-7 of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 83 of the Code.

(s) “ Option ” shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(t) “ Option Agreement ” shall mean a written agreement between the Company and the Optionee regarding the grant and exercise of Options to purchase Shares and the terms and conditions thereof as determined by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.

 

2


(u) “ Optioned Shares ” shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(v) “ Optionee ” shall mean an Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant who receives an Option.

(w) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a director of the Company who qualifies as an Outside Director as such term is used in Section 162(m) of the Code and defined in any applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(x) “ Parent ” shall mean a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined by Section 424(e) of the Code.

(y) “ Plan ” shall mean this 1998 Stock Option Plan.

(z) “ Reqistration Date ” shall mean the effective date of the first registration of any class of the Company’s equity securities pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

(aa) “ Section 162(m) Effective Date ” shall mean the first date as of which the limitations on the tax deductibility of certain compensation provided by Section 162(m) of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder are applicable to Options granted under the Plan.

(bb) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(cc) “ Section 16 Person ” shall mean a person who, with respect to the Shares, is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(dd) “ Share ” shall mean a share of the Common Stock subject to an Option, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

(ee) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(ff) “ Termination of Service ” means (a) in the case of an Employee, a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an employee and the Company or an Affiliate for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability, or the disaffiliation of an affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by the Company or an affiliate; and (b) in the case of a Consultant, a cessation of the service relationship between a Consultant and the Company or an affiliate for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability, or the disaffiliation of an affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous re-engagement of the Consultant by the Company or an affiliate.

3. Shares Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and sold under the Plan is six million five hundred thousand (6,500,000) Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Common Stock. If an Option expires or becomes unexercisable for any

 

3


reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option exchange program, or if any unissued Shares are retained by the Company upon exercise of an Option in order to satisfy the exercise price for such Option or any withholding taxes due with respect to such Option, such unissued or retained Shares shall become available for other Option grants under the Plan, unless the Plan shall have been terminated.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the total number of shares subject to the Plan shall not exceed the applicable percentage of total outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45 of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner based on the shares of the Company that are outstanding at the time the calculation is made, unless a higher percentage is approved by at least two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the total outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote on the matter. The foregoing limitation shall cease to apply to the Plan at such time as, in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, such rule is no longer deemed to apply to the offer or sale of Shares subject to the Plan by the Company.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure . The Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Board may appoint a Committee consisting of not less than two (2) members of the Board to administer the Plan, subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe. Once appointed, the Committee shall continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time, the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies, however caused, and remove all members of the Committee and, thereafter, directly administer the Plan. Members of the Board or Committee who are either eligible for Options or have been granted Options may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the Plan or the grant of Options pursuant to the Plan, except that no such member shall act upon the granting of an Option to himself, but any such member may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board or the Committee during which action is taken with respect to the granting of an Option to him or her.

The Committee shall meet at such times and places and upon such notice as the chairperson determines. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. Any acts by the Committee may be taken at any meeting at which a quorum is present and shall be by majority vote of those members entitled to vote. Additionally, any acts reduced to writing or approved in writing by all of the members of the Committee shall be valid acts of the Committee.

(b) Procedure After Registration Date . Notwithstanding subsection (a) above, after the Registration Date, the Plan shall be administered either by: (i) the full Board; or (ii) a Committee of two (2) or more directors, each of whom is a Non-Employee Director. After such date, the Board shall take all action necessary to administer the Plan so that all transactions involving Options and Shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act in accordance with the then effective provisions of Section 240.16b-3 et. seq. of the General Rules and Regulations; provided that any amendment to the Plan required for compliance with such provisions shall be made consistent with the provisions of Section 17 of the Plan and the General Rules and Regulations.

 

4


(c) Procedure After Section 162(m) Effective Date . Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) above, after the Section 162(m) Effective Date, the Plan and all Option grants shall be administered and approved by a Committee comprised solely of two or more Outside Directors.

(d) Powers of the Committee . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and except as otherwise provided by the Board, the Committee shall have the authority: (i) to determine, upon review of relevant information, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock; (ii) to determine the exercise price of Options to be granted, the Employees, Directors or Consultants to whom and the time or times at which Options shall be granted, and the number of Shares to be represented by each Option; (iii) to interpret the Plan; (iv) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (v) to determine the terms and provisions of each Option granted under the Plan (which need not be identical) and, with the consent of the holder thereof, to modify or amend any Option; (vi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Option previously granted by the Committee; (vii) to accelerate or (with the consent of the Optionee) defer an exercise date of any Option, subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) of the Plan; (viii) to determine whether Options granted under the Plan will be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options; (ix) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

(e) Effect of Committee’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all persons.

5. Eligibility .

(a) Persons Eligible for Options . Nonstatutory Stock Options under the Plan may be granted to Employees, Directors or Consultants whom the Committee, in its sole discretion, may designate from time to time. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. An Employee, Director or Consultant who has been granted an Option, if he or she is otherwise eligible, may be granted an additional Option or Options. However, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to one or more Incentive Stock Options that are exercisable for the first time by an Optionee during any calendar year (under all stock option plans of the Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000 (determined as of the grant date). As of the Section 162(m) Effective Date, Options under the Plan shall be granted to Covered Employees upon satisfaction of the conditions to such grants provided pursuant to Section 162(m) and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition after the Section 162(m) Effective Date, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Options may be granted during any year to any Employee shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand (100,000) Shares.

(b) No Right to Continuing Employment, Consulting or Director Relationship . Neither the establishment nor the operation of the Plan shall confer upon any Optionee or any other person any right with respect to continuation of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor shall the Plan interfere in any way with the right of the Optionee or the right of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to terminate such employment or service at any time.

 

5


6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board and its approval by vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote on the adoption of the Plan (in accordance with the provisions of Section 21 hereof). It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 16 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option . Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the term of each Option granted under the Plan shall be ten (10) years from the Grant Date. The term of the Option shall be set forth in the Option Agreement. No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the Grant Date, provided that no Incentive Stock Option granted to any Employee who, at the date such Option is granted, owns (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of the stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the Grant Date.

8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Option Price . Except as provided in subsections (b) and (c) below, the exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to any Option shall be such price as is determined by the Committee, which shall in no event be less than: (i) in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the Grant Date; or (ii) in the case of Nonstatutory Stock Options, 85% of such Fair Market Value.

(b) Ten Percent Shareholders . No Option shall be granted to any Employee who, at the date such Option is granted, owns (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, unless the exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to such Option is at least equal to 110% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the Grant Date.

(c) Section 162(m) Limitations . After the Section 162(m) Effective Date, the exercise price of any Option granted to a Covered Employee shall be at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Grant Date.

(d) Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Optioned Shares shall be payment in cash or by check, cashier’s check, certified check, or wire transfer, unless payment in some other manner, including by promissory note, other shares of the Company’s Common Stock or such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Optioned Shares as may be permitted under Sections 408 and 409 of the California General Corporation Law, is authorized by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Option. Any cash or other property received by the Company from the sale of Shares pursuant to the Plan shall constitute part of the general assets of the Company.

9. Exercise of Option .

(a) Vesting Period . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan, which shall be specified in the Option Agreement

 

6


evidencing the Option. An Option may not be exercised for fractional shares or for less than ten (10) Shares. With the exception of an Option granted to an officer, a Director or a Consultant, no Option shall become exercisable at a rate less than twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) years from the effective date of grant of such Option, subject to the optionee’s continued employment or provision of services.

(b) Exercise Procedures . An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company. After the Registration Date, in lieu of delivery of a cash payment for the purchase price of the Optioned Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, the Optionee may deliver to the Company a sell order to a broker for the Shares being purchased and an agreement to pay (or have the broker remit payment for) the purchase price for the Shares being purchased on or before the settlement date for the sale of such shares to the broker. As soon as practicable following the exercise of an Option in the manner set forth above, the Company shall issue or cause its transfer agent to issue stock certificates representing the Shares purchased. Until the issuance of such stock certificates (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Shares notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of the transfer by the Optionee of the consideration for the purchase of the Shares, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

(c) Exercise of Option With Stock . If an Optionee is permitted to exercise an Option by delivering shares of the Company’s Common Stock, the Option Agreement covering such Option may include provisions authorizing the Optionee to exercise the Option, in whole or in part, by (i) delivering whole shares of the Company’s Common Stock previously owned by such Optionee (whether or not acquired through the prior exercise of a stock option) having a Fair Market Value equal to the Option price; or (ii) directing the Company to withhold from the Shares that would otherwise be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of whole Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the Option price. Shares of the Company’s Common Stock so delivered or withheld shall be valued at their Fair Market Value at the close of the last business day immediately preceding the date of exercise of the Option, as determined by the Committee. Any balance of the Option price shall be paid in cash. Any Shares delivered or withheld in accordance with this provision shall again become available for purposes of the Plan and for Options subsequently granted thereunder. After the Registration Date, any exercise of an Option under Section 9(c)(i) or 9(c)(ii) above by a Section 16 Person shall comply with the relevant requirements of Section 240.16b-1 et. seq. of the General Rules and Regulations.

(d) Termination of Status as Employee, Director or Consultant . If an Optionee shall cease to be an Employee, Director or Consultant for any reason other than permanent and total disability or death, he or she may, but only within thirty (30) days (or such other period of time as is determined by the Committee) after the date of Termination of Service, exercise his or her Option to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of Termination of Service, subject to the condition that no Option shall be exercised after the expiration of the Option period.

 

7


(e) Disability of Optionee . If an Optionee shall cease to be an Employee, Director or Consultant due to permanent and total disability, and such Optionee was in Continuous Employment as an Employee, Director or Consultant from the Grant Date until the date of Termination of Service, the Option may be-exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of Termination of Service, but only to the extent of the accrued right to exercise at the time of Termination of Service, subject to the condition that no option shall be exercised after the expiration of the Option period.

(f) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death during the Option period of an Optionee who is at the time of his or her death, an Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant and who was in Continuous Employment as such from the Grant Date until the date of death, the Option may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest, inheritance or otherwise as a result of the Optionee’s death, but only to the extent of the accrued right to exercise at the time of death, subject to the condition that no option shall be exercised after the expiration of the Option period.

(g) Tax Withholding . After the Registration Date, when an Optionee is required to pay to the Company an amount with respect to tax withholding obligations in connection with the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan, the Optionee may elect prior to the date the amount of such withholding tax is determined (the “Tax Date”) to make such payment by: (i) delivering cash; (ii) delivering part or all of the payment in previously owned shares of Common Stock (whether or not acquired through the prior exercise of an Option); and/or (iii) irrevocably directing the Company to withhold from the Shares that would otherwise be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of whole Shares having a fair market value equal to all or part of the amount of tax required to be withheld (a “Withholding Election”), provided that the fair market value of any shares delivered or withheld shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. If an Optionee’s Tax Date is deferred beyond the date of exercise and the Optionee makes a With holding Election, the Optionee will initially receive the full amount of Optioned Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option, but will be unconditionally obligated to surrender to the Company on the Tax Date the number of Shares necessary to satisfy his or her minimum withholding requirements with adjustments to be made in cash after the Tax Date.

After the Registration Date, notwithholding anything in the preceding paragraph to the contrary, any withholding of Shares with respect to taxes arising in connection with the exercise of an Option by any Section 16 Person shall satisfy the conditions for exemption therefrom set forth in Section 240.1 6b-1 et. seq. of the General Rules and Regulations.

Any adverse consequences incurred by the Optionee with respect to the use of shares of Common Stock to pay any part of the exercise price or of any tax in connection with the exercise of an Option, including, without limitation, any adverse tax consequences arising as a result of a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, shall be the sole responsibility of the Optionee.

10. Transfer of Options . The Committee may, in its discretion, either (a) authorize all or a portion of the Options granted to an Optionee to be on terms which permit transfer by such

 

8


Optionee, or (b) upon request of an Optionee amend an Option to permit transfer by such Optionee to (i) the spouse, children or grandchildren of the Optionee (“Immediate Family Members”), (ii) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family Members, (iii) a partnership in which such Immediate Family Members are the only partners, or (iv) any other entity affiliated with the Optionee that may be approved by the Committee, provided that (x) there may be no consideration for any such transfer, (y) the Option Agreement pursuant to which such Options are granted, and any amendment thereto, must be approved by the Committee, and must expressly provide for transferability in a manner consistent with this Section 10, and (z) subsequent transfers of transferred Options shall be prohibited except those in accordance with this Section 10. Following transfer, any such Options shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer, provided that the term Optionee shall be deemed to refer to the Transferee. The events of termination of service of Section 9 hereof or in the Option Agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Optionee, following which the Options shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent, and for the periods specified in the Option Agreement or Section 9, as applicable. Except as specifically provided above, an Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

11. Right of Repurchase .

(a) Repurchase Right . At the Committee’s discretion, Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be subject to a right, but not an obligation, of repurchase by the Company (the “Right of Repurchase”), at the price specified in Section 11 (b), upon the Termination of Service of the Optionee at any time after the grant of the Option pursuant to which such Shares were issued. Shares issued by the Company shall only be transferable by the Optionee subject to the Right of Repurchase, and the Company shall legend the Right of Repurchase on the stock certificates evidencing such Shares and shall take such other steps as it deems necessary to ensure compliance with this restriction. The Company’s rights under this Section 11(a) shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.

(b) Repurchase Price . The price per Share at which the Company may exercise the Right of Repurchase under Section 11(a) (the “Repurchase Price”) shall be the Fair Market Value of each Share on the date of Termination of Service. For purposes of this Section 11, Fair Market Value shall be determined solely by an independent appraisal of the Company’s Shares, taking into account all relevant facts and circumstances.

(c) Repurchase Procedure . The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase by sending a written notice to the Optionee and to the Escrow Agent, if any, of its taking such action and specifying the number of Shares being repurchased. The Company’s Right of Repurchase shall terminate if not exercised by written notice from the Company to the Optionee within ninety (90) days of the date on which the Company learns of the Termination of Service or the last date any Option granted to such Optionee is exercised, whichever is later. If the Company exercises its Right of Repurchase the Optionee, or if applicable, the Escrow Agent, shall deliver to the Company every stock certificate representing the Shares being repurchased, together with appropriate Assignments Separate from Certificate, and the Company shall then promptly pay the total Repurchase Price in cash to the Optionee, or if applicable, to the Escrow Agent, for delivery to the Optionee.

 

9


(d) Election to Defer Purchase of Incentive Stock Option Shares .

(i) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 11, an Optionee whose Shares were issued pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option may elect to defer the Company’s repurchase of such Shares pursuant to this Section 11 until the holding period requirements of Section 422(a) of the Code are met. Such election shall be in writing in such form as the Committee may require and shall be delivered to the Company and to the Escrow Agent by certified mail no later than seven (7) days after the date on which the Optionee receives notice that the Company elects to exercise its Right of Repurchase. Such election shall pertain to all such Shares issued to the Optionee and shall be irrevocable.

(ii) With respect to an Optionee who makes the election described in subsection 11 (d)(i), the Company shall repurchase such Shares on or before the date which is ninety (90) days following the earlier of the date on which the Optionee dies or the date on which the holding period requirements of Section 422(a) of the Code are met. The Repurchase Price of each such share determined under Section I 1 (b) shall be calculated by substituting for the date of the Optionee’s Termination of Service the earlier of the date on which the Optionee dies or the date on which such holding period requirements are met.

(e) Escrow . To facilitate the consummation of the Company’s Right of Repurchase under this Section 11, at the request of the Committee, the Optionee and the Company shall execute Joint Escrow Instructions and the Optionee shall deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent named in the Joint Escrow Instructions two “Assignments Separate from Certificate”, together with all certificates evidencing the Shares of Common Stock that are issued to the Optionee pursuant to the Plan but are not fully vested and paid for by the Optionee, duly endorsed in blank.

(f) Binding Effect . The Company’s Right of Repurchase shall inure to the benefit of its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon any representative, executor, administrator, heir, or legatee of the Optionee.

(g) Payment of Net Amount Owing . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company determines to exercise its rights of repurchase pursuant to this Section 11 before any Shares have been issued as a result of an exercise of an Option, in lieu of issuing any Shares, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay to the Optionee the net amount owing to the Optionee.

(h) Termination of Right of Repurchase . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 11, in the event that the Common Stock is listed on any United States securities exchange or traded on any formal over-the-counter market in general use in the United States at the time the Optionee would otherwise be required to transfer his or her Shares, the Company shall no longer have the Right of Repurchase, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with this Section 11.

 

10


12. Right of First Refusal .

(a) Right of First Refusal . At the Committee’s discretion, Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be subject to a requirement that if an Optionee proposes to sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer any Shares acquired pursuant to exercise of an Option, or any interest in such Shares, to any person or entity, the Company shall have a right of first refusal (the “Right of First Refusal”) with respect to such Shares. Any Optionee desiring to transfer Shares subject to the Right of First Refusal shall give a written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, and the name and address of the proposed transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms of the proposal referred to in the Transfer Notice, subject to any change in such terms permitted under Section 12(b) hereof, by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is received by the Company. The Company’s rights under this Section 12(a) shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date on which it receives the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than six (6) months following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, consummate a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall again require compliance with the procedure described in Section 12(a). If the Company exercises its Right of First of Refusal, the Optionee shall immediately endorse and deliver to the Company every stock certificate representing the Shares being purchased, and the Company shall then promptly pay the purchase price in accordance with the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Repurchase Payment . The amount payable to an Optionee pursuant to the Company’s exercise of the Right of First Refusal shall be paid to the Optionee in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Transfer Notice or may, at the election of the Company, be paid in full in cash.

(d) Binding Effect . The Company’s Right of First Refusal shall inure to the benefit of its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon any transferee of the Shares, other than a transferee acquiring Shares in a transaction with respect to which the Company failed to exercise its Right of First Refusal (a “Free Transferee”) or a transferee of a Free Transfer.

(e) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12, if the Common Stock is listed on any United States securities exchange or traded on any formal over-the-counter market in general use in the United States at the time the Optionee desires to transfer his or her Shares, the Company shall no longer have the Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with this Section 12.

13. Exercise of Unvested Options . The Committee may grant any Optionee the Right to exercise any Option prior to the complete vesting of such Option. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may provide that if an Option is exercised prior to

 

11


having completely vested, the Shares issued upon such exercise shall remain subject to vesting at the same rate as under the Option so exercised and shall be subject to a right, but not an obligation, of repurchase by the Company with respect to all unvested Shares if the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason. For the purposes of facilitating the enforcement of any such right of repurchase, at the request of the Committee, the Optionee shall enter into joint escrow instructions with the Company and deliver every certificate for his or her unvested Shares, together with two “Assignments Separate from Certificate,” duly endorsed in blank by the Optionee and by the Optionee’s spouse, if required for transfer.

14. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Optioned Shares covered by each outstanding Option, and the number of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan, and the per share exercise price of each such Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, combination, reclassification, recapitalization, the payment of a stock dividend on the Common Stock or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration”. Such adjustment shall be made by the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

The Committee may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole discretion, also make provision for proportionately adjusting the number or class of securities covered by any Option, as well as the price to be paid therefor, in the event that the Company effects one or more reorganizations, rights offerings, or other increases or reductions of its outstanding shares of Common Stock, and in the event of the Company being consolidated with or merged into any other corporation.

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company the Options granted under the Plan shall terminate and thereupon become null and void. Upon any merger or consolidation, if the Company is not the surviving corporation, or if the Company is the surviving corporation in a “triangular merger” transaction with a subsidiary of a “parent corporation” (as such term is defined and used in Section 175 and Section 1 101 of the California General Corporation Law), the Options granted under the Plan shall either by assumed by the new entity or the parent corporation, or shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence.

15. Time of Granting Options . Unless otherwise specified by the Committee, the date of grant of an Option under the Plan shall be the Grant Date. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Optionee to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

12


16. Amendment and Termination of the Plan . The Board may amend or terminate the Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may deem advisable.

17. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares shall not be issued with respect to an Option granted under the Plan unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

18. Reservation of Shares . During the term of this Plan the Company will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the nonissuance or sale of such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

19. Information to Optionee . During the term of any Option granted under the Plan, the Company shall provide or otherwise make available to each Optionee a copy of its annual financial statement and any other financial information provided to its shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Bylaws and applicable law.

20. Option Agreement . Options granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by Option Agreements.

21. Shareholder Approval . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the Plan is adopted by the Board. Except as provided otherwise in Section 3 any amendments to the Plan requiring shareholder approval must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of voting stock present or represented and entitled to vote at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, or by the written consent of the shareholders in the manner provided by California law.

 

13

Exhibit 10.2

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Super Micro Computer, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to                      (the “Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase a total of                          (              ) shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) of the Company, at the price set forth herein, and in all respects subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s 1998 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), which is incorporated herein by this reference.

1. Nature of the Option . The Option is intended to be an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

2. Option Price . The Option Price is $              for each Share.

3. Vesting and Exercise of Option . The Option shall vest and become exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Vesting and Right to Exercise .

(i) The Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to one-fourth (1/4 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date set forth in the signature page of this Agreement, and one-sixteenth (1/16 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest at the end of each successive calendar quarter over the remaining three-year period, until all the Shares have vested, subject to the Optionee’s continuous employment with the Company. Subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (ii) and (iii) below, the Optionee can exercise any portion of the Option which has vested until the expiration of the Option term.

(ii) In the event of the Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option shall be governed by Sections 9(d), (e) and (f) of the Plan.

(iii) The Option may not be exercised for fractional shares or for less than Ten (10) Shares.

(b) Method of Exercise . In order to exercise any portion of this Option which has vested, the Optionee shall notify the Company in writing of the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and shall execute and deliver to the President of the Company the Restricted Stock Agreement attached hereto as Appendix I, together with the Stock Assignments, and, if applicable, the Consent of Spouse, forms of which are attached as exhibits to the Restricted Stock Agreement. The Restricted Stock Agreement must be accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate purchase price for the Shares to be purchased. The certificate or certificates representing Shares as to which this Option has been exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee.


(c) Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable Federal or state securities law or other law or regulation. Furthermore, the method and manner of payment of the Option Price will be subject to the rules under Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations (“Regulation G”) as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board if such rules apply to the Company at the date of exercise. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require the Optionee to make any representation or warranty to the Company at the time of exercise of this Option as in the opinion of legal counsel for the Company may be required by any applicable law or regulation, including the execution and delivery of an appropriate representation statement. Accordingly, the stock certificates for the Shares issued upon exercise of this Option may bear appropriate legends restricting transfer.

4. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee and, subject to the provisions of Sections 9(f) and 10 of the Plan, may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Optionee.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the Option Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) certified or bank cashier’s check;

(c) in the event there exists a public market for the Company’s Common Stock on the date of exercise, by delivery of a sell order to a broker for the shares being purchased and an agreement to pay (or have the broker remit payment for) the purchase price of the shares being purchased on or before the settlement date for the sale of such shares to the broker; or

(d) in the event there exists a public market for the Company’s Common Stock on the date of exercise, by surrender of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, provided that if such shares were acquired upon exercise of an incentive stock option, the Optionee must have first satisfied the holding period requirements under Section 422(a)(1) of the Code. In this case payment shall be made as follows:

(i) In addition to the execution and delivery of the Restricted Stock Agreement, Optionee shall deliver to the Secretary of the Company a written notice which shall set forth the portion of the purchase price the Optionee wishes to pay with Common Stock, and the number of shares of such Common Stock the Optionee intends to surrender pursuant to the exercise of this Option, which shall be determined by dividing the aforementioned portion of the purchase price by the per share Fair Market Value of Common Stock of the Company as defined in Section 2(n) of the Plan, for the day on which the notice of exercise is sent or delivered;


(ii) Fractional shares shall be disregarded and the Optionee shall pay in cash an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the price determined under subparagraph (i) above;

(iii) The written notice shall be accompanied by a duly endorsed blank stock power with respect to the number of Shares set forth in the notice, and the certificate(s) representing said Shares shall be delivered to the Company at its principal offices within three (3) working days from the date of the notice of exercise;

(iv) The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company to transfer so many of the Shares represented by such certificate(s) as are necessary to pay the purchase price in accordance with the provisions herein;

(v) If any such transfer of Shares requires the consent of the California Commissioner of Corporations or of some other agency under the securities laws of any other state, or an opinion of counsel for the Company or Optionee that such transfer may be effected under applicable Federal and state securities laws, the time periods specified herein shall be extended for such periods as the necessary request for consent to transfer is pending before said Commissioner or other agency, or until counsel renders such an opinion, as the case may be. All parties agree to cooperate in making such request for transfer, or in obtaining such opinion of counsel, and no transfer shall be effected without such consent or opinion if required by law; and

(vi) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Optionee shall only be permitted to pay the purchase price with Shares of the Company’s Common Stock owned by him as of the exercise date in the manner and within the time periods allowed under 17 CFR §240.16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as such regulation is presently constituted, as it is amended from time to time, and as it is interpreted now or hereby by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

6. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Merger . The number of Shares covered by this Option shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan in the event of changes in the capitalization or organization of the Company, or if the Company is the party to a merger or other corporate reorganization.

7. Term of Option . This Option may not be exercised more than ten (10) years after the Date of Grant of this Option, as set forth below, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

8. Repurchase Rights . The Optionee hereby agrees that any Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Option shall be subject to the rights of the Company to repurchase such Shares and to certain restrictions on transfer specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement.

9. Not Employment Contract . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of applicable law. This is not an employment contract.


10. Income Tax Withholding .

(a) The Optionee authorizes the Company to withhold in accordance with applicable law from any compensation payable to him or her any taxes required to be withheld by Federal, state or local laws as a result of the exercise of this Option. The Optionee agrees to notify the Company immediately in the event of any disqualifying disposition (within the meaning of Section 421(b) of the Code) of the shares acquired upon exercise of an incentive stock option. Furthermore, in the event of any determination that the Company has failed to withhold a sum sufficient to pay all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of this Option or a disqualifying disposition of the shares acquired upon exercise of an incentive stock option, the Optionee agrees to pay the Company the amount of such deficiency in cash within five (5) days after receiving a written demand from the Company to do so whether or not Optionee is an employee of the Company at that time.

Any adverse consequences incurred by an Optionee with respect to the use of shares of Common Stock to pay any part of the Option Price or of any tax in connection with the exercise of an Option, including, without limitation, any adverse tax consequences arising as a result of a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, shall be the sole responsibility of the Optionee.

Date of Grant:                                 

Vesting Commencement Date:                                 

 

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.
By:  

 

 

Title:  

 

The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copies of the Plan, the Restricted Stock Agreement and the exhibits referred to therein, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan.

Dated:                          ,             

 

 

 


CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I,                                          , spouse of the Optionee who executed the foregoing Agreement, hereby agree that my spouse’s interest in the shares of Common Stock subject to said Agreement shall be irrevocably bound by the Agreement’s terms. I further agree that my community property interest in such shares, if any, shall similarly be bound by said Agreement and that such consent is binding upon my executors, administrators, heirs and assigns. I agree to execute and deliver such documents as may be necessary to carry out the intent of said Agreement and this consent.

Dated:                          ,             

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Super Micro Computer, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to                      (the “Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase a total of                      (              ) shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) of the Company, at the price set forth herein, and in all respects subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s 1998 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), which is incorporated herein by this reference.

1. Nature of the Option . The Option is intended to be a nonstatutory stock option and shall not be treated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

2. Option Price . The Option Price is $              for each Share.

3. Vesting and Exercise of Option . The Option shall vest and become exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Vesting and Right to Exercise .

(i) The Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to one-fourth (1/4 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date set forth in the signature page of this Agreement, and one-sixteenth (1/16 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest at the end of each successive calendar quarter over the remaining three-year period, until all the Shares have vested, subject to the Optionee’s continuous employment with the Company. Subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (ii) and (iii) below, the Optionee can exercise any portion of the Option which has vested until the expiration of the Option term.

(ii) In the event of the Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option shall be governed by Sections 9(d), (e) and (f) of the Plan.

(iii) The Option may not be exercised for fractional shares or for less than Ten (10) Shares.

(b) Method of Exercise . In order to exercise any portion of this Option which has vested, the Optionee shall notify the Company in writing of the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and shall execute and deliver to the President of the Company the Restricted Stock Agreement attached hereto as Appendix I, together with the Stock Assignments, and, if applicable, the Consent of Spouse, forms of which are attached as exhibits to the Restricted Stock Agreement. The Restricted Stock Agreement must be accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate purchase price for the Shares to be purchased. The certificate or certificates representing Shares as to which this Option has been exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee.


(c) Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable Federal or state securities law or other law or regulation. Furthermore, the method and manner of payment of the Option Price will be subject to the rules under Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations (“Regulation G”) as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board if such rules apply to the Company at the date of exercise. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require the Optionee to make any representation or warranty to the Company at the time of exercise of this Option as in the opinion of legal counsel for the Company may be required by any applicable law or regulation, including the execution and delivery of an appropriate representation statement. Accordingly, the stock certificates for the Shares issued upon exercise of this Option may bear appropriate legends restricting transfer.

4. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee and, subject to the provisions of Sections 9(f) and 10 of the Plan, may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Optionee.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the Option Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) certified or bank cashier’s check;

(c) in the event there exists a public market for the Company’s Common Stock on the date of exercise, by delivery of a sell order to a broker for the shares being purchased and an agreement to pay (or have the broker remit payment for) the purchase price of the shares being purchased on or before the settlement date for the sale of such shares to the broker; or

(d) in the event there exists a public market for the Company’s Common Stock on the date of exercise, by surrender of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, provided that if such shares were acquired upon exercise of an incentive stock option, the Optionee must have first satisfied the holding period requirements under Section 422(a)(1) of the Code. In this case payment shall be made as follows:

(i) In addition to the execution and delivery of the Restricted Stock Agreement, Optionee shall deliver to the Secretary of the Company a written notice which shall set forth the portion of the purchase price the Optionee wishes to pay with Common Stock, and the number of shares of such Common Stock the Optionee intends to surrender pursuant to the exercise of this Option, which shall be determined by dividing the aforementioned portion of the purchase price by the per share Fair Market Value of Common Stock of the Company as defined in Section 2(n) of the Plan, for the day on which the notice of exercise is sent or delivered;


(ii) Fractional shares shall be disregarded and the Optionee shall pay in cash an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the price determined under subparagraph (i) above;

(iii) The written notice shall be accompanied by a duly endorsed blank stock power with respect to the number of Shares set forth in the notice, and the certificate(s) representing said Shares shall be delivered to the Company at its principal offices within three (3) working days from the date of the notice of exercise;

(iv) The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company to transfer so many of the Shares represented by such certificate(s) as are necessary to pay the purchase price in accordance with the provisions herein;

(v) If any such transfer of Shares requires the consent of the California Commissioner of Corporations or of some other agency under the securities laws of any other state, or an opinion of counsel for the Company or Optionee that such transfer may be effected under applicable Federal and state securities laws, the time periods specified herein shall be extended for such periods as the necessary request for consent to transfer is pending before said Commissioner or other agency, or until counsel renders such an opinion, as the case may be. All parties agree to cooperate in making such request for transfer, or in obtaining such opinion of counsel, and no transfer shall be effected without such consent or opinion if required by law; and

(vi) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Optionee shall only be permitted to pay the purchase price with Shares of the Company’s Common Stock owned by him as of the exercise date in the manner and within the time periods allowed under 17 CFR §240.16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as such regulation is presently constituted, as it is amended from time to time, and as it is interpreted now or hereby by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

6. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Merger . The number of Shares covered by this Option shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan in the event of changes in the capitalization or organization of the Company, or if the Company is the party to a merger or other corporate reorganization.

7. Term of Option . This Option may not be exercised more than ten (10) years after the Date of Grant of this Option, as set forth below, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

8. Repurchase Rights . The Optionee hereby agrees that any Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Option shall be subject to the rights of the Company to repurchase such Shares and to certain restrictions on transfer specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement.

9. Not Employment Contract . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of applicable law. This is not an employment contract.


10. Income Tax Withholding .

(a) The Optionee authorizes the Company to withhold in accordance with applicable law from any compensation payable to him or her any taxes required to be withheld by Federal, state or local laws as a result of the exercise of this Option. Furthermore, in the event of any determination that the Company has failed to withhold a sum sufficient to pay all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of this Option, the Optionee agrees to pay the Company the amount of such deficiency in cash within five (5) days after receiving a written demand from the Company to do so whether or not Optionee is an employee of the Company at that time.

Any adverse consequences incurred by an Optionee with respect to the use of shares of Common Stock to pay any part of the Option Price or of any tax in connection with the exercise of an Option, shall be the sole responsibility of the Optionee.

Date of Grant:                                 

Vesting Commencement Date:                                 

 

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

By:

 

 

 

Title:  

 

The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copies of the Plan, the Restricted Stock Agreement and the exhibits referred to therein, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan.

Dated:                          ,             

 

 

 


CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I,                                          , spouse of the Optionee who executed the foregoing Agreement, hereby agree that my spouse’s interest in the shares of Common Stock subject to said Agreement shall be irrevocably bound by the Agreement’s terms. I further agree that my community property interest in such shares, if any, shall similarly be bound by said Agreement and that such consent is binding upon my executors, administrators, heirs and assigns. I agree to execute and deliver such documents as may be necessary to carry out the intent of said Agreement and this consent.

Dated:                          ,             

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC., a California corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to                  (the “Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase a total of                  (          ) shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Shares”), at the price set forth herein. The Option is granted pursuant to an offer letter or written contract between the Company and the Optionee.

1. Nature of the Option . The Option is intended to be a nonstatutory option and not an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

2. Option Price . The Option Price is              ($              ) for each Share.

3. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(c) “ Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(d) “ Company ” shall mean Super Micro Computer, Inc.

(e) “ Committee ” shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board. If the Board does not appoint or ceases to maintain a Committee, the term “Committee” shall refer to the Board.

(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean any independent contractor retained to perform services for the Company.

(g) “ Continuous Employment ” shall mean the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee, Director or Consultant by the Company or any Subsidiary. Continuous Employment shall not be considered interrupted during any period of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company and any Parent, Subsidiary or successor of the Company. A leave of absence approved by the Company shall include sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave approved by an authorized representative of the Company.

(h) “ Director ” shall mean a director of the Company.

(i) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) “ Fair Market Value ” means (i) the closing price of a Share on the national securities exchange on which the Shares are traded, or (ii) if the Shares are not traded on a national securities exchange but are quoted on the Nasdaq


SmallCap Market or a regional stock exchange or an automated quotation system or over-the-counter market, the closing price on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or regional stock exchange, automated quotation system or over-the-counter market, or (iii) if the Shares are not traded on a national securities or quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or regional stock exchange, automated quotation system or over-the-counter market, the fair market value of a Share as determined by the Company’s Board in good faith, based upon such factors as they deem relevant. Notwithstanding the preceding, for federal, state, and local income tax reporting purposes, fair market value shall be determined by the Board in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by it from time to time. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(k) “ Parent ” shall mean a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined by Section 424(e) of the Code.

(l) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(m) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(n) “ Termination of Service ” means (a) in the case of an Employee, a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an employee and the Company for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability, or the disaffiliation of an affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by the Company or an affiliate; and (b) in the case of a Consultant, a cessation of the service relationship between a Consultant and the Company or an affiliate for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability, or the disaffiliation of an affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous re-engagement of the Consultant by the Company or an affiliate.

4. Vesting and Exercise of Option . The Option shall vest and become exercisable during its term as follows:

(a) Vesting and Right to Exercise .

(i) The Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to fifty percent (50%) of the Shares subject to the Option on the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date set forth on the signature page of this Agreement, and twenty-five percent (25%) at the end of each successive year thereafter until, all the Options have vested, subject to the person’s continued service as an employee or director of the Company as the case may be. Subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (ii) through (v) below, the Optionee can exercise any portion of the Option which has vested until the expiration of the Option term.

(ii) Termination of Status as Employee, Director or Consultant . If an Optionee shall cease to be an Employee, Director or Consultant for any reason other than permanent and total disability or death, he or she may, but only within thirty (30) days after the date of Termination of Service, exercise his or her Option to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of Termination of Service, subject to the condition that no Option shall be exercised after the expiration


of the Option period.

(iii) Disability of Optionee . If the Optionee’s Continuous Employment ceases due to permanent and total disability, and such Optionee was in Continuous Employment as an Employee, Director or Consultant from the Grant Date until the date of Termination of Service, the Option may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of Termination of Service, but only to the extent of the accrued right to exercise at the time of Termination of Service, subject to the condition that no option shall be exercised after the expiration of the Option period.

(iv) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death during the Option period of an Optionee who is at the time of his or her death, an Employee, Director or Consultant and who was in Continuous Employment in any such capacity from the Grant Date until the date of death, the Option may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest, inheritance or otherwise as a result of the Optionee’s death, but only to the extent of the accrued right to exercise at the time of death, subject to the condition that no option shall be exercised after the expiration of the Option period.

(v) The Option may not be exercised for fractional shares or for less than Ten (10) Shares.

(b) Method of Exercise . In order to exercise any portion of this Option which has vested, the Optionee shall notify the Company in writing of the election to exercise the Option, the number of shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and shall execute and deliver to the President of the Company the Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”), together with the Stock Assignments, and if applicable, the Consent of Spouse, forms of which are attached as exhibits to the Restricted Stock Agreement. The Restricted Stock Agreement must be accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate purchase price of the Shares to be purchased. The certificate or certificates for Shares as to which the Option has been exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee.

(c) Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable Federal or state securities law or any other law or regulation. Furthermore, the method and manner of payment of the Option Price will be subject to the rules under Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations (“Regulation G”) as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board if such rules apply to the Company at the date of exercise. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require the Optionee to make any representation or warranty to the Company at the time of exercise of the Option as in the opinion of legal counsel for the Company may be required by any applicable law or regulation, including the execution and delivery of an appropriate representation statement. Accordingly, the stock certificates for the Shares issued upon exercise of this Option may bear appropriate legends restricting transfer.

5. Non-Transferabilitv of Option . This Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee and may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Optionee.


6. Method of Payment . Payment of the exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) certified or bank cashier’s check;

(c) in the event there exists a public market for the Company’s Common Stock on the date of exercise, by delivery of a sell order to a broker for the shares being purchased and an agreement to pay (or have the broker remit payment for) the purchase price of the shares being purchased on or before the settlement date for the sale of such shares to the broker; or

(d) in the event there exists a public market for the Company’s Common Stock on the date of exercise, by surrender of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, provided that if such shares were acquired upon exercise of an incentive stock option, the Optionee must have first satisfied the holding period requirements under Section 422(a)(1) of the Code. In this case payment shall be made as follows:

(i) In addition to the execution and delivery of the Transfer Agreement, Optionee shall deliver to the Secretary of the Company a written notice which shall set forth the portion of the purchase price the Optionee wishes to pay with Common Stock, and the number of shares of such Common Stock the Optionee intends to surrender pursuant to the exercise of this Option, which shall be determined by dividing the aforementioned portion of the purchase price by the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock of the Company, as of the day on which the notice of exercise is sent or delivered;

(ii) Fractional shares shall be disregarded and the Optionee shall pay in cash an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the price determined under subparagraph (i) above;

(iii) The written notice shall be accompanied by a duly endorsed blank stock power with respect to the number of Shares set forth in the notice, and the certificate(s) representing said Shares shall be delivered to the Company at its principal offices within three (3) working days from the date of the notice of exercise;

(iv) The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company to transfer so many of the Shares represented by such certificate(s) as are necessary to pay the purchase price in accordance with the provisions herein;

(v) If any such transfer of Shares requires the consent of the California Commissioner of Corporations or of some other agency under the securities laws of any other state, or an opinion of counsel for the Company or Optionee that such transfer may be effected under applicable Federal and state securities laws, the time periods specified herein shall be extended for such periods as the necessary request for consent to transfer is pending before said Commissioner or other agency, or until counsel renders such an opinion, as the case may be. All parties agree to cooperate in making such request for transfer, or in obtaining such opinion of


counsel, and no transfer shall be effected without such consent or opinion if required by law; and

(vi) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Optionee shall only be permitted to pay the purchase price with shares of the Company’s Common Stock owned by him as of the exercise date in the manner and within the time periods allowed under 17 CFR §240.16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act as such regulation is presently constituted, as it is amended from time to time, and as it is interpreted now or hereafter by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

7. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Merger . The number of Shares covered by this Option shall be adjusted in the event of changes in the capitalization or organization of the Company, or if the Company is a party to a merger or other corporate reorganization.

8. Term of Option . This Option may not be exercised more than ten (10) years and one (1) day from the date of grant of this Option, as set forth below, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the terms of this Option.

9. Repurchase Rights . The Optionee hereby agrees that any Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Option shall be subject to certain restrictions on transfer specified in the Transfer Agreement.

10. Not Employment Contract . Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of applicable law. This is not an employment contract.

11. Income Tax Withholding . The Optionee authorizes the Company to withhold in accordance with applicable law from any compensation payable to him or her any taxes required to be withheld by Federal, state or local laws as a result of the exercise of this Option. Furthermore, in the event of any determination that the Company has failed to withhold a sum sufficient to pay all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of this Option, the Optionee agrees to pay the Company the amount of any such deficiency in cash within five (5) days after receiving a written demand from the Company to do so, whether or not Optionee is an employee of the Company at that time. Any adverse consequences incurred by an Optionee with respect to the use of shares of Common Stock to pay any part of the Option Price or of any tax in connection with the exercise of an Option, including, without limitation, any adverse tax consequences arising as a result of a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be the sole responsibility of the Optionee.

12. Investment Representations . In connection with the grant of the Option and the sale and issuance of the Shares (collectively, the “Securities”) upon any exercise thereof, the Optionee represents to the Company as follows:

(a) Knowledge of the Company . Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee, upon exercise, will be purchasing these Securities for


investment for his own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(b) Unregistered Securities . Optionee understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of his investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission the statutory basis for such exemption may not be present if his representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold Shares for a minimum capital gains period under the tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for a market rise, for a sale if the market does not rise, or for twelve months or any other fixed period in the future.

(c) No Registration Rights . Optionee further understands that, upon exercise, the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Moreover, Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Relationship with Affiliates . Optionee has a pre-existing personal or business relationship with the Company or one of its officers, directors or controlling persons.

(e) Experienced Investor . Optionee has such business or financial experience as is necessary to protect Optionee’s interest in connection with this transaction.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


13. “Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Optionee hereby agrees that he or she shall not, to the extent reasonably requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) of any Shares during the one hundred eighty (180)-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that: (a) all officers and directors of the Company and all other persons with registration rights enter into similar agreements; and (b) such agreement shall be applicable only to the first such registration statement of the Company which covers shares (or securities) to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering. Such agreement shall be in writing in a form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares of each shareholder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such one hundred eighty (180)-day period.

Date of Grant:

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.
By:  

 

 

Title:  

The Optionee acknowledges receipt of copies of the Transfer Agreement and the exhibits referred to therein and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Transfer Agreement.

Dated:                          , 20     

 

 


CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I,                                               , spouse of the Optionee who executed the foregoing Agreement, hereby agree that my spouse’s interest in the shares of Common Stock subject to said Agreement shall be irrevocably bound by the Agreement’s terms. I further agree that my community property interest in such shares, if any, shall similarly be bound by said Agreement and that such consent is binding upon my executors, administrators, heirs and assigns. I agree to execute and deliver such documents as may be necessary to carry out the intent of said Agreement and this consent.

 

Dated:                          , 19     

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO   

5-YEAR TREASURY RATE INDEX

AMORTIZING PERMANENT LOAN

(Standing Loan - No Interest Only Payments)

(Recast Interest Rate and Payment Amount)

(Prepayments 20% or Greater Allowed with Prepayment Fee)

 

Amount of Note: $8,712,000.00   BANA Loan Number: 410-74946

PROMISSORY NOTE SECURED BY DEED OF TRUST

 

March 22, 2001   Rancho Cordova, California

1. BORROWER’S PROMISE TO PAY .

For value received, Super Micro Computer, Inc., a California corporation (“Borrower”) promises to pay *Eight million seven hundred twelve thousand and no/100ths* Dollars ($8,712,000.00), or such lesser amount as shall be advanced under this promissory note (“Note”), plus interest, to the order of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (“Bank”), at Rancho Cordova, California, or at such other place as the holder of this Note may from time to time require.

This Note evidences a Standing loan (the “Loan”) from Bank to Borrower made pursuant to a Standing Loan Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) between Bank and Borrower of even date herewith. This Note is secured by a deed of trust, assignment of rents and fixture filing (the “Deed of Trust”) covering certain real property and other collateral.

2. INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENT TERMS .

A. The Interest Rate . Interest shall accrue at a rate per year equal to the Index Figure (as defined below) plus one and three quarters percent (1.75%) (the “Spread”), adjusted every five (5) years as set forth in Section 3 below. The “Index Figure” means the asked yield for the most recently auctioned United States Treasury Bond or Note with a stated maturity date which is five (5) years from the date of determination (or the nearest month thereafter available), as shown on the Telerate page 5 (or such other page as may replace it), rounded upward to the nearest one-eighth (0.125%) of one percent. If at any time the Index Figure is no longer available, Bank, with notice to Borrower, will choose a new index that is based on comparable information. Initially, interest will accrue at the rate of Six and one-quarter percent (6.25%) per year.

B. Monthly Payments . If the Loan funds on any day but the first day of a month, Borrower may be required by Bank, at its sole discretion, to pay interest in advance from the funding date to the first day of the next month. For purposes hereof, the “funding date” means the date funds are disbursed from the Bank, whether disbursed directly to Borrower or to an escrow agent or other similar party, regardless of when and if the funds are disbursed from such escrow agent or other similar party for Borrower’s benefit. Otherwise, principal and interest shall be payable in monthly installments (the “Regular Payments”) equal to the monthly amount that would be necessary to repay principal and interest over a twenty (20) year amortization schedule (the “Amortization Schedule”). Initially, the amount of the Regular Payments shall be Sixty four thousand one hundred forty four and 64/100ths Dollars ($64,144.64). The Regular Payments are subject to change if the interest rate changes as provided in Section 3 below.

 

Page 1


C. Payment Dates . Borrower shall pay two hundred thirty nine (239) monthly Regular Payments beginning May 1, 2001, and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter, with a final payment of all remaining unpaid principal, accrued but unpaid interest and other sums due under this Note due and payable April 1, 2021 (the “Maturity Date”). A balloon payment may be due on the Maturity Date.

D. Interest Calculation . Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and actual days elapsed, which results in more interest than if a 365-day year were used.

3. CHANGES IN INTEREST RATE AND MONTHLY PAYMENTS .

A. Changes in Interest Rate . The interest rate will change with changes in the Index Figure as follows: May 1, 2006, and each May 1st, occurring at five (5) year intervals thereafter, are called “Change Dates.” The Index Figure available on each Change Date, rounded up to the nearest one-eighth of one percentage point (0.125%), is called the “Current Index Figure.” Effective each Change Date, the interest rate will change to the Current Index Figure plus the Spread (the “New Interest Rate”). The Note will thereafter accrue interest at the New Interest Rate until the next Change Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the remaining term of the Loan on the final Change Date is less than five (5) years, the Current Index Figure for such final Change Date shall be the asked yield for the most recently auctioned United States Treasury Bond or Note with a stated maturity date nearest in time to the month (or to the nearest month thereafter available) of the Maturity Date of the Loan, as shown on the Telerate page 5 (or such other page as may replace it) on such final Change Date, rounded upward to the nearest one-eighth (0.125%) of one percent.

B. Changes in Regular Payments . For each Change Date, Bank will determine the amount of monthly Regular Payments that will be necessary to repay the unpaid principal that Borrower is expected to owe at the Change Date (1) accruing interest at the New Interest Rate (2) over a term equal to the Amortization Schedule less the number of whole calendar months that have elapsed during the term of the Loan. For example, if the Amortization Schedule is thirty (30) years and five (5) years of the Amortization Phase have elapsed, the new Regular Payments will be based on a twenty-five (25) year amortization schedule. The result of this calculation will be the new amount of the Regular Payments. Borrower will pay the amount of the new Regular Payments beginning on the first monthly payment date after the Change Date until the amount of the Regular Payments changes again.

C. No Limit on Amount of Interest or Payment Changes . There is no limit on the amount the interest rate or the Regular Payments on this Note may increase or decrease on any single Change Date, or in the aggregate on all Change Dates throughout the life of the Loan.

D Notice of Changes . Bank will give Borrower notice of any changes in the interest rate or the Regular Payments, but the effectiveness and date of such changes shall not be affected by such notice or the lack thereof.

4. PRINCIPAL PREPAYMENTS .

A. Prepayments . Borrower may prepay principal on the Note in whole or in part in minimum amounts equal to or greater than twenty percent (20%) of the face amount of this Note in accordance with the terms of this Section. Prepayments which are less than twenty percent (20%) of the face amount of this Note are not permitted. Borrower shall give Bank irrevocable written notice of Borrower’s intention to make the prepayment, specifying the date and amount of

 

Page 2


the prepayment. The notice must be received by Bank at least five (5) Banking Days in advance of the prepayment. All prepayments of principal on the Note shall be applied to the most remote principal installment or installments then unpaid. Each prepayment, whether voluntary, by reason of acceleration or otherwise, must be accompanied by payment of all accrued interest on the amount prepaid and the prepayment fee (“Prepayment Fee”) described below. Bank will submit a certificate to Borrower setting forth its determination of any Prepayment Fee, which certificate shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error.

B. Prepayment Fee . The Prepayment Fee will be the sum of the following:

(1) $250; plus

(2) the sum of the fees calculated separately as of each Original Payment Late as follows:

(a) subtract the applicable Reinvestment Rate from the Cost of Funds Rate;

(b) divide the difference of (a) by twelve (12);

(c) multiply the quotient of (b) by the Original Loan Balance on the Original Payment Date;

(d) determine the present value of the product from (c) using the applicable Reinvestment Rate;

(e) add together the amounts calculated in (d) as of each Original Payment Date; if the prepayment is a partial prepayment, multiply this sum by the Prepaid Percentage;

(f) If the amount determined under (e) is less than zero (0), the component of the Prepayment Fee calculated under this subpart (2) is zero (0); plus

(3) an amount equal to all costs and expenses Bank reasonably expects to incur in liquidation and reinvestment of the prepaid funds.

C. Definitions . For purposes of this Note, the capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in the Note have the following meanings:

(1) “Banking Day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which Bank is open for business for all banking functions in California.

(2) “Cost of Funds Rate” means the Index Figure in effect as of the date of prepayment plus one-quarter percentage point (1/4%).

(3) “Money Market” means one or more wholesale funding markets available to Bank, including domestic certificates of deposit, Eurodollar deposits, bank deposit notes or other appropriate money market instruments selected by Bank.

(4) “Original Loan Balance” means the principal balance of the Loan which would have been outstanding on a single Original Payment Date if there had been no prepayment.

 

Page 3


(5) “Original Payment Dates” means the dates on which principal of the Loan would have been paid under the terms of this Note if there had been no prepayment. If a portion of principal of the Loan would have been paid after the next Change Date following the date of prepayment, then the Original Payment Date for that portion will be such next Change Date.

(6) “Prepaid Percentage” means the quotient derived by dividing the amount of the prepayment by the principal amount of the Loan outstanding immediately prior to the prepayment.

(7) “Reinvestment Rate” means the fixed interest rate per annum, determined solely by Bank on the date of prepayment, that Bank could obtain by investing funds in the Money Market and that approximates a period of time starting on the date of the prepayment and ending on the applicable Original Payment Date. The Reinvestment Rate is Bank’s estimate only, and Bank is under no obligation to actually reinvest any prepayment. Bank may adjust the Reinvestment Rate to reflect the compounding, accrual basis, or other costs of the Loan. The Reinvestment Rate shall be based on information from either the Telerate or Reuters information services, or other information sources the Bank deems appropriate.

5. BORROWER’S WAIVER OF PREPAYMENT RIGHT .

By its signature below, Borrower expressly waives any right under California Civil Code Section 2954.10 or otherwise to prepay the Loan, in whole or in part, without a Prepayment Fee as described above. Borrower acknowledges that prepayment of the Loan may result in Bank’s incurring additional losses, costs, expenses and liabilities, including, but not limited to, lost revenue and lost profits. Borrower therefore agrees to pay the Prepayment Fee if any principal amount is prepaid, whether voluntarily or by reason of acceleration, including, but not limited to, acceleration upon any transfer or conveyance of any right, title or interest in the real property described in the Deed of Trust giving Bank the right to accelerate the maturity of this Note pursuant to the Deed of Trust. Borrower agrees that Bank’s willingness to offer the interest rate described in this Note is sufficient and independent consideration, given individual weight by Bank, for this waiver. Borrower understands that Bank would not offer such an interest rate to Borrower absent this waiver.

 

Borrower:   Super Micro Computer, Inc., a California corporation
  By:  

/s/ Charles Liang

    Charles Liang, President
  By:  

/s/ Sara Liu

    Sara Liu, Treasurer

6. LATE PAYMENTS .

A. Late Charge for Overdue Payments . If Bank has not received the full amount of any monthly payment by the end of ten (10) calendar days after the date it is due, Borrower will pay a late charge to Bank in the amount of six percent (6%) of the overdue payment. Borrower will pay this late charge only once on any late payment.

B. Default Rate . From and after the stated maturity of this Note, or such earlier date as all sums owing on this Note become due and payable by acceleration or otherwise, all sums owing on this Note, at the option of Bank, shall bear interest until paid in full at three (3) percentage points above the rate at which interest would otherwise accrue under this Note.

 

Page 4


7. MISCELLANEOUS .

A. Payments . All amounts payable under this Note are payable in lawful money of the United States. Checks constitute payment only when collected.

     Joint and Several . If more than one person or entity are signing this Note as Borrower, their obligations under this Note will be joint and several.

C. Loan Agreement . This Note is subject to the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, which, among other things, contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity of this Note.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has duly executed and delivered this Note to Bank as of the date first above written.

 

Borrower: Super Micro Computer, Inc., a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Charles Liang

  Charles Liang, President
By:  

/s/ Sara Liu

  Sara Liu, Treasurer

 

Page 5

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO   Standing Loan Agreement

This Standing Loan Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2001, is between Super Micro Computer, Inc., a California corporation (“Borrower”) and Bank of America, N.A. and its successors and assigns (“Bank”).

AGREEMENT

 

1. Loan Terms

 

  1.1 Amount and Purpose

Bank shall make a loan to Borrower in the principal amount of Eight million seven hundred twelve thousand and no/100 Dollars ($8,712,000.00) (the “Loan”) to be used for the following purpose: To purchase real property. The Loan will be evidenced by a promissory note (the “Note”) payable to Bank in the original principal amount of the Loan and will be secured by a Deed of Trust with Assignment of Rents and Fixture Filing (“Deed of Trust”) covering certain real property commonly known as 980 Rock Avenue, San Jose, California (together with all improvements now or hereafter located thereon, the “Property”) and certain personal property and other collateral. N/A (collectively, “Guarantors”) will guaranty Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement pursuant to a N/A of even date herewith (collectively, the “Guaranties”). (If “Not Applicable” is indicated in the previous sentence, the Loan will not be guaranteed and all references to “Guaranties” and “Guarantors” in this Agreement may be disregarded.)

In addition, Borrower has agreed to indemnify Bank against certain environmental hazards pursuant to a Secured and Unsecured Indemnity Agreement. The term “Guarantor” shall include this party and the term “Guaranty” shall include this indemnity agreement. This Agreement, the Note, the Deed of Trust, the Guaranties, if any, and all other documents evidencing, securing or otherwise pertaining to the Loan will be referred to as the “Loan Documents.”

 

  1.2 Documentation

At the closing of this transaction, Borrower will deliver the following documents and other items, executed and acknowledged as appropriate, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank: (a) this Agreement; (b) the Note; (c) the Deed of Trust; (d) a UCC-1 Financing Statement perfecting a first-position lien on all personal property collateral, if any; (e) the Guaranties, if any; (f) an ALTA title insurance policy insuring Bank that the Deed of Trust constitutes a valid and enforceable lien on the Property subject and subordinate only to such liens or other matters as Bank has approved in writing; (g) if the Deed of Trust is to be junior to any other lien or deed of trust on the Property, a Beneficiary’s Statement from the holder of such prior lien or deed of trust; (h) evidence of the casualty and other insurance coverage required under this Agreement; (i) if Borrower is anything other than a natural person, evidence of Borrower’s due formation and good standing, as well as due authorization and execution of the Loan Documents; (j) if applicable, Subordination Agreements and Estoppels from tenants leasing space in the Property; (k) if the Property is to be leased to third parties, Borrower’s pro forma lease form; (l) a loan fee in the amount of $87,120.00; (m) an Environmental Questionnaire and Disclosure Statement prepared and certified by Borrower, and, if Bank requires, an environmental survey of the Property prepared by an environmental consultant satisfactory to Bank; and (n) such other documents, Property information and other assurances as Bank may require.

 

  1.3 The Affiliate

N/A, an entity affiliated with Borrower (the “Affiliate”), shall occupy the Property for the conduct of its regular business. Borrower acknowledges that the Affiliate’s activities and financial condition are of material concern to Bank. Accordingly, all references in this Agreement to Borrower shall be understood to mean the Affiliate as well as, or in lieu of, Borrower, as the context may require. For example, any covenant by Borrower to comply with laws respecting its business shall include a

 

-1-


convenant to casue the Affiliate to comply as well. Likewise, any representation regarding Borrower’s business shall also be a representation regarding the Affiliate’s business, and any condition or Event of Default that involves Borrower’s financial condition or activities shall also include the Affiliate’s financial condition or activities.

 

  1.4 Disbursement Procedures

Bank shall disburse the Loan proceeds as follows:

by wire to North American Title Company, escrow number 2200983.

 

II. Convenants of the Borrower

Borrower promises to keep each of the following covenants:

 

  2.1 Compliance with Law

Borrower shall comply with all existing and future laws, regulations, orders, building restrictions and requirements of, and all agreements with and commitments to, all governmental, judicial or legal authorities having jurisdiction over the Property and Borrower’s business.

 

  2.2 Conditional Sales Contracts

Without Bank’s prior written consent, Borrower shall not purchase any materials, equipment, furnishings or fixtures to be installed on the Property under any agreement where the seller reserves title or the right of removal or repossession after such items are installed on the Property.

 

  2.3 Site Visits

Borrower shall allow Bank access to the Property at any reasonable time for the purposes of performing an appraisal, inspecting the Property, taking soil or groundwater samples, and conducting tests, among other things, to investigate for the presence of Hazardous Substances, as defined in Article IV. Borrower shall also allow Bank to examine, copy and audit its books and records. Bank is under no duty to visit or observe the Property, or to examine any books or records. Any site visit, observation or examination by Bank shall be solely for the purpose of protecting Bank’s security and preserving Bank’s rights under the Loan Documents. Bank owes no duty of care to protect Borrower or any other party against, or to inform Borrower or any other party of, any adverse condition affecting the Property, including any defects in the design or construction of any improvements on the Property or the presence of any Hazardous Substances on the Property.

 

  2.4 Insurance

Borrower shall maintain the following insurance:

 

  (a) All risk property damage insurance in nonreporting form on the Property, with a policy limit in an amount not less than the full insurable value of the Property on a replacement cost basis, including tenant improvements, if any. The policy shall include a business interruption (or rent loss, if more appropriate) endorsement, taxes and insurance premiums, a lender’s loss payable endorsement (438 BFU) in favor of Bank, and any other endorsements required by Bank.

 

  (b) Comprehensive General Liability coverage with such limits as Bank may require. This policy shall name Bank as an additional insured. Coverage shall be written on an occurrence basis, not claims made.

 

  (c) Such other insurance as Bank may require, which may include earthquake and flood.

All policies of insurance required by Bank must be issued by companies approved by Bank and otherwise be acceptable to Bank as to amounts, forms, risk coverages and deductibles. In addition, each policy (except workers’ compensation) must provide Bank at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice of cancellation, non-renewal or modification. If Borrower fails to keep any such coverage in effect while the Loan is outstanding, Bank may procure the coverage at Borrower’s expense. Borrower shall

 

-2-


reimburse Bank, on demand, for all premiums advanced by Bank, which advances shall be considered to be additional loans to Borrower secured by the Deed of Trust and bearing interest at the default rate provided in the Note.

 

  2.5 Payment of Expenses

Borrower shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by Bank in connection with the making, disbursement and administration of the Loan, as well as any revisions, extensions, renewals or “workouts” of the Loan, and in the exercise of any of the Bank’s rights or remedies under this Agreement. Such costs and expenses include title insurance, recording and escrow charges, fees for appraisal, environmental services, legal fees and expenses of Bank’s counsel and any other reasonable fees and costs for services, regardless of whether such services are furnished by Bank’s employees or by independent contractors. Borrower acknowledges that the Loan fee does not include amounts payable by Borrower under this section. All such sums incurred by Bank and not immediately reimbursed by Borrower shall be considered an additional loan to Borrower secured by the Deed of Trust and bearing interest at the default rate provided in the Note.

 

  2.6 Financial and Other Information

If Borrower or any Guarantor is other than a natural person or a trust, Borrower shall provide Bank, within one hundred twenty (120) days of the close of Borrower’s and each such Guarantor’s fiscal year-end, its and each such Guarantor’s annual financial statements, including a year-end balance sheet and annual profit and loss statement and shall provide copies of its and each such Guarantor’s tax returns, together with all supporting schedules, within thirty (30) days of filing same. Borrower and Guarantor shall provide CPA audited financial statements. If Borrower or any Guarantor is a natural person or a trust, Borrower shall provide Bank its and each such Guarantor’s year end financial statement within ninety (90) days of the calendar year end and shall provide copies of its and each such Guarantor’s tax returns, together with all supporting schedules, within thirty (30) days of filing same. Borrower shall also provide an annual operating statement on the Property in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. On request, Borrower shall promptly provide Bank with any other financial or other information concerning its and each Guarantor’s affairs and properties as Bank may request.

 

  2.7 Notices

Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing of:

 

  (a) any litigation affecting Borrower, any Guarantor or the Property, and, if Borrower or any Guarantor is other than a natural person or trust, any general partner or controlling shareholder of Borrower or such Guarantor;

 

  (b) any notice that the Property or Borrower’s or Guarantor’s business fails in any respect to comply with any applicable law, regulation or court order; and

 

  (c) any material adverse change in the physical condition of the Property or Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s financial condition or operations or other circumstance that adversely affects Borrower’s intended use of the Property or Borrower’s ability to repay the Loan.

 

  2.8 Indemnity

Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend with counsel acceptable to Bank, and hold Bank harmless from and against all liabilities, claims, actions, damages, costs and expenses (including all legal fees and expenses of Bank’s counsel) arising out of or resulting from the ownership, operation, or use of the Property, whether such claims are based on theories of derivative liability, comparative negligence or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Section 2.8 shall not be secured by the Deed of Trust, and shall survive the termination of this Agreement, repayment of the Loan and foreclosure of the Deed of Trust or similar proceedings.

 

-3-


  2.9 Preservation of Rights; Maintenance of Properties

Borrower shall obtain and preserve all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable for the operation of the Property and the conduct of Borrower’s business. Borrower shall maintain all its properties in good condition.

 

  2.10 Transfer of Assets

Borrower will not transfer assets to a trust unless the trust agreement is reviewed by the Bank and judged acceptable and the trustee issues a guarantee or payment.

 

  2.11 Negative Covenants

Without Bank’s prior written consent, Borrower shall not:

 

  (a) engage in any business activities substantially different from Borrower’s present business;

 

  (b) liquidate or dissolve Borrower’s business;

 

  (c) lease or dispose of all or a substantial part of Borrower’s business or Borrower’s assets;

 

  (d) sell any assets for less than fair market price; or

 

  (e) enter into any consolidation, merger, pool, syndicate or other combination.

 

  2.12 Performance of Acts

Upon request by Bank, Borrower shall perform all acts which may be necessary or advisable to perfect any lien or security interest provided for in the Loan Documents or to carry out the intent of the Loan Documents.

 

  2.13 Keeping Guarantor Informed

Borrower shall keep each Guarantor, and any third party executing the Deed of Trust or any other security instrument securing the Loan, informed of Borrower’s financial condition and business operations and all other circumstances which may affect Borrower’s ability to pay and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to each such person all of the financial information required to be furnished to Bank hereunder.

 

III. Use or Leasing of the Property

 

  3.1 Use of the Property

 

  (a) Borrower shall occupy the Property for the conduct of its regular business. Borrower shall not change its intended use of the Property without Bank’s prior written approval.

 

  3.2 Leasing

Except as otherwise approved by Bank in writing, all leases of space in the Property shall be documented on a pro forma lease approved by Bank, shall be entered into with bona fide third party tenants financially capable of performing their obligations under their leases, and shall reflect arms-length transactions at the then current market rate for comparable space. Borrower shall perform all obligations required to be performed by it as landlord under any lease affecting any part of the Property. Borrower shall not accept payment of more than one month’s rent in advance from any tenant.

 

  3.3 Delivery of Leasing Information and Documents

Borrower shall promptly deliver to Bank such rent rolls, leasing schedules and reports, operating statements or other leasing information as Bank from time to time may request, and shall promptly notify Bank of any material tenant dispute or material adverse change in leasing activity on the Property. Borrower shall promptly obtain and deliver to Bank such estoppel certificates and

 

-4-


subordination and attornment agreements from tenants as Bank from time to time may require. In no event shall any approval by Bank of a lease be a representation of any kind with regard to the lease or its enforceability, or the financial capacity of any tenant or lease guarantor.

 

  3.4 Income from property

Borrower shall first apply all income derived from the Property, including all income from leases, to pay costs and expenses associated with the ownership, maintenance, operation and leasing of the Property, including all amounts then required to be paid under the Loan Documents, before using or applying such income for any other purpose. No such income shall be distributed or paid to any partner, shareholder or, if Borrower is a trust, to any beneficiary or trustee, unless all such costs and expenses which are then due have been paid in full.

Hazardous Substances

Notwithstanding any provision in the Deed of Trust or any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Article IV shall not be secured by the Deed of Trust and shall survive termination of this Agreement, repayment of the Loan, and foreclosure of the Deed of Trust or similar proceedings.

 

  4.1 Definition of Hazardous Substance

For purposes of this Agreement, a “Hazardous Substance” is defined to mean any substance, material or waste, including asbestos and petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof), which is or becomes designated, classified or regulated as “toxic,” “hazardous,” a “pollutant” or similar designation under any federal, state or local law, regulation or ordinance.

 

  4.2 Indemnity Regarding Hazardous Substances

Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend with counsel acceptable to Bank, and hold Bank, its parent and affiliated companies, and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents, harmless from and against all actual or threatened liabilities, claims, actions, damages (including foreseeable and unforeseeable consequential damages), penalties, costs, expenses (including attorney’s fees) and losses directly or indirectly arising out of or resulting from the presence of any Hazardous Substance in or around any part of the Property or in the soil or groundwater under the Property, including (1) any expenses incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work, and (2) any resulting damages or injuries to the person or property of any third parties or to any natural resources. In addition, Borrower shall similarly indemnify, defend and hold harmless any persons purchasing the Property through a foreclosure sale or following a foreclosure sale, and any persons purchasing the Loan or any portion of or interest in it.

 

  4.3 Representation and Warranty

Before signing this Agreement, Borrower has received written information concerning Hazardous Substances on or about the Property (if any), and Borrower has caused certain persons to research and inquire into the previous, current and contemplated uses and ownership of the Property. Based on said information and inquiries, Borrower represents and warrants that, to the best of its knowledge, no Hazardous Substance has been or will be disposed of, released onto or otherwise exists in, on, or under the Property, except as Borrower has disclosed to Bank in writing.

 

  4.4 Compliance with Law; Notices

Borrower has complied, and shall comply and cause all occupants of the Property to comply, with all laws, regulations and ordinances governing or applicable to Hazardous Substances as well as the recommendations of any qualified environmental engineer or other expert. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank if it knows or suspects there may be any Hazardous Substance in or around the Property, or in the soil or groundwater under the Property, or if any action or investigation by any governmental agency or third party pertaining to Hazardous Substances is pending or threatened.

Representations and Warranties

Borrower promises that each representation and warranty set forth below is true, accurate and correct.

 

-5-


  5.1 Formation; Authority

If Borrower is anything other than a natural person, it has complied with all laws and regulations concerning its organization, existence and the transaction of its business, and is in good standing in each state in which it conducts its business. Borrower is authorized to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents.

 

  5.2 No Violation

Neither Borrower nor the Property is in violation of, nor do the terms of this Agreement conflict with, any regulation or ordinance, any order of any court or governmental entity, or any covenant or agreement affecting Borrower or the Property. There are no claims, actions, proceedings or investigations pending or threatened against Borrower or affecting the Property except for those previously disclosed by Borrower to Bank in writing.

 

  5.3 Financial Information

All financial information which has been and will be delivered to Bank, including all information relating to the financial condition of Borrower, any of its partners, shareholders, or other principals, any Guarantor, and the Property, does and will fairly and accurately represent the financial condition being reported on. All such information was and will be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, unless otherwise noted. As of the date hereof, there has been no material adverse change in any financial condition reported at any time to Bank.

 

  5.4 Borrower Not a “Foreign Person”

Borrower is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445(f)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

  5.5 Disclosure to Guarantor

Before each Guarantor, and, if applicable, each third party executing the Deed of Trust or other instrument securing the Loan, became obligated in connection with the Loan, Borrower made full disclosure to that person regarding Borrower’s financial condition and business operations and all other circumstances bearing upon Borrower’s ability to pay and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

  5.6 Other Financial Information

 

  (a) Current Ratio . Borrower shall maintain a current ratio of no less than 1.50.

 

  (b) Debt to Tangible Net Worth . Borrower shall have a debt-to tangible net worth ratio of no more than 2.25 at fiscal year end 6/30/01 and 6/30/02, 2.00 at fiscal year end 6/30/03, and 1.75 at each fiscal year end thereafter.

 

  (c) Debt Coverage Ratio . Borrower shall maintain a debt coverage ratio of no less than 1.35. This ratio will be calculated by adding together Net Profits, Depreciation and Interest Expense and dividing this total by the total of all principal and interest payment due in the fiscal year.

 

VI. Default and Remedies

 

  6.1 Events of Default

Borrower will be in default under this Agreement upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events (“Events of Default”):

 

  (a) Borrower fails to make any payment due under the Note, or fails to make any payment demanded by Bank under any Loan Document, within ten (10) days after the date due or demanded; or

 

-6-


  (b) Borrower fails to comply with any covenant contained in this Agreement other than those referred to in clause (a), and does not either cure that failure within thirty (30) days after written notice from Bank, or, if the default cannot be cured in thirty days, within a reasonable time; or

 

  (c) Borrower or any Guarantor, or Borrower’s managing general partner if it is a partnership or its majority shareholder if it is a corporation, becomes insolvent or the subject of any bankruptcy or other voluntary or involuntary proceeding, in or out of court, for the adjustment of debtor-creditor relationships; or

 

  (d) Borrower or any Guarantor dissolves or liquidates, or any of these events happens to Borrower’s managing general partner if it is a partnership or to its chief executive or majority shareholder if it is a corporation, or, if Borrower or any Guarantor is a trust, the trust is revoked or materially modified or there is a change or substitution of the trustee; or

 

  (e) Borrower or any Guarantor dies or becomes permanently disabled, or any of these events happens to Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s managing general partner, if it is a partnership, or its trustee, if it is a trust; or

 

  (f) Any representation or warranty made or given in any of the Loan Documents proves to be false or misleading in any material respect; or

 

  (g) Any Guarantor revokes its Guaranty or any Guaranty becomes ineffective for any reason; or

 

  (h) An event of default occurs under any of the Loan Documents; or

 

  (i) Bank fails to have an enforceable first lien on or security interest in any property given as security for the Loan (except as approved by Bank in writing); or

 

  (j) A lawsuit or suits are filed against Borrower or any Guarantor, or a judgment or judgments are entered against Borrower or any Guarantor, or any government authority takes action that materially adversely effects Borrower’s intended use of the Property or Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s ability to repay the Loan; or

 

  (k) Borrower, any Guarantor or any person affiliated with Borrower or any Guarantor fails to meet the conditions of, or fails to perform any obligation under, any other agreement Borrower has with Bank or any affiliate of Bank, including without limitation that certain loan made by Bank in the amount of $1,263,000.00 secured by a junior deed of trust on the Property. For the purposes of this section, “affiliated with” means in control of, controlled by or under common control with; or

 

  (l) Borrower, any Guarantor or any person affiliated with Borrower or any Guarantor defaults in connection with any credit such person has with any lender, if the default consists of the failure to make a payment when due or gives the other lender the right to accelerate the obligation, or if the obligation is secured by a lien on the Property. For the purposes of this section, “affiliated with” means in control of, controlled by or under common control with; or

 

  (m) There is a material adverse change in Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s financial condition, or event or condition that materially impairs Borrower’s intended use of the Property or Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s ability to repay the Loan.

 

  6.2 Remedies

If an Event of Default occurs under this Agreement,

 

  (a) Bank may exercise any right or remedy which it has under any of the Loan Documents, or which is otherwise available at law or in equity or by statute, and all of Bank’s rights and

 

-7-


       remedies shall be cumulative. All of Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents shall become immediately due and payable without notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor, or other notices or demands of any kind or character, all at Bank’s option, exercisable in its sole discretion.

 

  (b) Bank shall have the right in its sole discretion to enter the Property and take possession of it whether in person, by agent or by court-appointed receiver, collect rents and otherwise protect its collateral. If Bank exercises any of the rights or remedies provided in this clause (b), that exercise shall not make Bank a partner or joint venturer of Borrower. All sums which are expended by Bank in preserving its collateral shall be considered an additional loan to Borrower secured by the Deed of Trust and bearing interest at the default rate provided in the Note.

Reference and Arbitration

 

  7.1 Judicial Reference

In any judicial action between or among the parties, including but not limited to any action or cause of action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Loan Documents or based on or arising from an alleged tort, all decisions of fact and law shall at the request of any party be referred to a referee in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 638 et seq . The parties shall designate to the court a referee or referees selected under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in the same manner as arbitrators are selected in AAA-sponsored proceedings. The presiding referee of the panel, or the referee if there is a single referee, shall be an active attorney or retired judge. Judgment upon the award rendered by such referee or referees shall be entered in the court in which such proceeding was commenced in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 644 and 645.

 

  7.2 Mandatory Arbitration

After the Deed of Trust has been released, fully reconveyed, or extinguished, any controversy or claim between or among the parties, including those arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Loan Documents and any claim based on or arising from an alleged tort, shall at the request of any party be determined by arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the United States Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code), notwithstanding any choice of law provision in this Agreement, and under the Commercial Rules of the AAA. The arbitrators(s) shall give effect to statutes of limitation in determining any claim. Any controversy concerning whether an issue is arbitrable shall be determined by the arbitrator(s). Judgment upon the arbitration award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or ancillary remedy shall not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the plaintiff, to submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such action for judicial relief.

 

  7.3 Real Property Collateral

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.2, no controversy or claim shall be submitted to arbitration without the consent of all parties if, at the time of the proposed submission, such controversy or claim arises from or relates to an obligation to Bank which is secured by real property collateral. If all parties do not consent to submission of such a controversy or claim to arbitration, the controversy or claim shall be determined as provided in Section 7.1.

 

  7.4 Provisional Remedies, Self-Help and Foreclosure

No provision of this Article VII shall limit the right of any party to this Agreement to exercise self-help remedies such as setoff, foreclosure against or sale of any real or personal property collateral or security, or obtaining provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction before, after, or during the pendency of any arbitration or other proceeding. The exercise of a remedy does not waive the right of either party to resort to arbitration or reference. At Bank’s option, foreclosure under a deed of trust or mortgage may be accomplished either by exercise of power of sale under the deed of trust or mortgage or by judicial foreclosure.

 

-8-


VIII. Miscellaneous Provisions

 

  8.1 No Waiver; Consents

No alleged waiver by Bank shall be effective unless in writing, and no waiver shall be construed as a continuing waiver. No waiver shall be implied from any delay or failure by Bank to take action on account of any default of Borrower. Consent by Bank to any act or omission by Borrower shall not be construed as a consent to any other or subsequent act or omission.

 

  8.2 No Third Parties Benefited

This Agreement is made and entered into for the sole protection and benefit of Bank and Borrower and their successors and assigns. No trust fund is created by this Agreement and no other persons or entities shall have any right of action under this Agreement or any right to the Loan funds.

 

  8.3 Notices

All notices given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effectively served upon delivery, or if mailed, upon the first to occur of receipt or the expiration of forty-eight hours after deposit in first-class or certified United States mail, postage prepaid, sent to the party at its address appearing below its signature. Those addresses may be changed by either party by notice to the other party.

 

  8.4 Attorneys’ Fees

If any lawsuit, reference or arbitration is commenced which arises out of, or which relates to this Agreement, the Loan Documents or the Loan, including any alleged tort action, regardless of which party commences the action, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from each other party such sums as the court, referee or arbitrator may adjudge to be reasonable attorneys’ fees in the action or proceeding, in addition to costs and expenses otherwise allowed by law. In all other situations, including any bankruptcy or other voluntary or involuntary proceeding, in or out of court, for the adjustment of debtor-creditor relationships, Borrower agrees to pay all of Bank’s costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, which may be incurred in any effort to collect or enforce the Loan or any part of it or any term of any Loan Document. From the time(s) incurred until paid in full to Bank, all sums shall bear interest at the default rate provided in the Note.

 

  8.5 Heirs, Successors and Assigns

The terms of this Agreement shall bind and benefit the heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of Bank. Bank shall have the right to transfer the Loan to any other persons or entities without the consent of or notice to Borrower. Without the consent of or notice to Borrower, Bank may disclose to any prospective purchaser of any securities issued by Bank, and to any prospective or actual purchaser of any interest in the Loan or any other loans made by Bank to Borrower, any financial or other information relating to Borrower, the Loan or the Property.

 

  8.6 Interpretation

The language of this Agreement shall be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any party. The word “include(s)” means “include(s), without limitation,” and the word “including” means “including, but not limited to.” Whenever Borrower is obligated to pay or reimburse Bank for any attorneys’ fees, those fees shall include the allocated costs for services of in-house counsel.

 

  8.7 Miscellaneous

This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the parties. The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall in no way affect any other provision. If Borrower consists of more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable to Bank for the faithful performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. This Agreement shall be governed by California law.

 

-9-


  8.8 Integration and Relation to Loan Commitment

The Loan Documents fully state all of the terms and conditions of the parties’ agreement regarding the matters mentioned in or incidental to this Agreement. The Loan Documents supersede all oral negotiations and prior writings concerning the subject matter of the Loan Documents, including any loan commitment issued to Borrower.

 

  8.9 Relationships with Other Bank Customers

From time to time, Bank may have business relationships with Borrower’s customers, suppliers, contractors, tenants, partners, shareholders, officers or directors, with businesses offering products or services similar to those of Borrower, or with persons seeking to invest in, borrow from or lend to Borrower. Borrower agrees that in no event shall Bank be obligated to disclose to Borrower any information concerning any other Bank customer. Borrower further agrees that Bank may extend credit to those parties and may take any action it may deem necessary to collect any such credit, regardless of any effect the extension or collection of such credit may have on Borrower’s financial condition or operations.

 

Borrower: Super Micro Computer, Inc., a California corporation     BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
X    

/s/ Charles Liang

    X  

/s/ Judy Jensen

    Charles Liang, President       Judy Jensen, Vice President
X    

/s/ Sara Liu

     
    Sara Liu, Treasurer      
Address:     Address:
980 Rock Avenue     P.O. Box 1186
San Jose, CA 95131     Rancho Cordova, CA 95741

 

-10-

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as ****. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 10.12

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER INC.

PRODUCT MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

This Product Manufacturing Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into on this 16th day of April, 2004 (“Effective Date”), by and between SUPER MICRO COMPUTER INC. having its principal place located at 980 ROCK AVE, SAN JOSE, CA 95131 (“SMC”), and TATUNG COMPANY (“Manufacturer”).

The parties agree as follows:

 

1. AGREEMENT DURATION, WORK, LICENSE

1.1 AGREEMENT DURATION: The term of this Agreement shall be for a period of ****. Upon approval of both parties, this Agreement may be renewed for a period of ****.

1.2 WORK:

(a) Manufacturer agrees to manufacture SMC product (“Product”) pursuant to purchase orders or changes thereto issued by SMC and accepted by Manufacturer. Manufacturer will be responsible for procuring components, materials, equipment and other supplies, and to manufacture, assemble, test and deliver Products pursuant to specifications, workmanship standards and quality requirements for each Product as provided to Manufacturer by SMC. The specifications of each Product shall include, but are not limited to, bills of materials (“BOM”), assembly drawings, process documentation, test specifications, current revision number, and approved vendor list (“Specifications”).

(b) The Item Number for each Product shall be according to Attachment A.

1.3 LICENSE SMC grants Manufacturer **** license during the term of this Agreement to use the relevant SMC patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property solely in connection with and to the extent required to manufacture the Products and carry out Manufacturer obligations under this Agreement.

1.4 NON-DISCLOSURE FORM: Manufacturer will sign a Non-Disclosure Form (per Attachment B) and agrees to abide by the conditions and terms specified in the Non-Disclosure From.

 

**** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

1


1.5 SUPPORT DOCUMENTS: SMC will provide the BOM to the Manufacturer. Manufacturer will be responsible for providing proposed Standard Production Procedure, Product Testing Procedure, Quality Control Procedure. Upon approval by SMC, Manufacturer must follow these procedures.

1.6(a) Manufacturer agrees to make serious efforts to achieve cost reduction on a continuing basis. Manufacture must direct its cost reduction in the following areas:

(i) Material cost reduction;

(ii) Manufacturing process yield improvement;

(ii) Other cost reductions.

****

1.7(a) ALTERATION IN PROCEDURES AND SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS: Unless pre-approved by SMC in a written form, all procedures, including but not limited to Production Procedures, Testing Procedures, Quality Assurance Procedures or Quality Control Procedures, shall be strictly followed as agreed. Manufacturer may not make alteration to procedures. Without SMC prior written approval, no material or part of material may be substituted. However, upon receiving SMC written request, Manufacturer will perform alteration as specified in the written request. Only when such alternation will cause extreme variations, may Manufacturer request from SMC permission not to make such alternations.

****

 

2. FORECASTS, ORDERS, MATERIAL PROCUREMENT

2.1 FORECAST: SMC will provide Manufacturer with a rolling forecast of **** months. These forecasts are non-binding on SMC.

2.2 PURCHASE ORDERS: SMC will issue purchase orders (“Purchase Orders”). Purchase Orders shall normally be deemed accepted by Manufacturer within ****

 

**** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

2


days of receipt. If Manufacturer wishes to reject any Purchase Order, Manufacturer must notify SMC within **** days of the receipt of that Purchase Order.

The parties agree that the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement shall prevail over any terms and conditions of any purchase order, acknowledgment form, invoice or any other instrument.

2.3 MATERIAL PROCUREMENT: Purchase Orders issued by SMC in conformance to this Agreement will constitute authorization for Manufacturer to procure, using standard purchasing practices, the components including long lead-time items and unique components, subassemblies, materials and supplies necessary for the manufacture of the Products covered by such Purchase Orders. All Products must be produced by Manufacturer in full compliance with pre-approved instructions, specifications, procedures, and Engineering Change Order.

Furthermore, Manufacturer must ensure that all procurement materials are in conformance with the Specifications.

 

3. SHIPMENTS, CANCELLATION

3.1 SHIPMENTS: Manufacturer must deliver all Products to the designated shipping point on time. Time is of essence! On time delivery by Manufacturer means delivering the Products to SMC on the date specified by SMC on SMC Purchase Order and accepted by Manufacturer via Manufacturer Sales Acknowledgement, e-mail, fax or other written instruments. If Manufacturer changes the delivery date specified in SMC Purchase Order, SMC must first approve such changes before the changed delivery date becomes the on time delivery date.

****

****

 

**** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

3


****

All Product delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be properly and professionally packed, Manufacturer will bear the cost of damages resulting from improper packaging, or handling at the Manufacturer site.

3.2. (a) CANCELLATION LIABILITY: In the event, SMC cancels any purchase orders, forecasting or portions thereof, SMC and Manufacturer agree to the following cancellation terms:

 

# weeks from the forecast

  

SMC cancellation liability

A. **** weeks    SMC is liable for **** of material cost
B. **** weeks   

****

(b) However, ****

 

4. ENGINEERING CHANGE ORDERS (“ECO”)

SMC may request, in writing, that Manufacturer incorporates engineering changes into the Product. While the ECO is a routine task such as the BIOS update, within **** of receipt of the ECO instruction, Manufacturer will execute ECO immediately on receipt of the authorization from SMC as SMC’s formal approval to start each rework . Manufacturer will provide a “Proforma Invoice” stating the quantity and unit price of the ECO rework cost for SMC to issue the PO accordingly. However, if such an ECO will incur additional cost, Manufacturer should, within ****, submit to SMC a written estimate that states the costs, time of implementation and the impact on the delivery schedule and pricing, in which case Manufacturer will also provide the “Proforma Invoice” to SMC for issuing the PO, if there’s no component shortage for ECO rework Manufacturer will carry out

 

**** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

4


ECO immediately upon receipt of the authorization from SMC as formal approval to start the ECO rework.

If Manufacture makes any change without an ECO from SMC, SMC will reject the Product and Manufacturer will be liable for all costs and damages if the damages are caused by Manufacturer.

 

5. PRODUCT ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTIES

5.1 PRODUCT ACCEPTANCE: Manufacturer must deliver all Product in conformance to Specifications and must comply with all workmanship standards and quality requirements agreed by both parties. All non-conforming products will be rejected. When a shipment of Product is rejected, Manufacturer will be liable for the following expenses:

(a) Refuse Shipment Administrating Fee: Manufacturer will be responsible for **** expenses incurred for the shipment if the refuse shipment is notified to Manufacturer within **** days after delivery of the Product from Manufacturer, and the Incoming Quality Control Inspection of the refuse shipment with Acceptable Quality Level at ****

AQL= **** for function test

AQL= **** for visual inspection for major defect per Manufacturer’s inspection criteria

Workmanship standard: ****, acceptability of electronic assemblies.

SMC will charge Manufacturer **** of the return shipment’s invoice amount as the administrating fee for arranging the shipment return.

(b) ****

(c) ****

 

**** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

5


5.2 YIELD: All Product delivered by Manufacturer must achieve the **** overall Incoming Quality Control (“IQC”) acceptance rate. Manufacturer must provide a root-cause analysis and an action plan to correct the problems for each problem case reported by SMC.

Manufacturer shall provide daily and monthly internal yield data for each Product. Yield data shall include details of specific component failures or process-related issues. Yield data shall also include failure details and corrective actions of the **** for various manufacturing activities.

5.3 FAILURE: As SMC strategic partner, Manufacturer is expected to institute appropriate quality controls at the factory to prevent any defective Product being shipped to SMC. SMC reserves the right to audit Manufacturer’s facilities, to conduct source inspections and/or to inspect Product at designated distribution or field repair centers. SMC may return defective Products, freight collect, after obtaining a return material authorization number from Manufacturer.

Manufacturer must provide a failure analysis and a corrective action plan to SMC to prevent the reoccurrence of product failure.

5.4 RETURN MATERIAL AUTHORIZATION (“RMA”): Manufacturer must release a RMA number within **** of request by SMC. Manufacturer will repair and return any defective Product (excluding defective Samples and Prototypes) that are during warranty period to SMC per the days stated below if there’s no refurbish, no labeling update or no re-work needed and if the completed schematics are provided by SMC and is based on the returned quantity less than **** pieces at a time within one month period.

(a). **** pieces: **** working days

(b). **** pieces: **** working days

(c). **** pieces: **** working days

If Manufacturer fails to do so, Manufacturer will be responsible for a late fee equal to **** of the invoice price of the Product.

In the event that there are defective Products that are un-repairable due to lack of completed schematics for repair reference after Manufacturer make reasonable effort to repair, Manufacturer will provide the said defective Products list to SMC and ask for SMC’s assistance for repair.

 

**** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

6


In the event that there are defective Products returned from SMC with defects caused by SMC and/or SMC’s customer’s abuse, damage and break, Manufacturer will return the defective Products to SMC without responsibility.

SMC need to return the RMA boards with the original cartons shipped from Manufacturer, Manufacturer will re-use the cartons that SMC returned.

If the defective Products returned from SMC are out of warranty period, Manufacturer will return the defective Products to SMC without responsibility unless SMC request Manufacturer to repair the defective Products that are out of warranty. In the case, the cost of the out of warranty service will be charged to SMC on a per incident basis.

5.5 WARRANTY: Manufacturer warrants that Product will conform to SMC Specifications and will be free from defects in workmanship for a period of **** months from manufacturing date. If any product failure occurs during warranty period, Manufacturer will promptly repair or replace the Product. Manufacturer will bear all costs of repairing defective Product under warranty. The freight cost is one-way prepaid.

This warranty replaces all other warranties whether implied or otherwise and excludes any damage caused by the SMC or third parties.

5.6 CHARGES ON CONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE: Under certain special circumstances, SMC may conditionally accept Products that does not conform to the Specifications. However, the conditional acceptance is subject entirely to SMC sole discretion. Manufacturer shall work promptly and closely with SMC to take all corrective actions for the remedy on the non-conforming Product under conditional accepted shipment. If SMC does not receive satisfactory response or effective solutions from Manufacturer within **** working days on Manufacturer’s receipt of the non-conforming Product for diagnosis and solutions, SMC will act on Manufacturer’s behalf to execute action plans to seek remedy at Manufacturer expenses. In this event, Manufacturer will be charged for all the expenses incurred for the remedy of the conditional accepted shipment. These charges include, but are not limited to materials and labor charges. An additional **** will be added to the charges to compensate SMC for administrating costs.

5.7 PRODUCT RECALL: Manufacturer will be responsible for all the expenses incurred in a Product Recall resulting from any product that does not conform to the Specifications if the Specifications are provided by SMC to Manufacturer and if the decision of the Product Recall campaigns is communicated in writing and is accepted to Manufacturer.

 

**** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

7


An additional **** of the invoice amount will be charged to the total expenses as SMC administrating cost. If the non-conforming product is caused by SMC’s controlled or consigned parts, Manufacturer will provide SMC with reasonable assistance to resolve the issue but SMC is responsible for all the expenses incurred.

 

6. INDEMNITY

**** shall indemnify and hold **** and its agents, consignees, employees and representatives harmless from and against **** of every kind whatsoever by reason of, arising out of, or in any way connected with accidents, occurrences, injuries or losses to or of any person or property including, without limitation thereto, loss of use of property, which may occur before or after delivery of the Products to ****, upon or about or in any way due to or resulting from, in whole or in part, ****.

 

7. MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 CONFIDENTIALITY: All written information and data exchanged between the parties for the purpose of enabling Manufacturer to manufacture and deliver Products under this Agreement that is marked “Confidential” or the like, shall be deemed to be Confidential Information. Manufacturer agrees not to disclose Confidential Information directly or indirectly to any third party, or to use it for any purpose other than as required under this Agreement. Confidential Information disclosed pursuant to this Agreement shall be maintained confidential by Manufacturer for a period of **** years after the disclosure thereof.

7.2 ENTIRE AGREEMENT: The terms and conditions herein contained constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersede all previous communications, whether oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matters hereof and no previous agreement or understanding varying or extending the same shall be binding upon either party hereto.

 

**** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

8


7.3 AMENDMENTS: This Agreement may be amended only by written consent of both parries.

7.4 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: Neither party shall, for any purpose, be deemed to be an agent of the other party and the relationship between the parties shall only be that of independent contractors. Neither party shall have any right or authority to assume or create any obligations or to make any representations or warranties on behalf of any other party, whether express or implied, or to bind the other party in any respect whatsoever.

7.5 EXPENSES: In the event a dispute between the parties hereunder with respect to this Agreement must be resolved by litigation or other proceeding, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all associated reasonable attorneys fees from the other party.

7.6 GOVERNING LAW: This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California, excluding its choice of law principles. The parties consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California.

7.7 FORCE MAJEURE: If the event that either party is prevented from performing or is unable to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement (other than a payment obligation) due to any Act of God, fire, casualty, flood, earthquake, war, strike, lockout, epidemic, destruction of production facilities, riot, insurrection, material unavailability, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the party invoking this section, and if such party shall have used its commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its effects, such party shall give prompt written notice to the other party, its performance shall be excused, and the time for the performance shall be extended for the period of delay or inability to perform due to such occurrences. Regardless of the reason of the Force Majeure, if such party is not able to perform within ninety (90) days after such event, the other party may terminate the Agreement. Termination of this Agreement shall not affect the obligations of either party that exist as of the date of termination.

7.8 ARBITRATION: The parties shall settle any controversy arising out of this Agreement by arbitration in Santa Clara, California in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. A single arbitrator shall be agreed upon by the parties or, if the parties cannot agree upon an arbitrator within thirty (30) days, then the parties agree that a single arbitrator shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association. The

 

9


award of the arbitrator shall be binding and may be entered as a judgment in any court of competent jurisdiction.

7.9 AMBIGUITIES: Each party has participated fully in the negotiation and review of this Agreement. Any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply in interpreting this Agreement.

7.10 LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES: Except with respect to Sections 6, 7 and 8.1, neither party shall be liable to the other party for incidental, consequential, special, punitive, or exemplary damages of any kind, including lost profits, loss of business, or other economic damage as a result of breach of any term of this Agreement.

7.11 SEVERABILITY: If any provision or part hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, then the meaning of such provision or part hereof shall be construed so as to render it enforceable to the extent feasible. If no feasible interpretation would save such provision or part hereof, it shall be severed, but without in any way affecting the remainder of such provision or any other provision contained herein, all of which shall continue in full force and effect unless such severance effects such a material change as to render the Agreement unreasonable.

 

8. SAMPLES AND PROTOTYPES

Manufacturer must deliver Samples and Prototypes on time. On time delivery means delivering the Sample or Prototype on the date agreed by both parties. ****

 

9. ATTACHMENTS

 

Attachment A    Specifications
Attachment B    Non-Disclosure Form

 

**** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representative as of the Effective Date.

 

SMC:

 

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER INC.

   

Manufacturer:

 

TATUNG COMPANY

/s/ Yung Lee     /s/ ****
Name:   Yung Lee     Name:  

****

Title:   Director of Purchasing     Title:  

****

Date:   8-30-2004     Date:  

****

 

**** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

11


Attachment A

Specifications

The Item Numbers of the Products are listed as below:

 

1. P4 series : ****

 

2. P6 series : ****

 

3. X5 series : ****

 

4. X6 series :

 

**** Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

12


Attachment B

Non-Disclosure Form

 

13

Exhibit 10.13

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Borrower:    Super Micro Computer, Inc.    Lender:    Wachovia Commercial Mortgage, Inc.
   980 Rock Ave       1620 East Roseville Parkway, Suite 100
   San Jose, CA 95131       Roseville, CA 95661

 

Principal Amount: $4,275,000.00   Initial Interest Rate: 5.280%  
Date of Note: April 22, 2004   Maturity Date of Note: May 01, 2029  

PROMISE TO PAY. Super Micro Computer, Inc. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to Wachovia Commercial Mortgage, Inc. (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Four Million Two Hundred Seventy-five Thousand & 00/100 Dollars ($4,275,000.00), together with interest on the unpaid principal balance from the date of disbursement, until paid in full. (Lender acknowledges and agrees that the loan represented by this Note is fully amortized.)

PAYMENT. Subject to any payment changes resulting from changes in the interest rate as set forth herein, Borrower will pay this Note in accordance with the following payment schedule:

One payment of accrued interest only on the first day of the first month following disbursement, at the initial interest rate set forth herein, followed by three hundred (300) consecutive monthly principal and interest payments. The initial interest rate on the unpaid principal balance will be based on the Index (as defined herein) in effect at the time of disbursement, minus 0.125% per annum, plus the Fixed Rate Premium set forth below. The initial payment of principal and interest in the amount of $25,693.55 will commence on the first day of the second month following disbursement.

The initial interest rate will remain fixed for 36 months from the first day of the first month following disbursement (the “initial fixed rate period”). The Fixed Rate Premium is the premium in effect as determined by Lender approximately three (3) business days prior to the date of disbursement. As of the date hereof, the current Fixed Rate Premium for this Note is 1.405% per annum. The initial interest rate on this Note is 5.280% per annum.

Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to accrued unpaid interest, then to any unpaid collection costs and late charges, and any remaining amount to principal. Interest on this Note is computed on a 365/365 simple interest basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the annual interest rate over the number of days in a year, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender’s address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing.

INTEREST RATE OPTION. Within ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the initial fixed rate period, provided Borrower is not in default in the payment of any interest or principal owed to Lender, Borrower will have the option to notify Lender in writing that it has elected to select one of the fixed rate period options then generally offered by Lender, based on the then current Prime Rate, minus 0.125% per annum, plus a “Fixed Rate Premium” or other applicable swap cost then utilized by Lender.

If Borrower fails to notify Lender of its election within ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the initial fixed rate period, or any subsequent fixed rate period, the Note will automatically convert to a variable interest rate for the remaining term of the Note based on the then current Index, minus 0.125% per annum, and thereafter adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in the Index (with the 0.125% reduction to continue). However, at any time after such automatic conversion, provided that the Borrower is not in default in the payment of any interest or principal owed to Lender, the Borrower shall retain the option to notify Lender in writing that it has elected to select one of the fixed rate period options then generally offered by Lender, based on the then current Prime Rate, minus 0.125% per annum, plus a “Fixed Rate Premium” or other applicable swap then utilized by Lender. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Borrower and Lender, the fixed rate option period shall commence no later than thirty (30) days after Borrower gives written notice of its election.

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE. As provided in accordance with the terms and conditions herein, the interest rate on this Note is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an independent index which is the Prime Rate in effect on the first business day of the month in which a change occurs as published in The Wall Street Journal on the next business day (the “Index”). The Index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans. If the Index becomes unavailable during the term of this loan, Lender may designate a substantially comparable substitute index after at least thirty (30) days advance written notice to Borrower. Lender will tell Borrower the current Index rate upon Borrower’s request. If at anytime a variable rate is applicable, the interest rate change will not occur more often than each first calendar day of each calendar quarter after the end of the fixed rate period, at which time the rate will be adjusted to reflect the then current Index, and thereafter will begin its quarterly adjustment schedule unless Borrower thereafter elects to select one of the fixed rate options then generally offered by Lender as above provided. The Index currently is 4.000% per annum. NOTICE: Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this Note be more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law. Whenever increases occur in the interest rate, Lender, at its option, may do one or more of the following: (A) increase Borrower’s payments to ensure Borrower’s loan will pay off by its original final maturity date, and (B) increase Borrower’s payments to cover accruing interest.

PREPAYMENT FEE. Upon prepayment of this Note, Lender is entitled to the following prepayment fee: The principal balance of this Note may be prepaid upon not less than 30 days’ or more than 90 days’ prior written notice to Lender specifying the


  PROMISSORY NOTE  
Loan No: 510409824   (Continued)   Page 2

date on which prepayment is to be made. Upon prepayment of this Note within five years from the date of this Note, whether made before or after default and/or acceleration, Borrower shall pay Lender the Prepayment Consideration described below. “Prepayment” is defined as any payment which by itself, or when combined with payments received within twelve (12) months from the date of the Note or any successive twelve month period (“Note Year”), reduces the principal balance owing on the Note by more than 10% from the outstanding principal balance calculated as of the first day of the Note Year. The Borrower’s option for limited Prepayment is not a cumulative right, and Borrower may not prepay more than 10% of the outstanding principal balance during any Note Year. The Borrower’s failure to make such Prepayment or Prepayments prior to the end of the applicable Note Year waives their limited right of Prepayment for that Note Year.

The “Prepayment Consideration” due to Lender in connection with the prepayment of this Note shall be calculated as follows: (a) during months one (1) through twenty-four (24) the Prepayment Consideration is 5% of the amount of the Prepayment, (b) during months twenty-five (25) through forty-eight (48) the Prepayment Consideration is 4% of the amount of the Prepayment; and (c) during months forty-nine (49) through sixty (60) the Prepayment Consideration is 3% of the amount of the Prepayment. There shall be no Prepayment Consideration due for any Prepayment made after the sixtieth (60) month. If Borrower fails to pay Lender the Prepayment Consideration upon demand, Lender in the exercise of its discretion, may add the Prepayment Consideration owed to the principal balance of the Note.

If a Default Prepayment (defined below) occurs, Borrower shall pay to Lender the entire debt, plus the Prepayment Consideration, if not prohibited by applicable law. Borrower acknowledges that Lender has made the Loan to Borrower in reliance upon Borrower’s intent not to prepay the Loan within five years from the date of this Note, and Borrower agrees that the imposition of such additional sum is reasonable. For purposes of this Note, the term “Default Prepayment” shall mean a prepayment of the principal amount of this Note made after the occurrence of any Event of Default (as defined below) or an acceleration of the maturity date under any circumstances, including, without limitation, an acceleration due to sale of real estate securing this Note, an acceleration due to receipt of inverse condemnation awards, a prepayment occurring in connection with reinstatement of the Security Instruments provided by statute under foreclosure proceedings or exercise of a power of sale, any statutory right of redemption exercised by Borrower or any other party having a statutory right to redeem or prevent foreclosure, any sale in foreclosure or under exercise of a power of sale or otherwise.

By initialing below, Borrower expressly acknowledges and understands that, pursuant to the terms of this Note, it has agreed that it has no right to prepay this Note, in whole or in part, without the Prepayment Consideration. Borrower agrees that it shall be liable to Lender for payment of the Prepayment Consideration, as set forth above, including prepayment upon acceleration of this Note in accordance with its terms. Furthermore, by initialing below, Borrower expressly acknowledges and understands that Lender and its successors and assigns has made or acquired this loan in reliance on the agreements and waiver of Borrower and that Lender, as successors and assigns, would not have made or acquired this loan without such agreements and waiver of Borrower. [INITIALS ILLEGIBLE]. Any Prepayment, in whole or in part, will first be applied to accrued interest and all other sums due Lender before being applied to the outstanding principal balance. Except for the foregoing, Borrower may pay all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower’s obligation to continue to make payments under the payment schedule. Rather, early payments will reduce the principal balance due and may result in Borrower’s making fewer payments. Borrower agrees not to send Lender payments marked “paid in full”, “without recourse”, or similar language. If Borrower sends such a payment, Lender may accept it without losing any of Lender’s rights under this Note, and Borrower will remain obligated to pay any further amount owed to Lender. All written communications concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that indicates that the payment constitutes “payment in full” of the amount owed or that is tendered with other conditions or limitations or as full satisfaction of a disputed amount must be mailed or delivered to:

Wachovia Commercial Mortgage, Inc.; 1620 East Roseville Parkway, Suite 100; Roseville, CA 95661.

LATE CHARGE. If a payment is 11 days or more late, Borrower will be charged 5.000% of the unpaid portion of the regularly scheduled payment or $100.00, whichever is greater, but in no event will said late charge exceed the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.

INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT. Upon default, including failure to pay upon final maturity, at Lender’s option, and if permitted by applicable law, Lender may add any unpaid accrued interest to principal and such sum will bear interest therefrom until paid at the rate provided in this Note (including any increased rate). Upon default, the variable interest rate on this Note shall immediately increase to 16.000 percentage points over the Index, if permitted under applicable law.

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”) under this Note:

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment within five (5) days after the date when due under this Note.

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Note or in any of the related documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.


  PROMISSORY NOTE  
Loan No: 510409824   (Continued)   Page 3

Environmental Default. Failure of any party to comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with any loan.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Note or the related documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party of any of the indebtedness or any guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any guaranty of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note. In the event of a death, Lender, at its option, may, but shall not be required to, permit the guarantor’s estate to assume unconditionally the obligations arising under the guaranty in a manner satisfactory to Lender, and, in doing so, cure any Event of Default.

Change in Ownership. Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock of Borrower. This provision does not apply to transfers of stock among family members made for purposes of estate planning, nor to transfers made in furtherance of creating a publicly held corporation, including specifically stock transfers to underwriting investment bankers.

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of this Note is impaired.

Cure Provisions. If any default, other than a default in payment is curable and if Borrower has not been given a notice of a breach of the same provision of this Note within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured (and no event of default will have occurred) if Borrower, after receiving written notice from Lender demanding cure of such default: (1) cures the default within fifteen (15) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than fifteen (15) days, immediately initiates steps which Lender deems in Lender’s sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continues and completes all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.

LENDER’S RIGHTS. Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance on this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, and then Borrower will pay that amount.

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note if Borrower does not pay. Borrower will pay Lender that amount. This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees, expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), and appeals. Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

GOVERNING LAW. This Note will be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with federal law and the laws of the State of California. This Note has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara County, State of California.

COLLATERAL. Borrower acknowledges this Note is secured by the following collateral described in the security instrument listed herein: a Deed of Trust to a trustee in favor of Lender on real property located in Santa Clara County, State of California. That agreement contains the following due on sale provision: Lender may, at Lender’s option, declare immediately due and payable all sums secured by the Deed of Trust upon the sale or transfer, without Lender’s prior written consent, of all or any part of the Real Property, or any interest in the Real Property. A “sale or transfer” means the conveyance of Real Property or any right, title or interest in the Real Property; whether legal, beneficial or equitable; whether voluntary or involuntary; whether by outright sale, deed, installment sale contract, land contract, contract for deed, leasehold interest with a term greater than three (3) years, lease-option contract, or by sale, assignment, or transfer of any beneficial interest in or to any land trust holding title to the Real Property, or by any other method of conveyance of an interest in the Real Property. If any Borrower is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, transfer also includes any change in ownership of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the voting stock, partnership interests or limited liability company interests, as the case may be, of such Borrower. However, this option shall not be exercised by Lender if such exercise is prohibited by applicable law.


Loan No: 510409824  

PROMISSORY NOTE

(Continued)

  Page 4

Successor Interests. The terms of this Note shall be binding upon Borrower, and upon Borrower’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

General Provisions. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive any applicable statute of limitations, presentment, demand for payment, and notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Note, and unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly and for any length of time) this loan or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender’s security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the modification is made. The obligations under this Note are joint and several.

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS NOTE, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE, INCLUDING THE VARIABLE INTEREST RATE PROVISIONS. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE NOTE.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED COPY OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE.

 

BORROWER:    

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

   
By:  

/s/ Charles J. Liang

  By:  

/s/ Wally Liaw

  Charles J. Liang, President of Super Micro Computer, Inc.     Wally Liaw, Secretary of Super Micro Computer, Inc.

Exhibit 10.14

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Borrower:  

Super Micro Computer, Inc.

980 Rock Avenue

San Jose, CA 95131

  Lender:  

Wachovia Commercial Mortgage, Inc.

1620 East Roseville Parkway, Suite 100

Roseville, CA 95661

THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT dated April 22, 2004, is made and executed between Super Micro Computer, Inc. (“Borrower”) and Wachovia Commercial Mortgage, Inc. (“Lender”) on the following terms and conditions. Borrower has received prior commercial loans from Lender or has applied to Lender for a commercial loan or loans or other financial accommodations, including those which may be described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement (“Loan”). Borrower understands and agrees that: (A) In granting, renewing, or extending any Loan, Lender is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements as set forth in this Agreement; (B) the granting, renewing, or extending of any Loan by Lender at all times shall be subject to Lender’s sole judgment and discretion; and (C) all such Loans shall be and remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

TERM. This Agreement shall be effective as of April 22, 2004, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of Borrower’s Loans in favor of Lender have been paid in full, including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and charges, or until such time as the parties may agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE. Lender’s obligation to make the initial Advance and each subsequent Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment to Lender’s satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents.

Loan Documents. Borrower shall provide to Lender the following documents for the Loan: (1) the Note; (2) Security Agreements granting to Lender security interests in the Collateral; (3) financing statements and all other documents perfecting Lender’s Security Interests; (4) evidence of insurance as required below; (5) together with all such Related Documents as Lender may require for the Loan; all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel.

Borrower’s Authorization. Borrower shall have provided in form and substance satisfactory to Lender properly certified resolutions, duly authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents. In addition, Borrower shall have provided such other resolutions, authorizations, documents and instruments as Lender or its counsel, may require.

Payment of Fees and Expenses. Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees, charges, and other expenses which are then due and payable as specified in this Agreement or any Related Document.

Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in any document or certificate delivered to Lender under this Agreement are true and correct.

No Event of Default. There shall not exist at the time of any Advance a condition which would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or under any Related Document.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of each disbursement of loan proceeds, as of the date of any renewal, extension or modification of any Loan, and at all times any Indebtedness exists:

Organization. Borrower is a corporation for profit which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of California. Borrower is duly authorized to transact business in all other states in which Borrower is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which Borrower is doing business. Specifically, Borrower is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or financial condition. Borrower has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. Borrower maintains an office at 988-998 Rock Ave, San Jose, CA 95131. Unless Borrower has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which Borrower keeps its books and records including its records concerning the Collateral. Borrower will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of Borrower’s state of organization or any change in Borrower’s name. Borrower shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to Borrower and Borrower’s business activities.

Assumed Business Names. Borrower has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by Borrower. Excluding the name of Borrower, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which Borrower does business:

 

Borrower:

  

Assumed Business Name

   Filling Location    Date
Super Micro Computer, Inc.    none      

Authorization. Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all the Related Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower and do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of Borrower’s articles of incorporation or organization, or bylaws, or any agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to Borrower or to Borrower’s properties.

Financial Information. Each of Borrower’s financial statements supplied to Lender truly and completely disclosed Borrower’s financial condition as of the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statement supplied to Lender. Borrower has no material contingent obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.

Legal Effect. This Agreement constitutes, and any instrument or agreement Borrower is required to give under this Agreement when delivered will constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

Properties. Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as previously disclosed in Borrower’s financial statements or in writing to Lender and as accepted by Lender, and except for properly tax liens for taxes not presently due and payable, Borrower owns and has good title to all of Borrower’s properties free and clear of all Security Interests, and has not executed any security documents or financing statements relating to such properties. All of Borrower’s properties are titled in Borrower’s legal name, and Borrower has not used or filed a financing statement under any other name for at least the last five (5) years.

Hazardous Substances. Except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing, Borrower represents and warrants that to the best of its information, knowledge, and belief (1) During the period of Borrower’s ownership of Borrower’s Collateral, there has been no use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance by any person on, under, about or from any of the Collateral. (2) Borrower has no knowledge of, or reason to believe that there has been (a) any breach or violation of any Environmental Laws; (b) any use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from the Collateral by any prior owners or occupants of any of the Collateral; or (c) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of any kind by any person relating to such matters. (3) XXX


Loan No: 510409824

 

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

  Page 2

dispose of or release any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from any of the Collateral; and any such activity shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances, including without limitation all Environmental Laws. Borrower authorizes Lender and its agents to enter upon the Collateral to make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem appropriate to determine compliance of the Collateral with this section of the Agreement. Any inspections or tests made by Lender shall be at Borrower’s expense and for Lender’s purposes only and shall not be construed to create any responsibility or liability on the part of Lender to Borrower or to any other person. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Borrower’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for hazardous waste and Hazardous Substances. Borrower hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, and expenses which Lender may directly or indirectly sustain or suffer resulting from a breach of this section of the Agreement or as a consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of a hazardous waste or substance on the Collateral. The provisions of this section of the Agreement, including the obligation to indemnify, shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the termination, expiration or satisfaction of this Agreement and shall not be affected by Lender’s acquisition of any interest in any of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

Litigation and Claims. No litigations, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Borrower is pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Borrower’s financial condition or properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing.

Taxes. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all of Borrower’s tax returns and reports that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full, except those presently being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith in the ordinary course of business and for which adequate reserves have been provided.

Lien Priority. Unless otherwise previously disclosed to Lender in writing, Borrower has not entered into or granted any Security Agreements, or permitted the filing or attachment of any Security Interests on or affecting any of the Collateral directly or indirectly securing repayment of Borrower’s Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be superior to Lender’s Security Interests and rights in and to such Collateral.

Binding Effect. This Agreement, the Note, all Security Agreements (if any), and all Related Documents are binding upon the signers thereof, as well as upon their successors, representatives and assigns, and are legally enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will:

Notices of Claims and Litigation. Promptly inform Lender in writing of (1) all material adverse changes in Borrower’s financial condition, and (2) all existing and all threatened litigation, claims, Investigations, administrative proceedings or similar actions affecting Borrower or any Guarantor which could materially affect the financial condition of Borrower or the financial condition of any Guarantor.

Financial Records. Maintain its books and records in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and permit Lender to examine and audit Borrower’s books and records at all reasonable times.

Financial Statements. Furnish Lender with the following:

Annual Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower’s balance sheet and income statement for the year ended, compiled by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

Additional Information. Furnish such additional information and statements, as Lender may request from time to time.

Insurance. Maintain fire and other risk insurance, public liability insurance, and such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to Borrower’s properties and operations, in form, amounts, coverages and with insurance companies acceptable to Lender. Borrower, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Lender or such longer period as designated in the policies or certificates of insurance. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Borrower or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the Loans, Borrower will provide Lender with such lender’s loss payable or other endorsements as Lender, may require.

Insurance Reports. Furnish to Lender, upon request of Lender, reports on each existing insurance policy showing such information as Lender may reasonably request, including without limitation the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the properties insured; (5) the then current property values on the basis of which insurance has been obtained, and the manner of determining those values; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, upon request of Lender (however not more often than annually Borrower will have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the actual cash value or replacement cost of any Collateral. The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.

Other Agreements. Comply with all terms and conditions of all other agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between Borrower and Lender and notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any other such agreements.

Loan Fees, Charges and Expenses. In addition to all other agreed upon fees, charges, and expenses, pay the following: This loan may be assumed at the sole discretion of Lender. If assumed, a flat fee of 1% of the remaining principal balance, plus Lender’s out-of-pocket costs, will be collected. Lender may, in its sole discretion, decline any assumption request. Borrower further agrees, by signing this Loan Agreement, that Lender may release confidential loan information to the assumption to facilitate the assumption, and Borrower waives any legal or equitable right it may have against Lender as a result of releasing such information. See Addendum paragraph 1.

Loan Proceeds. Use all Loan proceeds solely for Borrower’s business operations, unless specifically consented to the contrary by Lender in writing.

Taxes, Charges and Liens: Pay and discharge when due all of its indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessments, taxes, governmental charges, levies and liens, of every kind and nature, imposed upon Borrower or its properties, income, or profits, prior to the date on which penalties would attach, and all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any of Borrower’s properties, income, or profits.

Performance. Perform and comply, in a timely manner, with all terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in all other instruments and agreements between Borrower and Lender. Borrower shall notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any agreement.

Operations. Maintain executive and management personnel with substantially the same qualifications and experience as the present executive and management personnel;


Loan No: 510409824

 

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

  Page 3

Environmental Studies. Promptly conduct and complete, at Borrower’s expense, all such investigations, studies, samplings and testings as may be requested by Lender or any governmental authority relative to any substance, or any waste or by-product of any substance defined as toxic or a hazardous substance under applicable federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, order or directive, at or affecting collateral.

Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations or hereafter in effect, of all governmental authorities applicable to the conduct of Borrower’s properties, businesses and operations, and to the use or occupancy of the Collateral, including without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act. Borrower may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance, or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Borrower has notified Lender in writing prior to doing so and so long as, in Lender’s sole opinion, Lender’s interests in the Collateral are not jeopardized. Lender may require Borrower to post adequate security or a surety bond, reasonably satisfactory to Lender, to protect Lender’s interest.

Inspection. Permit employees or agents of Lender at any reasonable time to inspect any and all Collateral for the Loan or Loans and to examine or audit Borrower’s books, accounts, and records and to make copies and memoranda of Borrower’s books, accounts, and records. If Borrower now or at any time hereafter maintains any records (including without limitation computer generated records and computer software programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of a third party, Borrower, upon request of Lender, shall notify such party to permit Lender free access to such records at all reasonable times and to provide Lender with copies of any records it may request, all at Borrower’s expense.

Compliance Certificates. If requested by Lender, provide Lender at least annually, with a certificate executed by Borrower’s chief financial officer, or other officer or person acceptable to Lender, certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct as of the date of the certificate and further certifying that, as of the date of the certificate, no Event of Default exists under this Agreement.

Environmental Compliance and Reports. Borrower shall comply in all respects with any and all Environmental Laws; not cause or permit to exist, as a result of an intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part or on the part of any third party, on property owned and/or occupied by Borrower, any environmental activity where damage may result to the environment, unless such environmental activity is pursuant to and in compliance with the conditions of a permit issued by the appropriate federal, state or local governmental authorities; shall furnish to Lender promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof a copy of any notice summons, lien, citation, directive, letter or other communication from any governmental agency or instrumentality concerning any intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part in connection with any environmental activity where there is alleged damage to the environment and/or other natural resources.

Additional Assurances. Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, assignments, financing statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender or its attorneys may reasonably request to evidence and secure the Loans and to perfect all Security Interests.

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Borrower’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Borrower is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Borrower’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on any Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving any Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Borrower. All such expenses will become a part of the indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower shall not, with out the prior written consent of Lender:

Indebtedness and Liens. (1) Except for trade debt incurred in the normal course of business and indebtedness to Lender contemplated by this Agreement, create, incur or assume indebtedness for borrowed money, including capital leases, except as allowed as Permitted Liens (2) sell, transfer, mortgage, assign, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber the Collateral (except as allowed as Permitted Liens), or (3) sell with recourse any of Borrower’s accounts, except to Lender.

Continuity of Operations. (1) Engage in any business activities substantially different than those in which Borrower is presently engaged, (2) cease operations, liquidate, merge, transfer, acquire or consolidate with any other entity, change its name, dissolve or transfer or sell Collateral out of the ordinary course of business, or (3) pay any dividends on Borrower’s stock (other than dividends payable in its stock), provided, however that notwithstanding the foregoing, but only so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the payment of dividends, if Borrower is a “Subchapter S Corporation ” (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Borrower may pay cash dividends on its stock to Its shareholders from time to time in amounts necessary to enable the shareholders to pay income taxes and make estimated income tax payments to satisfy their liabilities under federal and state law which arise solely from their status as Shareholders of a Subchapter S Corporation because of their ownership of shares of Borrower’s stock, or purchase or retire any of Borrower’s outstanding shares or alter or amend Borrower’s capital structure.

Loans, Acquisitions and Guaranties. (1) Loan, invest in or advance money or assets to any other person, enterprise or entity, (2) purchase, create or acquire any interest in any other enterprise or entity, or (3) incur any obligation as surety or guarantor other than in the ordinary course of business. This paragraph is limited to any transaction or group of transactions which in the aggregate exceeds $5,000,000.

Agreements. Borrower will not enter any agreement containing any provisions which would be violated or breached by the performance of Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or in connection herewith.

CESSATION OF ADVANCES. If Lender has made any commitment to make any Loan to Borrower, whether under this Agreement or under any other agreement, Lender shall have no obligation to make Loan Advances or to disburse Loan proceeds if: (A) Borrower or any Guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or any other agreement that Borrower or any Guarantor has with Lender; (B) Borrower or any Guarantor dies, becomes incompetent or becomes insolvent, files a petition in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, or is adjudged a bankrupt; (C) there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition, in the financial condition of any Guarantor, or in the value of any Collateral securing any Loan; or (D) any Guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such Guarantor’s guaranty of the Loan or any other loan with Lender.

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment within five (5) days after the date when due under the Loan.

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in between Lender and Borrower.


Loan No: 510409824

 

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

  Page 4

Environmental Default. Failure of any party to comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, convenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with any Loan.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

Defective Collateralization. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the indebtedness. In the event of a death, Lender, at its option, may, but shall not be required to, permit the Guarantor’s estate to assume unconditionally the obligations arising under the guaranty in a manner satisfactory to Lender, and, in doing so, cure any Event of Default.

Change in Ownership. Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock of Borrower. See Addendum paragraph 2.

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Loan is impaired.

Right to Cure. If any default, other than a default on Indebtedness, is curable and if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, has not been given a notice of a similar default within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured (and no Event of Default will have occurred) if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, after receiving written notice from Lender demanding cure of such default: (1) cure the default within fifteen (15) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than fifteen (15) days, immediately initiate steps which Lender deems in Lender’s sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continue and complete all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.

EFFECT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT. If any Event of Default shall occur, except where otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Related Documents, all commitments and obligations of Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents or any other agreement immediately will terminate (including any obligation to make further Loan Advances or disbursements), and, at Lender’s option, all indebtedness immediately will become due and payable, all without notice of any kind to Borrower, except that in the case of an Event of Default of the type described in the “Insolvency” subsection above, such acceleration shall be automatic and not optional. In addition, Lender shall have all the rights and remedies provided in the Related Documents or available at law, in equity, or otherwise. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Borrower or of any Grantor shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies.

OCCUPANCY. Borrower certifies that it will occupy at least 25% of the square footage of rentable property at all times during the term of the Loan.

FLOOD INSURANCE. Pursuant to federal statute, and as a condition to extending credit by Lender, Borrower is obligated to maintain adequate flood insurance if a building or any personal property securing this loan is, or, during the life of this loan becomes located within a Special Flood Hazard Area (“SFHA”). The amount of flood insurance required must be equal to the lesser of the outstanding principal balance at the time the collateral lies within a SFHA or the maximum limit of coverage available for the particular type of property under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the food Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended.

Furthermore, if Lender determines that the building or personal property securing this loan is not covered by flood insurance or is covered by flood insurance in an amount less than required by law, Lender will notify Borrower that Borrower must obtain flood insurance, at Borrowers expense, in an adequate amount for the remaining term of the loan, or until such time as Lender determines the collateral does not lie within a SFHA. If Borrower fails to obtain flood insurance within 45 days after Lender notification, then Lender shall purchase flood insurance on Borrowers behalf and may charge Borrower for the cost of premiums and fees incurred in purchasing the insurance.

VERBAL AGREEMENTS. No party is relying upon any verbal statements, verbal representations, verbal assurances, or verbal agreements of any other party or their representatives in executing this agreement. This agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties on all matters concerning or relating to the subject matter hereof, and there are no oral agreements between the parties.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

Attorneys ’ Fees; Expenses. Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Borrower shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Borrower also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

Consent to Loan Participation. Borrower agrees and consents to Lender’s sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one or more participation interests in the Loan to one or more purchasers, whether related or unrelated to Lender. Lender may provide, without any limitation whatsoever, XXX


Loan No: 510409824

 

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

  Page 5

relating to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy Borrower may have with respect to such matters. See Addendum paragraph 3. Borrower additionally waives any and all notices of sale of participation interests, as well as all notices of any repurchase of such participation interests. Borrower also agrees that the purchasers of any such participation interests will be considered as the absolute owners of such interests in the Loan and will have all the rights granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing the sale of such participation interests. Borrower further waives all rights of offset that it may have now or later against Lender or against any purchaser of such a participation interest and unconditionally agrees that either Lender or such purchaser may enforce Borrower’s obligation under the Loan irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any holder of any interest in the Loan. Borrower further agrees that the purchaser of any such participation interests may enforce its interests irrespective of any personal claims or defenses that Borrower may have against Lender.

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with federal law and the laws of the State of California. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara County, State of California.

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, or between Lender and any Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Borrower agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Borrower’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Borrower, any notice given by Lender to any Borrower is deemed to be notice given to all Borrowers.

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

Subsidiaries and Affiliates of Borrower. To the extent the context of any provisions of this Agreement makes it appropriate, including without limitation any representation, warranty or covenant, the word “Borrower” as used in this Agreement shall include all of Borrower’s subsidiaries and affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing however, under no circumstances shall this Agreement be construed to require Lender to make any Loan or other financial accommodation to any of Borrower’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements by or on behalf of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any Related Documents shall bind Borrower’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns. Borrower shall not, however, have the right to assign Borrower’s rights under this Agreement or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Lender.

Survival of Representations and Warranties. Borrower understands and agrees that in making the Loan, Lender is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents. Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by Lender, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the making of the Loan and delivery to Lender of the Related Documents, shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Borrower’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever is the last to occur.

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. Accounting words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement:

Advance. The word “Advance” means a disbursement of Loan funds made, or to be made, to Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf on a line of credit or multiple advance basis under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Business Loan Agreement, as this Business Loan Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Business Loan Agreement from time to time.

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means Super Micro Computer, Inc. and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note. See Addendum paragraph 4

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means all property and assets granted as collateral security for a Loan, whether real or personal property, whether granted directly or indirectly, whether granted now or in the future, and whether granted in the form of a security interest, mortgage, collateral mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien, charge, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., Chapters 6.5 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health and Safety Code, Section 25100, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this


Loan No: 510409824

 

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

  Page 6

GAAP. The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means each and all of the persons or entities granting a Security Interest in any Collateral for the Loan, including without limitation all Borrowers granting such a Security Interest.

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Loan.

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Borrower is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

Lender. The word “Lender” means Wachovia Commercial Mortgage, Inc., its successors and assigns.

Loan. The word “Loan” means any and all loans and financial accommodations from Lender to Borrower whether now or hereafter existing, and however evidenced, including without limitation those loans and financial accommodations described herein or described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement from time to time.

Note. The word “Note” means the Note executed by Super Micro Computer, Inc. in the principal amount of $4,275,000.00 dated April 22, 2004, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

Permitted Liens. The words “Permitted Liens” mean (1) liens and security interests securing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lender; (2) liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges either not yet due or being contested in good faith; (3) liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, or carriers, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not yet delinquent; (4) purchase money liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any property acquired or held by Borrower in the ordinary course of business to secure indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Agreement or permitted to be incurred under the paragraph of this Agreement titled “Indebtedness and Liens”; (5) liens and security interests which, as of the date of this Agreement, have been disclosed to and approved by the Lender in writing (including all renewals and extensions thereof; and (6) those liens and security interests which in the aggregate constitute an immaterial and insignificant monetary amount with respect to the net value of Borrower’s assets.

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Loan.

Security Agreement. The words “Security Agreement” mean and include without limitation any agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, understandings or other agreements, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise, evidencing, governing, representing, or creating a Security Interest.

Security Interest. The words “Security Interest” mean, without limitation, any and all types of collateral security, present and future, whether in the form of a lien, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security deed, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT AND BORROWER AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT IS DATED April 22, 2004.

BORROWER:

 

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.       
By:  

/s/ Charles J. Liang

     By:  

/s/ Wally Liaw

  Charles J. Liang, President of Super Micro Computer, Inc.        Wally Liaw, Secretary of Super Micro Computer, Inc.
LENDER:       
WACHOVIA COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE, INC.       
By:  

[ILLEGIBLE]

      
  Authorized Signer       

LASER PRO Lending, Var. 5.22.20.003 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2004. All Rights Reserved. - CA


Loan No: 510409824

 

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(Continued)

  Page 7

Addendum

This Addendum to the Business Loan Agreement between Super Micro Computer, Inc. (“Borrower”) and Wachovia Commercial Mortgage, Inc., (“Lender”) dated April XXX, 2004 (the “Agreement”) incorporates by reference the following paragraphs into the body of the Agreement as specified in the Agreement:

 

  1. Page 2, Loan Fees, Charges and Expenses : Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender may only release that confidential information which is reasonably required to facilitate the assumption, and Lender shall otherwise take reasonable precautions to disclose the confidential information only to those persons who have actual need to review the same in connection with such assumption.

 

  2. Page 4, Change in Ownership : This provision does not apply to transfers of stock among family members made for purposes of estate planning, nor to transfers made in furtherance of creating a publicly held corporation, including specifically stock transfers to underwriting investment bankers.

 

  3. Page 5, Consent to Loan Participation : Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender may only release that information or knowledge which is reasonably required to facilitate the loan participation, and Lender shall otherwise take reasonable precautions to disclose the information and knowledge only to those persons who have actual need to review the same in connection with such loan participation.

 

  4. Page 5, Borrower : As of the date of this Loan, there are no co-signers and co-makers signing the Note.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS ADDENDUM TO THE AGREEMENT, AND BORROWER AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS ADDENDUM IS DATED April XXX, 2004.

BORROWER:

 

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.       
By:  

/s/ Charles J. Liang

     By:  

/s/ Wally Liaw

  Charles J. Liang, President        Wally Liaw, Secretary
LENDER:       
WACHOVIA COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE, INC.       
By:  

 

      
  Authorized Signer       

Exhibit 10.15

LOGO

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Borrower

  Super Micro Computer, Inc.    Lender:    Citibank (West), FSB
  871 Fox Lane       Small Business Administration
  San Jose, CA 95131       320 North Harbor Boulevard, Suite A
        Fullerton, CA 92832

 

Principal Amount: $6,930,000.00

   Initial Rate: 5.770%    Date of Note: September 28, 2005

PROMISE TO PAY. Super Micro Computer, Inc. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to Citibank (West), FSB (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Six Million Nine Hundred Thirty Thousand & 00/100 Dollars ($6,930,000.00), together with interest on the unpaid principal balance until paid in full.

PAYMENT. Subject to any payment changes resulting from changes in the Index, Borrower will pay this loan in accordance with the following payment schedule:

The interest rate on this Note will be established at funding, based on an “Index” of 5-Year Treasury Note plus 1.650%. The “Index” is currently 4.120%. The initial interest rate is estimated to be 5.770%. The scheduled monthly principal and interest payments shall be calculated based on the unpaid principal balance existing at funding. Borrower will pay this loan in 240 consecutive monthly payments of principal and interest each in the sum of $49,081.83, beginning November 1, 2005. Borrower’s final payment of all unpaid principal and accrued interest estimated to be in the sum of $49,081.83 will be due on the maturity date of October 1, 2025. This estimated final payment is based on the following assumptions: (i) that all payments will be made exactly as scheduled; and (ii) the actual final payment will be for all unpaid principal and accrued interest, together with all other amounts due under this Note.

Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any accrued unpaid interest then to principal; then to any unpaid collection costs; and then to any late charges. The annual interest rate for this Note is computed on a 385/380 basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the annual interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender’s address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing.

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE. The interest rate on this Note is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an independent index which is the “The weekly average yield on Treasury Securities adjusted to a constant maturity of five years (the 5-year Treasury Securities Index)” (TCM), as published weekly in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (the “Index”). The Index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender on the loans. If the index becomes unavailable during the term of this loan, Lender may designate a substitute index after notice to Borrower. Lender will tell Borrower the current index rate upon Borrower’s request. The interest rate change will not occur more often than each five year. Borrower understands that Lender may make loans based on other rates as well. The index currently is 4.120%. The interest rate to be applied to the unpaid principal balance of this Note will be at a rate of 1.650 percentage points over the Index, resulting in an initial rate of 5.770%. NOTICE: under no circumstances will the interest rate on this Note be more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law. Whenever increases occur in the interest rate, Lender, at its option, may do one or more of the following: (A) increase Borrower’s payments to ensure Borrower’s loan will pay off by its original final maturity date, (B) increase Borrower’s payments to cover accruing interest, (C) increase the number of Borrower’s payments, and (D) continue Borrower’s payments at the same amount and increase Borrower’s final payment.

REPAYMENT FEE. Upon prepayment of this Note, Lender is entitled to the following prepayment fee: The principal sum evidenced by this Note may not be prepaid, in whole or in part, at any time except that Borrower shall have the right to prepay the whole (but not less than the whole) of the unpaid principal balance of this Note on any scheduled payment date under this Note upon and subject to the following terms and conditions. Borrower shall give Lender not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice (the “Prepayment Notice”) specifying the scheduled payment date on which such prepayment is to be made (the “Prepayment Date”). Borrower shall pay to Lender on the Prepayment Date the sum of the following: (i) the then unpaid principal balance of this Note, plus (ii) all interest accrued and unpaid on the principal balance of this Note to and including the Prepayment Date, plus (iii) all other sums then due under this Note and each of the other Loan documents, plus (iv) a prepayment consideration (the “Prepayment Fee”) during years one (1) through ten (10) of the Loan as follows: (a) in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the outstanding principal balance of this Note if the Prepayment Date occurs during the first (1st), second (2nd) or sixth (6th) loan year; (b) four percent (4%) of the outstanding principal balance of this Note if the Prepayment Date occurs during the third (3rd), fourth (4th) or seventh (7th) loan year; (c) three percent (3%) of the outstanding principal balance of this Note if the Prepayment Date occurs during the fifth (5th) or eighth (8th) loan year; (d) two percent (2%) of the outstanding principal balance of this Note if the Prepayment Date occurs during the ninth (9th) loan year; and (e) one percent (1%) of the outstanding principal balance of this Note if the Prepayments Date occurs during the tenth (10th) loan year. There term “loan year” shall mean each of the successive twelve (12) month periods commencing as of the date of this Note. If a Prepayment Notice is given, such notice shall be irrevocable, and the principal balance of Periods. Note and all other sums required to be paid as not forth in clauses (i) through (iv) of this Paragraph shall be due and payable on the Prepayment Date. Without limiting any of the provisions of this Paragraph, Lender shall not be obligated to accept any prepayment of the principal balance of this Note unless it is accompanied by the Prepayment Fee due in connection therewith. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, Borrower shall have the additional privilege to prepay: (a) up to twenty percent (20%) of the principal balance of this Note in any loan year without incurring a prepayment fee on a non cumulative basis, and (b) not less than 100% of the principal balance of this Note during the final sixty (60) calendar days of the fifth (5th) or tenth (10th) loan year.

Default Prepayment Fee Borrower agrees that any tender of payment by Borrower or any other party of all or any portion of the principal sum evidenced by this Note, other than as expressly set forth in the preceding paragraph of this Note, shall constitute a prohibited prepayment hereunder. Borrower further agrees that should (i) any default be made in the payment of any amount due under this Note, or any other event of default have occurred, and (ii) the maturity hereof be accelerated, then a tender of payment by Borrower, or by any entity related to, or affiliated with, Borrower or anyone on behalf of Borrower, of the amount necessary to satisfy all sums due under the Loan documents, including, without limitation, any sum due on any judgment rendered in any foreclosure action, or any amounts necessary to redeem the real property securing this Note, made at any time prior to, during, or after, a judicial foreclosure or a sale pursuant to the exercise of a power of sale of the Property, shall constitute an evasion of the payment terms hereof and shall be deemed to be a prohibited prepayment hereunder. Borrower acknowledges that Lender has relied upon the anticipated investment return under this Note in entering into permitted with, and in making commitments to, third parties; therefore, the tender of any prohibited prepayment shall, to the extent transactions by law, include the Prepayment Fee, Borrower agrees that the Prepayment Fee represents the reasonable estimate of Lender and Borrower of a fair average compensation for the loss that may be sustained by Lender due to the prohibited prepayment of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note. Such Prepayment Fee shall be paid in the case of any prohibited prepayment without prejudice to the right of Lender to collect any other amounts provided to be paid under the Loan Documents. Nothing herein contained shall constitute an agreement on the part of Lender to accept any prepayment, other than as expressly provided in the preceding paragraph of this Note.


   PROMISSORY NOTE   
   (Continued)    Page 2

DATE OF THIS NOTE, AND (B) AGREES THAT IF, FOR ANY REASON, A PREPAYMENT OF ANY OR ALL OF THIS NOTE IS MADE, UPON OR FOLLOWING AN ACCELERATION OF THE FINAL PAYMENT DATE OF THIS NOTE BY LENDER ON ACCOUNT OF ANY DEFAULT BY BORROWER UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY TRANSFER OR DISPOSITION AS PROHIBITED OR RESTRICTED BY THE DUE ON SALE PROVISION OF THE DEED OF TRUST, THEN BORROWER SHALL BE OBLIGATED TO PAY, CONCURRENTLY THEREWITH, AS A PREPAYMENT FEE, THE APPLICABLE SUM SPECIFIED AS THE PREPAYMENT FEE, CALCULATED IN THE MANNER PROVIDED ABOVE. BY INITIALING THIS PROVISION IN THE SPACE PROVIDED BELOW, BORROWER AGREES THAT LENDER’S AGREEMENT TO MAKE THE LOAN EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE AT THE INTEREST RATE AND FOR THE TERM SET FORTH IN THIS NOTE CONSTITUTES ADEQUATE CONSIDERATION GIVEN INDIVIDUAL WEIGHT BY BORROWER, FOR THIS WAIVER AND AGREEMENT.

BORROWER’S INITIALS XXX

Except for the foregoing, Borrower may pay all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower’s obligation to continue to make payments under the payment schedule. Rather, early payments will reduce the principal balance due and may result in Borrower’s making fewer payments. Borrower agrees not to send Lender payments marked “paid in full”, “without recourse”, or similar language. If Borrower sends such a payment, Lender may accept it without losing any of Lender’s rights under this Note, and Borrower will remain obligated to pay any further amount owed to Lender. An written communications concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that indicates that the payment constitutes “payment in full” of the amount owed or that is tendered with other conditions or limitations or as full satisfaction of a disputed amount must be mailed or delivered to: Citibank (West), FSB; Small Business Administrations: 320 North Harbor Boulevard, Suite A; Fullerton, CA 92832.

RATE CHARGE. If a payment is 10 days or more late, Borrower will be charged 5.000% of the regularly scheduled payment or $50.00, whichever is greater.

INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT. If any Event of Default shall occur, including failure to pay upon final maturity, Lender, at its option, may, if permitted order applicable law, increase the interest rate on this Note to 6.650 percentage points above the index. The interest rate will not exceed the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”) under this Note:

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under this Note.

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Note or in any of the related documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

Default in Favor of Third parties. Borrower or any Grantor defaults under any loan, extension of credit, security agreement, purchase or sales agreement; or any other agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person that may materially affect any of Borrower’s property or Borrower’s ability to repay this Note or perform Borrower’s obligations under this Note or any of the related documents.

Environmental Default. Failure of any party to comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with any loan.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Note or the related documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party of any of the indebtedness or any guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any guaranty of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note. In the event of a death, Lender, at its option, may, but shall not be required to, permit the guarantor’s estate to assume unconditionally the obligations arising under the guaranty in a manner satisfactory to Lender, and, in doing so, cure any Event of Default.

Change in Ownership. Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock of Borrower.

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of this Note is impaired.

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

Cure Provisions. If any default, other than a default in payment is curable and if Borrower has not been given a notice of a breach of the same provision of this Note within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured if Borrower, after receiving written notice from Lender demanding cure of such default: (1) cures the default within ten (10) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than ten (10) days, immediately initiates steps which Lender deems in Lender’s sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continues and completes all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonable practical.

LENDER’S RIGHTS. If any Event of Default shall occur, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance on this Note and all accrued unpaid interest, together with all other applicable fees, costs and charges, if any, immediately due and payable.

ATTORNEY’S FEES; EXPENSES. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note if Borrower does not pay. Borrower will pay Lender this amount. This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees, expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), and appeals. Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

JURY WAIVER. Lender and Borrower hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either Lender or Borrower against the other.

GOVERNING LAW. This Note will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions.


   PROMISSORY NOTE   
   (Continued)    Page 3

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara County, State of California. Nothing herein shall affect the right of true Lender to bring any action or proceeding against the Borrower or its property in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

DISHONORED ITEM FEE. Borrower will pay a fee to Lender of $20.00 if Borrower makes a payment on Borrower’s loan and the check or preauthorized charge with which Borrower pays is later dishonored.

COLLATERAL Borrower acknowledges this Note is secured by the following collateral described in the security Instruments issued herein;

(A) a Deed of Trust dated September 28, 2005, to a trustee in favor of Lender on real property located in Santa Clara County, State of California. That agreement contains the following due on sale provision: Lender may, at Lender’s option, declare immediately due and payable all sums secured by the Deed of Trust upon the sale or transfer, without Lender’s prior written consent, of all or any part of the Real Property or any interest in the Real Property. A “sale or transfer” means the conveyance of Real Property or any right, title of interest in the Real Property; whether legal, beneficial or equitable; whether voluntary or involuntary; whether by outright sale, deed, installment sale contract, land contract, contract for deed, leasehold interest with a term greater than three (3) years, lease-option contract, or by sale, assignment, or transfer of any beneficial interest in or to any land trust holding title to the Real Property, or by any other method of conveyance of an interest in the Real Property. If any Borrower is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, transfer also includes any change in ownership of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the voting stock, partnership interests or limited liability company interests, as the case may be, of such Borrower. However, into option shall not be exercised by Lender if such exercise is prohibited by applicable law.

(B) an Assignment of All Rents to Lender on real property located in Santa Clara County, State of California.

SUCCESSOR INTERESTS. The terms of this Note shall be binding upon Borrower, and upon Borrower’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

GENERAL PROVISIONS. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights of remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive any applicable statute of limitations presentment, demand for payment, and notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Note, and unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly and for any length of time) this loan or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender’s security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the notification is made. This obligations under this Note are joint and several.

BORROWER:

 

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.
By:  

/s/ Charles J. Liang

  Charles J. Liang, President of Super Micro Computer, Inc.

Exhibit 10.16

LOGO

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Borrower:    Super Micro Computer, Inc.    Lender:    Citibank (West), FSB
   871 Fox Lane       Small Business Administration
   San Jose, CA 95131       320 North Harbor Boulevard, Suite A
         Fullerton, CA 92832

THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT dated September 28, 2005, is made and executed between Super Micro Computer, Inc. (“Borrower”) and Citibank (West), FSB (“Lender”) on the following terms and conditions. Borrower has received prior commercial loans from Lender or has applied to Lender for a commercial loan or loans or other financial accommodations, including those which may be described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement (“Loan”). Borrower understands and agrees that: (A) in granting, renewing, or extending any Loan, Lender in relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements as set forth in this Agreement; (B) the granting, renewing, or extending of any Loan by Lender at all times shall be subject to Lender’s sole judgment and discretion; and (C) all such Loans shall be and remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Term. This Agreement shall be effective as of September 28, 2005, and shall continue in full force and affect until such time as all of Borrower’s Loans in favor of Lender have been paid in full, including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and charges, or until such time as the parties may agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE. Lender’s obligation to make the Initial Advance and each subsequent Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment to Lender’s satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents.

Loan Documents. Borrower shall provide to Lender the following documents for the Loan: (1) the Note; (2) Security Agreements granting to Lender security interests in the Collateral; (3) financing statements and all other documents perfecting Lender’s Security Interests; (4) evidence of Insurance as required below; (5) together with all such Related Documents as Lender may require for the Loan; all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel.

Borrower’s Authorization. Borrower shall have provided in form and substance satisfactory to Lender property certified resolutions, duly authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents. In addition, Borrower shall have provided such other resolutions, authorizations, documents and instruments as Lender or its counsel, may require.

Payment of Fees and Expenses. Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees, charges, and other expenses which are then due and payable as specified in this Agreement or any Related Document.

Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in any document or certificate delivered to Lender under this Agreement are true and correct.

No Event of Default. There shall not exist at the time of any Advance a condition which would constitute an Event of Default, under this Agreement or under any Related Document.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of each disbursement of loan proceeds, as of the date of any renewal, extension or modification of any Loan, and at all times any Indebtedness exists:

Organization. Borrower is a corporation for profit which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of California. Borrower has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. Borrower maintains an office at 871 Fox Lane, San Jose, CA 95131. Unless Borrower has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which Borrower keeps its books and records including its records concerning the Collateral. Borrower will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of Borrower’s state of organization or any change in Borrower’s name. Borrower shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quest-governmental authority or court applicable to Borrower and Borrower’s business activities.

Assumed Business Names. Borrower has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by Borrower. Excluding the name of Borrower, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which Borrower does business: None.

Authorization. Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all the Related Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower, and do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of (a) Borrower’s articles of incorporation or organization, or bylaws, or (b) any agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to Borrower or to Borrower’s properties.

Financial Information. Each of Borrower’s financial statements supplied to Lender truly and completely disclosed Borrower’s financial condition as of the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statement supplied to Lender. Borrower has no material contingent obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.

Legal Effect. This Agreement constitutes, and any instrument or agreement Borrower is required to give under this Agreement when delivered will constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

Properties. Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as previously disclosed in Borrower’s financial statements or in writing to Lender and as accepted by Lender, and except for property tax liens for taxes not presently due and payable. Borrower owns and has good title to all of Borrower’s properties free and clear of all Security Interests, and has not executed any security documents or financing statements relating to such properties. All of Borrower’s properties are titled in Borrower’s legal name, and Borrower has not used or filed a financing statement under any other name for at least the last five (5) years.

Hazardous Substances. Except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing, Borrower represents that: (1) During the period of Borrower’s ownership of the Collateral, there has been no use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance by any person on, under, about or from any of the Collateral. (2) Borrower has no knowledge of, or reason to believe that there has been (a) any breach or violation of any Environmental Laws; (b) any use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from the Collateral by any prior owners or occupants of any of the Collateral; or (c) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of any kind by any person relating to such matters. (3) Neither Borrower nor any tenant, contractor, agent or other authorized user of any of the Collateral shall use, generate, manufacture, store, treat, dispose of or release any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from any of the Collateral; and any such activity shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances, including without limitation all Environmental Laws.


   BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT   
   (Continued)    Page 2

Borrower authorizes Lender and its agents to enter upon the Collateral to make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem appropriate to determine compliance of the Collateral with this section of the Agreement. Any inspections or tests made by Lender shall be at Borrower’s expense and for Lender’s purposes only and shall not be construed to create any responsibility or liability on the part of Lender’s Borrower or to any other person. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Borrower’s due diligence in investigating one Collateral for hazardous waste and Hazardous Substances. Borrower hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, and expenses which Lender may directly or indirectly sustain or suffer resulting from a breach of this section of the Agreement or as A consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of a hazardous waste or substance on the Collateral. The provisions of this section of the Agreement, including the obligation to indemnify, shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the termination, expiration or satisfaction of this Agreement and shall not be affected by Lender’s acquisition of any interest in any of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

Litigation and Claims. No litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Borrower is pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Borrower’s financial condition or properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing.

Taxes. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all of Borrower’s tax returns and reports that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full, except those presently being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith in the ordinary course of business and for which adequate reserves have been provided.

Lien Priority. Unless otherwise previously disclosed to Lender in writing, Borrower has not entered into or granted any Security Agreements, or permitted the filing or attachment of any Security Interest on or affecting any of the Collateral directly or indirectly securing repayment of Borrower’s Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be superior to Lender’s Security Interests and rights in and to such Collateral.

Binding Effect. This Agreement, the Note, all Security Agreements (if any), and all Related Documents are binding upon the signers thereof, as well as upon their successors, representatives and assigns, and are legally enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will:

Notices of Claims and Litigation. Promptly inform Lender in writing of (1) all material adverse changes in Borrower’s financial condition, and (2) all existing and all threatened litigation, claims, Investigations, administrative proceedings or similar actions affecting Borrower or any Guarantor which could materially affect the financial condition of Borrower or the financial condition of any Guarantor.

Financial Records. Maintain its books and records in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and permit Lender to examine and audit Borrower’s books and records at all reasonable times.

Financial Statements. Furnish Lender with the following:

Additional Requirements. Borrower shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, the following, all of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender;

(a) Annual financial statements of Borrower, audited by a certified public accountant acceptable to Lender, as soon as available and in no event later than ninety (90) days after each fiscal year and, commencing with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2005.

(b) Annual federal business income tax returns (including all schedules and attachments thereto) of Borrower, as soon as available and in no event later than ninety (90) days in the year in which such return was due, commencing with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2005.

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

Additional Information. Furnish such additional information and statements, as Lender may request from time to time.

Insurance. Maintain fire and other risk insurance, public liability insurance, and such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to Borrower’s properties and operations, in form, amounts, coverages and with insurance companies acceptable to Lender. Borrower, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Lender. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Borrower or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the Loans, Borrower will provide Lender which such lender’s loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require.

Insurance Reports. Furnish to Lender, upon request of Lender, reports on each existing insurance policy showing such information as Lender may reasonably request, including without limitation the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the properties insured; (5) the then current property values on the basis of which insurance has been obtained, and the manner of determining those values; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, upon request of Lender (however not more often than annually), Borrower will have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the actual each value or replacement cost of any Collateral. The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.

Other Agreements. Comply with all terms and conditions of all other agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between Borrower and any other party and notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any other such agreements.

Loan Proceeds. Use all Loan proceeds solely for Borrower’s business operations, unless specifically consented to the contrary by Lender in writing.

Taxes, Charges and Liens. Pay and discharge when due all of its indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessments, taxes, governmental charges, levies and liens, of every kind and nature, imposed upon Borrower or its properties, Income, or profits, prior to the date on which penalties would attach, and all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any of Borrower’s properties, Income, or Profits.

Performance. Perform and comply, in a timely manner, with all terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in all other instruments and agreements between Borrower and Lender. Borrower shall notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any agreement.

Operations. Maintain executive and management personnel with substantially the same qualifications and experience as the present executive and management personnel; provide written notice to Lender of any change in executive and management personnel; conduct its business affairs in a reasonable and prudent manner.

Environmental Studies. Promptly conduct and complete, at Borrower’s expense, all such investigations, studies, samplings and testings as may be requested by Lender or any governmental authority relative to any substance, or any waste or by-product of any substance defined as toxic or


   BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT   
   (Continued)    Page 3

a hazardous substance under applicable federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, order or directive, at or affecting any property or any facility owned, leased or used by Borrower.

Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, of all governmental authorities applicable to the conduct of Borrower’s properties, businesses and operations, and to the use or occupancy of the Collateral, including without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act. Borrower may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance, or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, as long as Borrower has notified Lender in writing prior to doing so and so long as, in Lender’s sole opinion, Lender’s interests in the Collateral are not jeopardized. Lender may require Borrower to post adequate security or a surety bond, reasonably satisfactory to Lender, to protect Lender’s interest.

Inspection. Permit employees or agents of Lender at any reasonable time to inspect any and all Collateral for the Loan or Loans and Borrower’s other properties and to examine or audit Borrower’s books, accounts, and records and to make copies and memoranda of Borrower’s books, accounts, and records. If Borrower now or at any time hereafter maintains any records (including without limitation computer generated records and computer software programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of a third party, Borrower, upon request of Lender, shall notify such party to permit Lender free access to such records at all reasonable times and to provide Lender with copies of any records it may request, all at Borrower’s expense.

Compliance Certificates. Unless waived in writing by Lender, provide Lender at least annually, with a certificate executed by Borrower’s chief financial officer, or other officer or person acceptable to Lender, certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct as of the date of the certificate and further certifying that, as of the date certificate, no Event of Default exists under this Agreement.

Environmental Compliance and Reports. Borrower shall comply in all respects with any and all Environmental Laws; not cause or permit to exist, as a result of an intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part or on the part of any third party, on property owned and/or occupied by Borrower, any environmental activity where damage may result to the environment. Unless such environmental activity is pursuant to and in compliance with the conditions of a permit issued by the appropriate federal, state or local governmental authorities; shall furnish to Lender promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof a copy of any notice, summons, lien, citation, directive, letter or other communication from any governmental agency or instrumentality concerning any intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part in connection with any environmental activity whether or not there is damage to the environment and/or other natural resources.

Additional Assurances. Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, assignments, financing statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender or its attorneys may reasonably request to evidence and secure the Loans and to perfect all Security Interests.

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Borrower’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Borrower is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Borrower’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on any Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving any Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Borrower. All such expenses will become a part of the indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that while this Agreement is in effect Borrower shall not, without the prior with an consent of Lender:

Indebtedness and Liens. (1) Except for trade debt incurred in the normal course of business and indebtedness to Lender contemplated by this Agreement, create, incur or assume indebtedness for borrowed money, including capital leases, (2) sell, transfer, mortgage, assign, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of Borrower’s assets (except as allowed as Permitted Liens), or (3) sell with recourse any of Borrower’s accounts, except to Lender.

Continuity of Operations. (1) Engage in any business activities substantially different than those in which Borrower is presently engaged, (2) cease operations, liquidate, merge, transfer, acquire or consolidate with any other entity, change its name, dissolve or transfer or sell Collateral out of the ordinary course of business, or (3) pay any dividends on Borrower’s stock (other than dividends payable in its stock), provided, however that notwithstanding the foregoing, but only so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the payment of dividends, if Borrower is a “Subchapter S Corporation” (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Borrower may pay cash dividends on its stock to its shareholders from time to time in amounts necessary to enable the shareholders to pay income taxes and make estimated income tax payments to satisfy their liabilities under federal and state law which arise solely from their status as Shareholders of a Subchapter S Corporation because of their ownership of shares of Borrower’s stock, or purchase or retire any of Borrower’s outstanding shares or alter or amend Borrower’s capital structure.

Loans, Acquisitions and Guaranties. (1) Loan, invest in or advance money or assets to any other person, enterprise or entity, (2) purchase, create or acquire any interest in any other enterprise or entity, or (3) incur any obligation as surety or guarantor other than in the ordinary course of business.

Agreements. Borrower will not enter into any agreement containing any provisions which would be violated or breached by the performance of Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or in connection herewith.

CESSATION OF ADVANCES. If Lender has made any commitment to make any Loan to Borrower, whether under this Agreement or under any other agreement, Lender shall have no obligation to make Loan Advances or to disburse Loan proceeds if: (A) Borrower or any Guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or any other agreement that Borrower or any Guarantor has with Lender; (B) Borrower or any Guarantor dies, becomes incompetent or becomes insolvent, files a petition in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, or is adjudged a bankrupt; (C) there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition, in the financial condition of any Guarantor, or in the value of any Collateral securing any Loan; or (D) any Guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such Guarantor’s guaranty of the Loan or any other loan with Lender; or (E) Lender in good faith deems itself insecure, even though no Event of Default shall have occurred.

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under the Loan.

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.


   BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT   
   (Continued)    Page 4

Environmental Default. Failure of any party of comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with any Loan.

Default in Favor of Third Parties. Borrower or any Grantor defaults under any loan, extension of credit, security agreement, purchase or sales agreement, or any other agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person that may materially effect any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s property for Borrower’s or any Grantor’s ability to repay the Loans or perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or any of the Related Documents.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

Defective Collateralization. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness. In the event of a death, Lender, as its option, may; but shall not be required to, permit the Guarantor’s estate to assume unconditionally the obligations arising under the guaranty in a manner satisfactory to Lender, and, in doing so, cure any Event of Default.

Change in Ownership. Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock of Borrower.

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Loan is impaired.

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

Right to Cure. If any default, other than a default on indebtedness, is curable and if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, has not been given a notice of a similar default within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, after receiving written notice from Lender demanding cure of such default: (1) cure the default within ten (10) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than ten (10) days, immediately initiate steps which Lender deems in Lender’s sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continue and complete all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.

EFFECT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT. If any Event of Default shall occur, except where otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Related Documents, all commitments and obligations of Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents or any other agreement immediately will terminate (including any obligation to make further Loan Advances or disbursements), and, at Lender’s option, all indebtedness immediately will become due and payable, all without notice of any kind to Borrower, except that in the case of an Event of Default of the type described in the “insolvency” subsection above, such acceleration shall be automatic and not optional. In addition, Lender shall have all the rights and remedies provided in the Related Documents or available at law, in equity, or otherwise. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently, Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Borrower or of any Grantor shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone also to help enforce this Agreement, and Borrower shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Borrower also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

Consent to Loan Participation. Borrower agrees and consents to Lender’s sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one or more participation interests in the Loan to one or more purchasers, whether related to unrelated to Lender. Lender may provide, without any limitation whatsoever, to any one or more purchasers, or potential purchasers, any information or knowledge Lender may have about Borrower or about any other matter relating to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy Borrower may have with respect to such matters. Borrower additionally waives any and all notices of sale of participation interests, as well as all notices of any repurchase of such participation interests. Borrower also agrees that the purchasers of any such participation interests will be considered as the absolute owners of such interests in the Loan and will have all the rights granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing the sale of such participation interests. Borrower further waives all rights of offset or counterclaim that it may have now or later against Lender or against any purchaser of such a participation interest and unconditionally agrees that either Lender or such purchaser may enforce Borrower’s obligation under the Loan irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any holder of any interest in the Loan, Borrower further agrees that the purchaser of any such participation interests may enforce its interests irrespective of any personal claims or defenses that Borrower may have against Lender.

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions.

Choice of Venues. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara County, State of California. Nothing herein shall affect the right of the Lender to bring any action or proceeding against the Borrower or its property in the


   BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT   
   (Continued)    Page 5

courts of any other jurisdiction.

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, not any course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, or between Lender and any Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender is any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Borrower agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Borrower’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Borrower, any notice given by Lender to any Borrower is deemed to be notice given to all Borrowers.

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable, if the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

Subsidiaries and Affiliates of Borrower. To the extent the context of any provisions of this Agreement makes it appropriate, including without limitation any representation, warranty or covenant, the word “Borrower” as used in this Agreement shall include all of Borrower’s subsidiaries and affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing however, under no circumstances shall this Agreement be constructed to require Lender to make any Loan or other financial accommodation to any of Borrower’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements by or on behalf of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any Related Documents shall bind Borrower’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns. Borrower shall not, however, have the right to assign Borrower’s rights under this Agreement or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Lender.

Survival of Representations and Warranties. Borrower understands and agrees that in making the Loan, Lender is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents. Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by Lender, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the making of the Loan and delivery to Lender of the Related Documents, shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Borrower’s indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever is the last to occur.

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

Waive Jury. All parties to this Agreement hereby waive the right to any jury trail in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by any party against any other party.

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. Accounting words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement:

Advance. The word “Advance” means a disbursement of Loan funds made, or to be made, to Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf on a line of credit or multiple advance basis under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Business Loan Agreement, as this Business Loan Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Business Loan Agreement from time to time.

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means Super Micro Computer, Inc. and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note.

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means all property and assets granted as collateral security for a Loan, whether real or personal property, whether granted directly or indirectly, whether granted now or in the future, and whether granted in the form of a security interest, mortgage, collateral mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien, charge, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9801, et seq., (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C Section 8901, et seq., Chapters 6.5 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health and Safety Code, Section 25100, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

GAAP. The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means each and all of the persons or entities granting a Security Interest in any Collateral for the Loan, including without limitation of Borrowers granting such a Security Interest.

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Loan.

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated,


   BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT   
   (Continued)    Page 6

stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials of waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means all present and future loans, advances, overdrafts, liabilities, obligations, guaranties, covenants, duties and other debts at any time owing by Borrower to Lender, whether evidenced by this Agreement, the Note or other instrument, any Related Documents, or any other document or agreement, whether arising from an extension of credit, opening of a letter of credit, banker’s acceptance, loan, overdraft, guaranty, indemnification or otherwise, whether direct or indirect (including, without limitation, those acquired by assignment and any participation by Lender in Borrower’s debts owing to others), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorneys’ fees (including attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in bankruptcy), expert witness fees and expenses, fees and expenses of consultants, audit fees, letter of credit fees, closing fees, facility fees, termination fees, and any other sums chargeable to Borrower under this Agreement, the Note, any Related Documents, or under any other present or future instrument, document or agreement between Borrower and Lender.

Lender. The word “Lender” means Citibank (West), FSB, its successors and assigns.

Loan. The word “Loan” means any and all loans and financial accommodations from Lender to Borrower whether now or hereafter existing, and however evidenced, including without limitation those loans and financial accommodations described herein or described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement from time to time.

Note. The word “Note” means and includes without limitation Borrower’s promissory note or notes, if any, or any credit agreements or loan agreements, evidencing Borrower’s indebtedness, as well as any substitute, replacement or refinancing note or notes or credit agreement or loan agreement therefor.

Permitted Liens. The words “Permitted Liens” means (1) liens and security interests securing indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lender; (2) liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges either not yet due or being contested in good faith; (3) liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, or carriers, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not yet delinquent; (4) purchase money liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any property acquired or held by Borrower in the ordinary course of business to secure indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Agreement or permitted to be incurred under the paragraph of this Agreement titled “Indebtedness and Liens”; (5) liens and security interests which, as of the date of this Agreement, have been disclosed to and approved by the Lender in writing; and (6) these liens and security interests which in the aggregate constitute an immaterial and insignificant monetary amount with respect to the net value of Borrower’s assets.

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Loan.

Security Agreement. The words “Security Agreement” mean and include without limitation any agreements, promises covenants, arrangements, understandings or other agreements, whether created by law, contract or otherwise, evidencing, governing, representing, or creating a Security Interest.

Security Interest. The words “Security Interest” mean, without limitation, any and all types of collateral security, present and future, whether in the form of a lien, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security deed, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien or the retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT AND BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS, THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT IS DATED SEPTEMBER 28, 2005.

 

BORROWER:
SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.
By:  

/s/ Charles J. Liang

  Charles J. Liang, President of Super Micro Computer, Inc.
LENDER:
CITIBANK (WEST), FSB
By:  

 

  Authorized Signer

Exhibit 10.17

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Principal

   Loan Date    Maturity    Loan No    Call/Coll    Account    Officer    Initials

$ 5,000,000,00

   11-01-2005    11-01-2006    43641-20166    004A / 51    00000057687    50017   

References in the shaded area are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or Item. Any Item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:

   Super Micro Computer, Inc.    Lender:    Far East National Bank
   980 Rock Ave.       Corporate Banking Group - North
   San Jose, CA 95131-1615       2001 Gateway Place Suite 101 East
         San Jose, CA 95110

THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT dated November 1, 2005, is made and executed between Super Micro Computer, Inc. (“Borrower”) and Far East National Bank (“Lender”) on the following terms and conditions. Borrower has received prior commercial loans from Lender or has applied to Lender for a commercial loan or loans or other financial accommodations, including those which may be described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement (“Loan”). Borrower understands and agrees that: (A) in granting, renewing, or extending any Loan, Lender is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements as set forth in this Agreement; (B) the granting, renewing, or extending of any Loan by Lender at all times shall be subject to Lender’s sole judgment and discretion; and (C) all such Loans shall be and remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

TERM. This Agreement shall be effective as of November 1, 2005, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of Borrower’s Loans in favor of Lender have been paid in full, including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and charges, or until such time as the parties may agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.

ADVANCE AUTHORITY. The following persons currently are authorized, except as provided in this paragraph, to request advances and authorize payments under the line of credit until Lender receives from Borrower, at Lender’s address shown above, written notice of revocation of their authority: Charles Liang, CEO of Super Micro Computer, Inc.; Wally Liaw, Secretary of Super Micro Computer, Inc.; and Sara Liu, Treasurer of Super Micro Computer, Inc. Any two of the three officers can authorize for loan advance.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE. Lender’s obligation to make the initial Advance and each subsequent Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment to Lender’s satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents.

Loan Documents. Borrower shall provide to Lender the following documents for the Loan: (1) the Note; (2) Security Agreements granting to Lender security interests in the Collateral; (3) financing statements and all other documents perfecting Lender’s Security interests; (4) evidence of insurance as required below; (5) together with all such Related Documents as Lender may require for the Loan; all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel.

Borrower’s Authorization. Borrower shall have provided in form and substance satisfactory to Lender properly certified resolutions, duly authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents. In addition, Borrower shall have provided such other resolutions, authorizations, documents and instruments as Lender or its counsel, may require.

Payment of Fees and Expenses. Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees, charges, and other expenses which are then due and payable as specified in this Agreement or any Related Document.

Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in any document or certificate delivered to Lender under this Agreement are true and correct.

No Event of Default. There shall not exist at the time of any Advance a condition which would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or under any Related Document.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of each disbursement of loan proceeds, as of the date of any renewal, extension or modification of any Loan, and at all times any indebtedness exists:

Organization. Borrower is a corporation for profit which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of California. Borrower is duly authorized to transact business in all other states in which Borrower is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which Borrower is doing business. Specifically, Borrower is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or financial condition. Borrower has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. Borrower maintains an office at 980 Rock Ave., San Jose, CA 95131-1615. Unless Borrower has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which Borrower keeps its books and records including its records concerning the Collateral. Borrower will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of Borrower’s state of organization or any change in Borrower’s name. Borrower shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to Borrower and Borrower’s business activities.

Assumed Business Names. Borrower has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by Borrower. Excluding the name of Borrower, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which Borrower does business: None.

Authorization. Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all the Related Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower and do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of (a) Borrower’s articles of incorporation or organization, or bylaws, or (b) any agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to Borrower or to Borrower’s properties.

Financial information. Each of Borrower’s financial statements supplied to Lender truly and completely disclosed Borrower’s financial condition as of the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statement supplied to Lender. Borrower has no material contingent obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.

Legal Effect. This Agreement constitutes, and any instrument or agreement Borrower is required to give under this Agreement when delivered will constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

Properties. Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as previously disclosed in Borrower’s financial statements or in writing to Lender and as accepted by Lender, and except for property tax liens for taxes not presently due and payable, Borrower owns and has [ILLEGIBLE] all of Borrower’s properties free and clear of all Security Interests, and has [ILLEGIBLE] relating to such properties. All of Borrower’s properties are titled in Borrower’s legal name, and Borrower has not used or filed a financing statement under any other name for at least the last five (5) years.


     BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT     

Loan No: 43641-20166

   (Continued)    Page 2

Hazardous Substances, Except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing, Borrower represents and warrants that: (1) During the period of Borrower’s ownership of the Collateral, there has been no use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance by any person on, under, about or from any of the Collateral. (2) Borrower has no knowledge of, or reason to believe that there has been (a) any breach or violation of any Environmental Laws; (b) any use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from the Collateral by any prior owners or occupants of any of the Collateral; or (c) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of any kind by any person relating to such matters. (3) Neither Borrower nor any tenant, contractor, agent or other authorized user of any of the Collateral shall use, generate, manufacture, store, treat, dispose of or release any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from any of the Collateral; and any such activity shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances, including without limitation all Environmental Laws. Borrower authorizes Lender and its agents to enter upon the Collateral to make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem appropriate to determine compliance of the Collateral with this section of the Agreement. Any Inspections or tests made by Lender shall be at Borrower’s expense and for Lender’s purposes only and shall not be construed to create any responsibility or liability on the part of Lender to Borrower or to any other person. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Borrower’s due diligence in Investigating the Collateral for hazardous waste and Hazardous Substances. Borrower hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, and expenses which Lender may directly or indirectly sustain or suffer resulting from a breach of this section of the Agreement or as a consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of a hazardous waste or substance on the Collateral. The provisions of this section of the Agreement, including the obligation to indemnify, shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the termination, expiration or satisfaction of this Agreement and shall not be affected by Lender’s acquisition of any interest in any of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

Litigation and Claims. No litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Borrower is pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Borrower’s financial condition or properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing.

Taxes. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all of Borrower’s tax returns and reports that are or ware required to be filed, have been filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full, except those presently being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith in the ordinary course of business and for which adequate reserves have been provided.

Lien Priority. Unless otherwise previously disclosed to Lender in writing, Borrower has not entered into or granted any Security Agreements, or permitted the filing or attachment of any Security Interests on or affecting any of the Collateral directly or indirectly securing repayment of Borrower’s Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be superior to Lender’s Security Interests and rights in and to such Collateral.

Binding Effect. This Agreement, the Note, all Security Agreements (if any), and all Related Documents are binding upon the signers thereof, as well as upon their successors, representatives and assigns, and are legally enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will:

Notices of Claims and Litigation. Promptly inform Lender in writing of (1) all material adverse changes in Borrower’s financial condition, and (2) all existing and all threatened litigation, claims, investigations, administrative proceedings or similar actions affecting Borrower or any Guarantor which could materially affect the financial condition of Borrower or the financial condition of any Guarantor.

Financial Records. Maintain its books and records in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and permit Lender to examine and audit Borrower’s books and records at all reasonable times.

Financial Statements. Furnish Lender with the following:

Annual Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than one-hundred-twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower’s balance sheet and income statement for the year ended, audited by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

Interim Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, Borrower’s balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the period ended, prepared by Borrower.

Tax Returns. As soon as available, but in no event later than 20 days after the applicable filing date for the tax reporting period ended, Federal and other governmental tax returns, prepared by a tax professional satisfactory to Lender.

Additional Requirements. Quarterly AR, AP and inventory aging report are due within 30 days after quarter end.

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

Additional Information. Furnish such additional information and statements, as Lender may request from time to time.

Financial Covenants and Ratios. Comply with the following covenants and ratios:

Working Capital Requirements. Borrower shall comply with the following working capital ratio requirements:

Current Ratio. Maintain a Current Ratio in excess of 1.250 to 1.000. The term “Current Ratio” means Borrower’s total Current Assets divided by Borrower’s total Current Liabilities. This liquidity ratio will be evaluated as of quarter-end.

Tangible Net Worth Requirements. Maintain a minimum Tangible Net Worth of not less than: $25,000,000.00. in addition, Borrower shall comply with the following net worth ratio requirements:

Debt / Worth Ratio. Maintain a ratio of Debt / Worth not in excess of 2.500 to 1.000. The ratio “Debt / Worth” means Borrower’s Total Liabilities divided by Borrower’s Tangible Net Worth. This leverage ratio will be evaluated as of quarter-end.

Other Requirements.

1. Maintain Minimum Debt Coverage Ratio of (EBlTDA-cap exp)/(Total Debt Principal + Interest expenses) in excess of 1.500 to 1.000 This coverage ratio will be evaluated as of quarter-end. The Principal will be amortized over 5 years.

2. Primary operating account to be maintained with Lender.

3. Legal and collection fees to be paid by the borrower.

4. Borrower not to acquire additional Bank, officer’s or affiliated companies’ [ILLEGIBLE]


     BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT     

Loan No: 43641-20166

   (Continued)    Page 3

5. No Standby L/C tanor to exceed expiration of line

6. Borrower to provide a copy of the general ledger upon Lender’s request

7. Annual collateral audit required if deemed necessary by the Lender.

Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance with the requirements contained in this paragraph shall be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

Insurance. Maintain fire and other risk insurance, public liability insurance, and such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to Borrower’s properties and operations, in form, amounts, coverages and with insurance companies acceptable to Lender. Borrower, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Lender. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Borrower or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the Loans, Borrower will provide Lender with such lender’s loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require.

Insurance Reports. Furnish to Lender, upon request of Lender, reports on each existing insurance policy showing such information as Lender may reasonably request, including without limitation the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the properties insured; (5) the then current property values on the basis of which insurance has been obtained, and the manner of determining those values; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, upon request of Lender (however not more often than annually), Borrower will have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the actual cash value or replacement cost of any Collateral. The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.

Other Agreements. Comply with all terms and conditions of all other agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between Borrower and any other party and notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any other such agreements.

Loan Proceeds. Use all Loan proceeds solely for Borrower’s business operations, unless specifically consented to the contrary by Lender in writing.

Taxes, Charges and Liens. Pay and discharge when due all of its indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessments, taxes, governmental charges, levies and liens, of every kind and nature, imposed upon Borrower or its properties, income, or profits, prior to the date on which penalties would attach, and all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any of Borrower’s properties, income, or profits.

Performance. Perform and comply, in a timely manner, with all terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in all other instruments and agreements between Borrower and Lender. Borrower shall notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any agreement.

Operations. Maintain executive and management personnel with substantially the same qualifications and experience as the present executive and management personnel; provide written notice to Lender of any change in executive and management personnel; conduct its business affairs in a reasonable and prudent manner.

Environmental Studies. Promptly conduct and complete, at Borrower’s expense, all such investigations, studies, samplings and testings as may be requested by Lender or any governmental authority relative to any substance, or any waste or by-product of any substance defined as toxic or a hazardous substance under applicable federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, order or directive, at or affecting any property or any facility owned, leased or used by Borrower.

Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, of all governmental authorities applicable to the conduct of Borrower’s properties, businesses and operations, and to the use or occupancy of the Collateral, including without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act. Borrower may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance, or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Borrower has notified Lender in writing prior to doing so and so long as, in Lender’s sole opinion, Lender’s interests in the Collateral are not jeopardized. Lender may require Borrower to post adequate security or a surety bond, reasonably satisfactory to Lender, to protect Lender’s interest.

Inspection. Permit employees or agents of Lender at any reasonable time to inspect any and all Collateral for the Loan or Loans and Borrower’s other properties and to examine or audit Borrower’s books, accounts, and records and to make copies and memoranda of Borrower’s books, accounts, and records. If Borrower now or at any time hereafter maintains any records (Including without limitation computer generated records and computer software programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of a third party, Borrower, upon request of Lender, shall notify such party to permit Lender free access to such records at all reasonable times and to provide Lender with copies of any records it may request, all at Borrower’s expense.

Compliance Certificates. Unless waived in writing by Lender, provide Lender within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, with a certificate executed by Borrower’s chief financial officer, or other officer or person acceptable to Lender, certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct as of the date of the certificate and further certifying that, as of the date of the certificate, no Event of Default exists under this Agreement.

Environmental Compliance and Reports. Borrower shall comply in all respects with any and all Environmental Laws; not cause or permit to exist, as a result of an intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part or on the part of any third party, on property owned and/or occupied by Borrower, any environmental activity where damage may result to the environment, unless such environmental activity is pursuant to and in compliance with the conditions of a permit issued by the appropriate federal, state or local governmental authorities; shall furnish to Lender promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof a copy of any notice, summons, lien, citation, directive, letter or other communication from any governmental agency or instrumentality concerning any intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part in connection with any environmental activity whether or not there is damage to the environment and/or other natural resources.

Additional Assurances. Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, assignments, financing statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender or its attorneys may reasonably request to evidence and secure the Loans and to perfect all Security interests.

RECOVERY OF ADDITIONAL COSTS. If the imposition of or any change in any law, rule, regulation or guideline, or the interpretation or application of any thereof by any court or administrative or governmental authority (including any request or policy not having the force of law) shall impose, modify or make applicable any taxes (except federal, state or local income or franchise taxes imposed on Lender), reserve requirements, capital adequacy requirements or other obligations which would (A) increase the cost to Lender for extending or maintaining the credit facilities to which this Agreement relates, (B) reduce the amounts payable to Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents,


     BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT     

Loan No: 43641-20166

   (Continued)    Page 4

or (C) reduce the rate of return on Lender’s capital as a consequence of Lender’s obligations with respect to the credit facilities to which this Agreement relates, then Borrower agrees to pay Lender such additional amounts as will compensate Lender therefor, within five (5) days after Lender’s written demand for such payment, which demand shall be accompanied by an explanation of such imposition or charge and a calculation in reasonable detail of the additional amounts payable by Borrower, which explanation and calculations shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Borrower’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Borrower is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Borrower’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on any Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving any Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Borrower. All such expenses will become a part of the indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender:

Indebtedness and Liens. (1) Except for trade debt incurred in the normal course of business and indebtedness to Lender contemplated by this Agreement, create, incur or assume indebtedness for borrowed money, including capital leases, (2) sell, transfer, mortgage, assign, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of Borrower’s assets (except as allowed as Permitted Liens), or (3) sell with recourse any of Borrower’s accounts, except to Lender.

Continuity of Operations. (1) Engage in any business activities substantially different than those in which Borrower is presently engaged, (2) cease operations, liquidate, merge, transfer, acquire or consolidate with any other entity, change its name, dissolve or transfer or sell Collateral out of the ordinary course of business, or (3) pay any dividends on Borrower’s stock (other than dividends payable in its stock), provided, however that notwithstanding the foregoing, but only so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the payment of dividends, if Borrower is a “Subchapter S Corporation” (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Borrower may pay cash dividends on its stock to its shareholders from time to time in amounts necessary to enable the shareholders to pay income taxes and make estimated income tax payments to satisfy their liabilities under federal and state law which arise solely from their status as Shareholders of a Subchapter S Corporation because of their ownership of shares of Borrower’s stock, or purchase or retire any of Borrower’s outstanding shares or alter or amend Borrower’s capital structure.

Loans, Acquisitions and Guaranties. (1) Loan, invest in or advance money or assets to any other person, enterprise or entity, (2) purchase, create or acquire any interest in any other enterprise or entity, or (3) incur any obligation as surety or guarantor other than in the ordinary course of business.

Agreements. Borrower will not enter into any agreement containing any provisions which would be violated or breached by the performance of Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or in connection herewith.

CESSATION OF ADVANCES. If Lender has made any commitment to make any Loan to Borrower, whether under this Agreement or under any other agreement, Lender shall have no obligation to make Loan Advances or to disburse Loan proceeds if: (A) Borrower or any Guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or any other agreement that Borrower or any Guarantor has with Lender; (B) Borrower or any Guarantor dies, becomes incompetent or becomes insolvent, files a petition in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, or is adjudged a bankrupt; (C) there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition, in the financial condition of any Guarantor, or in the value of any Collateral securing any Loan; or (D) any Guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such Guarantor’s guaranty of the Loan or any other loan with Lender; or (E) Lender in good faith deems itself insecure, even though no Event of Default shall have occurred.

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under the Loan.

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

Default in Favor of Third Parties. Borrower or any Grantor defaults under any loan, extension of credit, security agreement, purchase or sales agreement, or any other agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person that may materially affect any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s property or Borrower’s or any Grantor’s ability to repay the Loans or perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or any of the Related Documents.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

Defective Collateralization. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the indebtedness. In the event of a death, Lender, at its option, may, but shall not be required to, permit the Guarantor’s estate to assume unconditionally the obligations arising under the guaranty in a manner satisfactory to Lender, and, in doing so, cure any Event of Default.

 

4


     BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT     

Loan No: 43641-20166

   (Continued)    Page 5

Change in Ownership. Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock of Borrower.

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Loan is impaired.

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

Right to Cure. If any default, other than a default on indebtedness, is curable and if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, has not been given a notice of a similar default within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, after receiving written notice from Lender demanding cure of such default: (1) cure the default within ten (10) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than ten (10) days, immediately initiate steps which Lender deems in Lender’s sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continue and complete all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.

EFFECT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT. If any Event of Default shall occur, except where otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Related Documents, all commitments and obligations of Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents or any other agreement immediately will terminate (including any obligation to make further Loan Advances or disbursements), and, at Lender’s option, all Indebtedness immediately will become due and payable, all without notice of any kind to Borrower, except that in the case of an Event of Default of the type described in the “Insolvency” subsection above, such acceleration shall be automatic and not optional. In addition, Lender shall have all the rights and remedies provided in the Related Documents or available at law, in equity, or otherwise. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Borrower or of any Grantor shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Borrower shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Borrower also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

Consent to Loan Participation. Borrower agrees and consents to Lender’s sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one or more participation interests in the Loan to one or more purchasers, whether related or unrelated to Lender. Lender may provide, without any limitation whatsoever, to any one or more purchasers, or potential purchasers, any information or knowledge Lender may have about Borrower or about any other matter relating to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy Borrower may have with respect to such matters. Borrower additionally waives any and all notices of sale of participation interests, as well as all notices of any repurchase of such participation interests. Borrower also agrees that the purchasers of any such participation interests will be considered as the absolute owners of such interests in the Loan and will have all the rights granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing the sale of such participation interests. Borrower further waives all rights of offset or counterclaim that it may have now or later against Lender or against any purchaser of such a participation interest and unconditionally agrees that either Lender or such purchaser may enforce Borrower’s obligation under the Loan irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any holder of any interest in the Loan. Borrower further agrees that the purchaser of any such participation interests may enforce its interests irrespective of any personal claims or defenses that Borrower may have against Lender.

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara County, State of California.

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, or between Lender and any Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mall postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Borrower agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Borrower’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Borrower, any notice given by Lender to any Borrower is deemed to be notice given to all Borrowers.

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.


     BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT     

Loan No: 43641-20166

   (Continued)    Page 6

Subsidiaries and Affiliates of Borrower. To the extent the context of any provisions of this Agreement makes it appropriate, including without limitation any representation, warranty or covenant, the word “Borrower” as used in this Agreement shall include all of Borrower’s subsidiaries and affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing however, under no circumstances shall this Agreement be construed to require Lender to make any Loan or other financial accommodation to any of Borrower’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements by or on behalf of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any Related Documents shall bind Borrower’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns. Borrower shall not, however, have the right to assign Borrower’s rights under this Agreement or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Lender.

Survival of Representations and Warranties. Borrower understands and agrees that in extending Loan Advances, Lender is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or the related Documents. Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by Lender, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the extension of Loan Advances and delivery to Lender of the Related Documents, shall be continuing in nature, shall be deemed made and redated by Borrower at the time each Loan Advance is made, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Borrower’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever is the last to occur.

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

Waive Jury. All parties to this Agreement hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by any party against any other party.

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. Accounting words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement:

Advance. The word “Advance” means a disbursement of Loan funds made, or to be made, to Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf on a line of credit or multiple advance basis under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Business Loan Agreement, as this Business Loan Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Business Loan Agreement from time to time.

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means Super Micro Computer, Inc. and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means all property and assets granted as collateral security for a Loan, whether real or personal property, whether granted directly or indirectly, whether granted now or in the future, and whether granted in the form of a security interest, mortgage, collateral mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien, charge, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., Chapters 6.6 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health and Safety Code, Section 25100, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

GAAP. The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means each and all of the persons or entitles granting a Security Interest in any Collateral for the Loan, including without limitation all Borrowers granting such a Security Interest.

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Loan.

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other Indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Borrower is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

Lender. The word “Lender” means Far East National Bank, its successors and assigns.

Loan. The word “Loan” means any and all loans and financial accommodations from Lender to Borrower whether now or hereafter existing, and however evidenced, including without limitation those loans and financial accommodations described herein or described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement from time to time.

Note. The word “Note” means the Note executed by Super Micro Computer, Inc. in the principal amount of $5,000,000.00 dated November 1, 2005, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

Permitted Liens. The words “Permitted Liens” mean (1) liens and security interests securing indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lender; (2) liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges either not yet due or being contested in good faith; (3) liens of materialman, mechanics, warehousemen, or carriers, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not yet delinquent; (4) purchase money liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any [ILLEGIBLE]


     BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT     

Loan No: 43641-20166

   (Continued)    Page 7

ordinary course of business to secure Indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Agreement or permitted to be incurred under the paragraph of this Agreement titled “Indebtedness and Liens”; (5) liens and security interests which, as of the date of this Agreement, have been disclosed to and approved by the Lender in writing; and (6) those liens and security interests which in the aggregate constitute an immaterial and insignificant monetary amount with respect to the net value of Borrower’s assets.

Related Documents . The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Loan.

Security Agreement . The words “Security Agreement” mean and include without limitation any agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, understandings or other agreements, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise, evidencing, governing, representing, or creating a Security Interest.

Security Interest. The words “Security Interest” mean, without limitation, any and all types of collateral security, present and future, whether in the form of a lien, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security deed, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended a S a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

Tangible Net Worth . The words “Tangible Net Worth” mean Borrower’s total assets excluding all intangible assets (i.e., goodwill, trademarks, patents, copyrights, organizational expenses, and similar intangible items, but including leaseholds and leasehold improvements) less total debt.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT AND BORROWER AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT IS DATED NOVEMBER 1, 2005.

BORROWER:

 

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.

     

By:

 

/s/ Charles Liang

   

By:

 

/s/ Wally Liaw

 

Charles Liang, CEO of Super Micro Computer, Inc.

     

Wally Liaw, Secretary of Super Micro Computer, Inc.

By:  

/s/ Sara Liu

     
 

Sara Liu, Treasurer of Super Micro Computer. Inc.

     

 

LENDER:

     

FAR EAST NATIONAL BANK

     

By:

 

 

     
 

Authorized Signer

     

[ILLEGIBLE]

Exhibit 10.18

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Principal

  Loan Date   Maturity   Loan No   Call/Coll   Account   Officer   Initials

$5,000,000.00

  11-01-2005   11-01-2006   43641-20166   004A / 51   00000057687   50017  

References in the shaded area are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:

  

Super Micro Computer, Inc.

980 Rock Ave.

San Jose, CA 95131-1615

   Lender:   

Far East National Bank

Corporate Banking Group - North

2001 Gateway Place Suite 101 East

San Jose, CA 95110

 

Principal Amount: $5,000,000.00

   Initial Rate: 7.000%    Date of Note: November 1, 2005

PROMISE TO PAY. Super Micro Computer, Inc. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to Far East National Bank (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Five Million & 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) or so much as may be outstanding, together with interest on the unpaid outstanding principal balance of each advance. Interest shall be calculated from the date of each advance until repayment of each advance.

PAYMENT. Borrower will pay this loan in full immediately upon Lender’s demand. If no demand is made, Borrower will pay this loan in one payment of all outstanding principal plus all accrued unpaid interest on November 1, 2006. In addition, Borrower will pay regular monthly payments of all accrued unpaid interest due as of each payment date, beginning December 1, 2005, with all subsequent interest payments to be due on the same day of each month after that. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any unpaid collection costs; then to any late charges; then to any accrued unpaid interest; and then to principal. The annual interest rate for this Note is computed on a 365/360 basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the annual interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender’s address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing.

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE. The interest rate on this Note is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an independent index which is the Far East National Bank Prime Rate- Effective From November 1, 2005 (the “Index”). The Index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans. If the index becomes unavailable during the term of this loan, Lender may designate a substitute index after notice to Borrower. Lender will tell Borrower the current index rate upon Borrower’s request. The interest rate change will not occur more often than each time when prime rate changes. Borrower understands that Lender may make loans based on other rates as well. The index currently is 7.000%. The interest rate to be applied to the unpaid principal balance of this Note will be at a rate equal to the Index, resulting in an initial rate of 7.000%. NOTICE: Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this Note be more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.

PREPAYMENT; MINIMUM INTEREST CHARGE. Borrower agrees that all loan fees and other prepaid finance charges are earned fully as of the date of the loan and will not be subject to refund upon early payment (whether voluntary or as a result of default), except as otherwise required by law. In any event, even upon full prepayment of this Note, Borrower understands that Lender is entitled to a minimum interest charge of $200.00. Other than Borrower’s obligation to pay any minimum interest charge, Borrower may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower’s obligation to continue to make payments of accrued unpaid interest. Rather, early payments will reduce the principal balance due. Borrower agrees not to send Lender payments marked “paid in full”, “without recourse”, or similar language. If Borrower sends such a payment, Lender may accept it without losing any of Lender’s rights under this Note, and Borrower will remain obligated to pay any further amount owed to Lender. All written communications concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that indicates that the payment constitutes “payment in full” of the amount owed or that is tendered with other conditions or limitations or as full satisfaction of a disputed amount must be mailed or delivered to: Far East National Bank, Note Department, 977 N. Broadway, Suite 403 Los Angeles, CA 90012.

LATE CHARGE. If a payment is 10 days or more late, Borrower will be charged 5.000% of the unpaid portion of the regularly scheduled payment.

INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT. Upon default, the variable interest rate on this Note shall immediately increase to 3.000 percentage points over the index, if permitted under applicable law.

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”) under this Note:

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under this Note.

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Note or in any of the related documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

Default in Favor of Third Parties. Borrower or any Grantor defaults under any loan, extension of credit, security agreement, purchase or sales agreement, or any other agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person that may materially affect any of Borrower’s property or Borrower’s ability to repay this Note or perform Borrower’s obligations under this Note or any of the related documents.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Note or the related documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party of any of the indebtedness or any guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any guaranty of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note. In the event of a death, Lender, at its option, may, but shall not be required to, permit the guarantor’s estate to assume unconditionally the obligations arising under the guaranty in a manner satisfactory to Lender, and, in doing so, cure any Event of Default.


     PROMISSORY NOTE    Page 2
Loan No: 43641-20166    (Continued)   

Change In Ownership. Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock of Borrower.

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of this Note is impaired.

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

Cure Provisions. If any default, other than a default in payment is curable and if Borrower has not been given a notice of a breach of the same provision of this Note within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured if Borrower, after receiving written notice from Lender demanding cure of such default: (1) cures the default within ten (10) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than ten (10) days, immediately initiates steps which Lender deems in Lender’s sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continues and completes all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.

LENDER’S RIGHTS. Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance on this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, and then Borrower will pay that amount.

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note if Borrower does not pay. Borrower will pay Lender that amount. This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees, expenses for bankruptcy, proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), and appeals. Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

JURY WAIVER. Lender and Borrower hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either Lender or Borrower against the other.

GOVERNING LAW. This Note will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Note has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara County, State of California.

DISHONORED ITEM FEE. Borrower will pay a fee to Lender of $25.00 if Borrower makes a payment on Borrower’s loan and the check or preauthorized charge with which Borrower pays is later dishonored.

COLLATERAL. Borrower acknowledges this Note is secured by the following collateral described in the security instrument listed herein: inventory, chattel paper, accounts, equipment and general intangibles described in a Commercial Security Agreement dated November 1, 2005.

LINE OF CREDIT. This Note evidences a revolving line of credit. Advances under this Note may be requested either orally or in writing by Borrower or as provided in this paragraph. All oral requests shall be confirmed in writing on the day of the request, on forms acceptable to Lender. All communications, instructions, or directions by telephone or otherwise to Lender are to be directed to Lender’s office shown above. The following persons currently are authorized, except as provided in this paragraph, to request advances and authorize payments under the line of credit until Lender receives from Borrower, at Lender’s address shown above, written notice of revocation of their authority: Charles Liang, CEO of Super Micro Computer, Inc.; Wally Liaw, Secretary of Super Micro Computer, Inc.; and Sara Liu, Treasurer of Super Micro Computer, Inc. Any two of the three officers can authorize for loan advance. Borrower agrees to be liable for all sums either: (A) advanced in accordance with the instructions of an authorized person or (B) credited to any of Borrower’s accounts with Lender. The unpaid principal balance owing on this Note at any time may be evidenced by endorsements on this Note or by Lender’s Internal records, including daily computer print-outs. Lender will have no obligation to advance funds under this Note if: (A) Borrower or any guarantor is in default under the terms of this Note or any agreement that Borrower or any guarantor has with Lender, including any agreement made in connection with the signing of this Note; (B) Borrower or any guarantor ceases doing business or is insolvent; (C) any guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such guarantor’s guarantee of this Note or any other loan with Lender; (D) Borrower has applied funds provided pursuant to this Note for purposes other than those authorized by Lender; or (E) Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

SUCCESSOR INTERESTS. The terms of this Note shall be binding upon Borrower, and upon Borrower’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

NOTIFY US OF INACCURATE INFORMATION WE REPORT TO CONSUMER REPORTING AGENCIES. Please notify us if we report any inaccurate information about your account(s) to a consumer reporting agency. Your written notice describing the specific inaccuracy(ies), should be sent to us at the following address: Far East National Bank Note Department 977 North Broadway, Suite 403 Los Angeles, CA 90012.

GENERAL PROVISIONS. This Note is payable on demand. The inclusion of specific default provisions or rights of Lender shall not preclude Lender’s right to declare payment of this Note on its demand. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive any applicable statute of limitations, presentment, demand for payment, and notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Note, and unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly and for any length of time) this loan or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender’s security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the modification is made. The obligations under this Note are joint and several.


Loan No: 43641-20166    PROMISSORY NOTE    Page 3
   (Continued)   

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS NOTE, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE, INCLUDING THE VARIABLE INTEREST RATE PROVISIONS. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE NOTE.

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED COPY OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE.

BORROWER:

 

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.         
By:   

/s/ Charles Liang

      By:   

/s/ Wally Liaw

   Charles Liang, CEO of Super Micro Computer, Inc.          Wally Liaw, Secretary of Super Micro Computer, Inc.
By:   

/s/ Sara Liu

        
   Sara Liu, Treasurer of Super Micro Computer, Inc.         

[ILLEGIBLE]

Exhibit 10.19

COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

Principal    Loan Date    Maturity    Loan No    Call / Coll    Account    Officer    Initials
$5,000,000.00    11-01-2005    11-01-2006    43641-20166    004A-/-51    00000057687    50017   

References in the shaded area are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Grantor:    Super Micro Computer, Inc.   Lender:    Far East National Bank
   980 Rock Ave,      Corporate Banking Group - North
   San Jose, CA 95131-1615      2001 Gateway Place Suite 101 East
        San Jose, CA 95110

THIS COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT dated November 1, 2005, is made and executed between Super Micro Computer, Inc. (“Grantor”) and Far East National Bank (“Lender”).

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST. For valuable consideration, Grantor grants to Lender a security interest in the Collateral to secure the indebtedness and agrees that Lender shall have the rights stated in this Agreement with respect to the Collateral, in addition to all other rights which Lender may have by law.

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION. The word “Collateral” as used in this Agreement means the following described property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and wherever located, in which Grantor is giving to Lender a security interest for the payment of the Indebtedness and performance of all other obligations under the Note and this Agreement:

All Inventory, Chattel Paper, Accounts, Equipment and General Intangibles

In addition, the word “Collateral” also includes all the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and wherever located:

(A) All accessions, attachments, accessories, tools, parts, supplies, replacements of and additions to any of the collateral described herein, whether added now or later.

(B) All products and produce of any of the property described in this Collateral section.

(C) All accounts, general intangibles, instruments, rents, monies, payments, and all other rights, arising out of a sale, lease, consignment or other disposition of any of the property described in this Collateral section.

(D) All proceeds (including insurance proceeds) from the sale, destruction, loss, or other disposition of any of the property described in this Collateral section, and sums due from a third party who has damaged or destroyed the Collateral or from that party’s insurer, whether due to judgment, settlement or other process.

(E) All records and data relating to any of the property described in this Collateral section, whether in the form of a writing, photograph, microfilm, microfiche, or electronic media, together with all of Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to all computer software required to utilize, create, maintain, and process any such records or data on electronic media.

GRANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE COLLATERAL. With respect to the Collateral, Grantor represents and promises TO Lender that:

Perfection of Security Interest. Grantor agrees to take whatever actions are requested by Lender to perfect and continue Lender’s security interest in the Collateral. Upon request of Lender, Grantor will deliver to Lender any and all of the documents evidencing or constituting the Collateral, and Grantor will note Lender’s interest upon any and all chattel paper and instruments if not delivered to Lender for possession by Lender. This is a continuing Security Agreement and will continue in effect even though all or any part of the Indebtedness is paid in full and even though for a period of time Grantor may not be indebted to Lender.

Notices to Lender. Grantor will promptly notify Lender in writing at Lender’s address shown above (or such other addresses as Lender may designate from time to time) prior to any (1) change in Grantor’s name; (2) change in Grantor’s assumed business name(s); (3) change in the management of the Corporation Grantor; (4) change in the authorized signer(s); (5) change in Grantor’s principal office address; (6) change in Grantor’s state of organization; (7) conversion of Grantor to a new or different type of business entity; or (8) change in any other aspect of Grantor that directly or indirectly relates to any agreements between Grantor and Lender. No change in Grantor’s name or state of organization will take effect until after Lender has received notice.

No Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not violate any law or agreement governing Grantor or to which Grantor is a party, and its certificate or articles of incorporation and bylaws do not prohibit any term or condition of this Agreement.

Enforceability of Collateral . To the extent the Collateral consists of accounts, chattel paper, or general intangibles, as defined by the Uniform Commercial Code, the Collateral is enforceable in accordance with its terms, is genuine, and fully complies with all applicable laws and regulations concerning form, content and manner of preparation and execution, and all persons appearing to be obligated on the Collateral have authority and capacity to contract and are in fact obligated as they appear to be on the Collateral. At the time any account becomes subject to a security interest in favor of Lender, the account shall be a good and valid account representing an undisputed, bonafide indebtedness incurred by the account debtor, for merchandise held subject to delivery instructions or previously shipped or delivered pursuant to a contract of sale, or for services previously performed by Grantor with or for the account debtor. So long as this Agreement remains in effect, Grantor shall not, without Lender’s prior written consent, compromise, settle, adjust, or extend payment under or with regard to any such Accounts. There shall be no setoffs or counterclaims against any of the Collateral, and no agreement shall have been made under which any deductions or discounts may be claimed concerning the Collateral except those disclosed to Lender in writing.

Location of the Collateral. Except in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, Grantor agrees to keep the Collateral (or to the extent the Collateral consists of intangible property such as accounts or general intangibles, the records concerning the Collateral) at Grantor’s address shown above or at such other locations as are acceptable to Lender. Upon Lender’s request, Grantor will deliver to Lender in form satisfactory to Lender a schedule of real properties and Collateral locations relating to Grantor’s operations, including without limitation the following: (1) all real property Grantor owns or is purchasing; (2) all real property Grantor is renting or leasing; (3) all storage facilities Grantor owns, rents, leases, or uses; and (4) all other properties where Collateral is or may be located.

Removal of the Collateral. Except in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, including the sales of inventory, Grantor shall not remove the Collateral from its existing location without Lender’s prior written consent. To the extent that the Collateral consists of vehicles, or other titled property, Grantor shall not take or permit any action which would require application for certificates of title for the vehicles outside the State of California, without Lender’s prior written consent. Grantor shall, whenever requested, advise Lender of the exact location of the Collateral.


COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
Loan No: 43641-20166   (Continued)     Page 2

Transactions Involving Collateral . Except for inventory sold or accounts collected in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, or as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, Grantor shall not sell, offer to sell, or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Collateral, While Grantor is not in default under this Agreement, Grantor may sell inventory, but only in the ordinary course of its business and only to buyers who qualify as a buyer in the ordinary course of business. A sale in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business does not include a transfer in partial or total satisfaction of a debt or any bulk sale. Grantor shall not pledge, mortgage, encumber or otherwise permit the Collateral to be subject to any lien, security interest, encumbrance, or charge, other than the security interest provided for in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Lender. This includes security interests even if junior in right to the security interests granted under this Agreement. Unless waived by Lender, all proceeds from any disposition of the Collateral (for whatever reason) shall be held in trust for Lender and shall not be commingled with any other funds; provided however, this requirement shall not constitute consent by Lender to any sale or other disposition. Upon receipt, Grantor shall immediately deliver any such proceeds to Lender.

Title. Grantor represents and warrants to Lender that Grantor holds good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except for the lien of this Agreement. No financing statement covering any of the Collateral is on file in any public office other than those which reflect the security interest created by this Agreement or to which Lender has specifically consented, Grantor shall defend Lender’s rights in the Collateral against the claims and demands of all other persons.

Repairs and Maintenance. Grantor agrees to keep and maintain, and to cause others to keep and maintain, the Collateral in good order, repair and condition at all times while this Agreement remains in effect. Grantor further agrees to pay when due all claims for work done on, or services rendered or material furnished in connection with the Collateral so that no lien or encumbrance may ever attach to or be filed against the Collateral.

Inspection of Collateral. Lender and Lender’s designated representatives and agents shall have the right at all reasonable times to examine and inspect the Collateral wherever located.

Taxes, Assessments and Liens. Grantor will pay when due all taxes, assessments and liens upon the Collateral, its use or operation, upon this Agreement, upon any promissory note or notes evidencing the Indebtedness, or upon any of the other Related Documents. Grantor may withhold any such payment or may elect to contest any lien if Grantor is in good faith conducting an appropriate proceeding to contest the obligation to pay and so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral is not Jeopardized in Lender’s sole opinion. If the Collateral is subjected to a lien which is not discharged within fifteen (15) days, Grantor shall deposit with Lender cash, a sufficient corporate surety bond or other security satisfactory to Lender in an amount adequate to provide for the discharge of the lien plus any interest, costs, attorneys’ fees or other charges that could accrue as a result of foreclosure or sale of the Collateral. In any contest Grantor shall defend itself and Lender and shall satisfy any final adverse judgment before enforcement against the Collateral, Grantor shall name Lender as an additional obligee under any surety bond furnished in the contest proceedings. Grantor further agrees to furnish Lender with evidence that such taxes, assessments, and governmental and other charges have been paid in full and in a timely manner. Grantor may withhold any such payment or may elect to contest any lien if Grantor is in good faith conducting an appropriate proceeding to contest the obligation to pay and so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral is not jeopardized.

Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Grantor shall comply promptly with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of all governmental authorities, now or hereafter in effect, applicable to the ownership, production, disposition, or use of the Collateral, including all laws or regulations relating to the undue erosion of highly-erodible land or relating to the conversion of wetlands for the production of an agricultural product or commodity. Grantor may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Lender’s Interest in the Collateral, in Lender’s opinion, is not jeopardized.

Hazardous Substances. Grantor represents and warrants that the Collateral never has been, and never will be so long as this Agreement remains a lien on the Collateral, used in violation of any Environmental Laws or for the generation, manufacture, storage, transportation, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Grantor’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for Hazardous Substances. Grantor hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Grantor becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any Environmental Laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims and losses resulting from a breach of this provision of this Agreement. This obligation to indemnify shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the satisfaction of this Agreement.

Maintenance of Casualty Insurance. Grantor shall procure and maintain all risks insurance, including without limitation fire, theft and liability coverage together with such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to the Collateral, in form, amounts, coverages and basis reasonably acceptable to Lender and issued by a company or companies reasonably acceptable to Lender. Grantor, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Lender and not including any disclaimer of the insurer’s liability for failure to give such a notice. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Grantor or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest, Grantor will provide Lender with such loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require. If Grantor at any time fails to obtain or maintain any insurance as required under this Agreement, Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) obtain such insurance as Lender deems appropriate, including if Lender so chooses “single interest insurance,” which will cover only Lender’s interest in the Collateral.

Application of Insurance Proceeds. Grantor shall promptly notify Lender of any loss or damage to the Collateral if the estimated cost of repair or replacement exceeds $10,000.00, whether or not such casualty or loss is covered by insurance. Lender may make proof of loss if Grantor fails to do so within fifteen (15) days of the casualty. All proceeds of any insurance on the Collateral, including accrued proceeds thereon, shall be held by Lender as part of the Collateral. If Lender consents to repair or replacement of the damaged or destroyed Collateral, Lender shall, upon satisfactory proof of expenditure, pay or reimburse Grantor from the proceeds for the reasonable cost of repair or restoration. If Lender does not consent to repair or replacement of the Collateral, Lender shall retain a sufficient amount of the proceeds to pay all of the Indebtedness, and shall pay the balance to Grantor. Any proceeds which have not been disbursed within six (6) months after their receipt and which Grantor has not committed to the repair or restoration of the Collateral shall be used to prepay the Indebtedness.

Insurance Reserves. Lender may require Grantor to maintain with Lender reserves for payment of insurance premiums, which reserves shall be created by monthly payments from Grantor of a sum estimated by Lender to be sufficient to produce, at least fifteen (15) days before the premium due date, amounts at least equal to the insurance premiums to be paid. If fifteen (15) days before payment is due, the reserve funds are insufficient, Grantor shall upon demand pay any deficiency to Lender. The reserve funds shall be held by Lender as a general deposit and shall constitute a non-interest-bearing account which Lender may satisfy by payment of the insurance premiums required to be paid by Grantor as they become due. Lender does not hold the reserve funds in trust for Grantor, and Lender is not the agent of Grantor for payment of the insurance premiums required to be paid by Grantor. The responsibility for the payment of premiums shall remain Grantor’s sole responsibility.


COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
Loan No: 43641-20166   (Continued)     Page 3

Insurance Reports. Grantor, upon request of Lender, shall furnish to Lender reports on each existing policy of insurance showing such information as Lender may reasonably request including the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the property insured; (5) the then current value on the basis of which insurance has been obtained and the manner of determining that value; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, Grantor shall upon request by Lender (however not more often than annually) have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the cash value or replacement cost of the Collateral.

Financing Statements. Grantor authorizes Lender to file a UCC financing statement, or alternatively, a copy of this Agreement to perfect Lender’s security interest. At Lender’s request, Grantor additionally agrees to sign all other documents that are necessary to perfect, protect, and continue Lender’s security interest in the Property. Grantor will pay all filing fees, title transfer fees, and other fees and costs involved unless prohibited by law or unless Lender is required by law to pay such fees and costs. Grantor irrevocably appoints Lender to execute documents necessary to transfer title if there is a default. Lender may file a copy of this Agreement as a financing statement. If Grantor changes Grantor’s name or address, or the name or address of any person granting a security interest under this Agreement changes, Grantor will promptly notify the Lender of such change.

GRANTOR’S RIGHT TO POSSESSION AND TO COLLECT ACCOUNTS. Until default and except as otherwise provided below with respect to accounts, Grantor may have possession of the tangible personal property and beneficial use of all the Collateral and may use it in any lawful manner not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Related Documents, provided that Grantor’s right to possession and beneficial use shall not apply to any Collateral where possession of the Collateral by Lender is required by law to perfect Lender’s security interest in such Collateral. Until otherwise notified by Lender, Grantor may collect any of the Collateral consisting of accounts. At any time and even though no Event of Default exists, Lender may exercise its rights to collect the accounts and to notify account debtors to make payments directly to Lender for application to the Indebtedness. If Lender at any time has possession of any Collateral, whether before or after an Event of Default, Lender shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral if Lender takes such action for that purpose as Grantor shall request or as Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, shall deem appropriate under the circumstances, but failure to honor any request by Grantor shall not of itself be deemed to be a failure to exercise reasonable care. Lender shall not be required to take any steps necessary to preserve any rights in the Collateral against prior parties, nor to protect, preserve or maintain any security interest given to secure the Indebtedness.

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Grantor fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Grantor’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Grantor is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Grantor’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on the Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving the Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Grantor. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity. The Agreement also will secure payment of these amounts. Such right shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies to which Lender may be entitled upon Default.

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

Payment Default . Grantor fails to make any payment when due under the Indebtedness.

Other Defaults. Grantor fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Grantor.

Default in Favor of Third Parties. Should Borrower or any Grantor default under any loan, extension of credit, security agreement, purchase or sales agreement, or any other agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person that may materially affect any of Grantor’s property or Grantor’s or any Grantor’s ability to repay the Indebtedness or perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or any of the Related Documents.

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Grantor or on Grantor’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

Defective Collateralization. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Grantor’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Grantor, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Grantor’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Grantor.

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Grantor or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Indebtedness. This includes a garnishment of any of Grantor’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Grantor as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Grantor gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party of any of the Indebtedness or guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party dies or becomes incompetent or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Grantor’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Indebtedness is impaired.

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

Cure Provisions. If any default, other than a default in payment is curable and if Grantor has not been given a notice of a breach of the same provision of this Agreement within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured if Grantor, after receiving written notice from


Loan No: 43641-20166

   COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT   

Page 4

   (Continued)   

Lender demanding cure of such default: (1) cures the default within ten (10) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than ten (10) days, immediately initiates steps which Lender deems in Lender’s sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continues and completes all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.

RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT. If an Event of Default occurs under this Agreement, at any time thereafter, Lender shall have all the rights of a secured party under the California Uniform Commercial Code. In addition and without limitation, Lender may exercise any one or more of the following rights and remedies:

Accelerate Indebtedness. Lender may declare the entire indebtedness, including any prepayment penalty which Grantor would be required to pay, immediately due and payable, without notice of any kind to Grantor.

Assemble Collateral. Lender may require Grantor to deliver to Lender all or any portion of the Collateral and any and all certificates of title and other documents relating to the Collateral. Lender may require Grantor to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at a place to be designated by Lender. Lender also shall have full power to enter upon the property of Grantor to take possession of and remove the Collateral. If the Collateral contains other goods not covered by this Agreement at the time of repossession, Grantor agrees Lender may take such other goods, provided that Lender makes reasonable efforts to return them to Grantor after repossession.

Sell the Collateral. Lender shall have full power to sell, lease, transfer, or otherwise deal with the Collateral or proceeds thereof in Lender’s own name or that of Grantor. Lender may sell the Collateral at public auction or private sale. Unless the Collateral threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Lender will give Grantor, and other persons as required by law, reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale, or the time after which any private sale or any other disposition of the Collateral is to be made. However, no notice need be provided to any person who, after Event of Default occurs, enters into and authenticates an agreement waiving that person’s right to notification of sale. The requirements of reasonable notice shall be met if such notice is given at least ten (10) days before the time of the sale or disposition. All expenses relating to the disposition of the Collateral, including without limitation the expenses of retaking, holding, insuring, preparing for sale and selling the Collateral, shall become a part of the Indebtedness secured by this Agreement and shall be payable on demand, with interest at the Note rate from date of expenditure until repaid.

Appoint Receiver. Lender shall have the right to have a receiver appointed to take possession of all or any part of the Collateral, with the power to protect and preserve the Collateral, to operate the Collateral preceding foreclosure or sale, and to collect the Rents from the Collateral and apply the proceeds, over and above the cost of the receivership, against the Indebtedness. The receiver may serve without bond if permitted by law. Lender’s right to the appointment of a receiver shall exist whether or not the apparent value of the Collateral exceeds the Indebtedness by a substantial amount. Employment by Lender shall not disqualify a person from serving as a receiver.

Collect Revenues, Apply Accounts. Lender, either itself or through a receiver, may collect the payments, rents, income, and revenues from the Collateral. Lender may at any time in Lender’s discretion transfer any Collateral into Lender’s own name or that of Lender’s nominee and receive the payments, rents, income, and revenues therefrom and hold the same as security for the Indebtedness or apply it to payment of the Indebtedness in such order of preference as Lender may determine. Insofar as the Collateral consists of accounts, general intangibles, insurance policies, instruments, chattel paper, choses in action, or similar property, Lender may demand, collect, receipt for, settle, compromise, adjust, sue for, foreclose, or realize on the Collateral as Lender may determine, whether or not Indebtedness or Collateral is then due. For these purposes, Lender may, on behalf of and in the name of Grantor, receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to Grantor; change any address to which mail and payments are to be sent; and endorse notes, checks, drafts, money orders, documents of title, instruments and items pertaining to payment, shipment, or storage of any Collateral. To facilitate collection, Lender may notify account debtors and obligors on any Collateral to make payments directly to Lender.

Obtain Deficiency. If Lender chooses to sell any or all of the Collateral, Lender may obtain a judgment against Grantor for any deficiency remaining on the Indebtedness due to Lender after application of all amounts received from the exercise of the rights provided in this Agreement. Grantor shall be liable for a deficiency even if the transaction described in this subsection is a sale of accounts or chattel paper.

Other Rights and Remedies. Lender shall have all the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, as may be amended from time to time. In addition, Lender shall have and may exercise any or all other rights and remedies it may have available at law, in equity, or otherwise.

Election of Remedies. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies, whether evidenced by this Agreement, the Related Documents, or by any other writing, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Grantor under this Agreement, after Grantor’s failure to perform, shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and exercise its remedies.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Grantor agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Grantor shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Grantor also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Grantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Santa Clara County, State of California.

Preference Payments. Any monies Lender pays because of an asserted preference claim in Grantor’s bankruptcy will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, shall be payable by Grantor as provided in this Agreement.

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any


Loan No: 43641-20166    COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT    Page 5
   (Continued)   

other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Grantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Grantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Grantor, any notice given by Lender to any Grantor is deemed to be notice given to all Grantors.

Power of Attorney. Grantor hereby appoints Lender as Grantor’s irrevocable attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing any documents necessary to perfect, amend, or to continue the security interest granted in this Agreement or to demand termination of filings of other secured parties. Lender may at any time, and without further authorization from Grantor, file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of any financing statement or of this Agreement for use as a financing statement. Grantor will reimburse Lender for all expenses for the perfection and the continuation of the perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

Waiver of Co-Obligor’s Rights. If more than one person is obligated for the Indebtedness, Grantor irrevocably waives, disclaims and relinquishes all claims against such other person which Grantor has or would otherwise have by virtue of payment of the Indebtedness or any part thereof, specifically including but not limited to all rights of indemnity, contribution or exoneration.

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

Successors and Assigns. Subject to any limitations stated in this Agreement on transfer of Grantor’s interest, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns. If ownership of the Collateral becomes vested in a person other than Grantor, Lender, without notice to Grantor, may deal with Grantor’s successors with reference to this Agreement and the Indebtedness by way of forbearance or extension without releasing Grantor from the obligations of this Agreement or liability under the Indebtedness.

Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations, warranties, and agreements made by Grantor in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Grantor’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full.

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

Waive Jury . All parties to this Agreement hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by any party against any other party.

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Commercial Security Agreement, as this Commercial Security Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Commercial Security Agreement from time to time.

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means Super Micro Computer, Inc. and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Collateral as described in the Collateral Description section of this Agreement.

Default. The word “Default” means the Default set forth in this Agreement in the section titled “Default”.

Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., Chapters 6.5 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health and Safety Code, Section 25100, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means Super Micro Computer, Inc..

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.,

Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the Indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Grantor is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.


     COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT     
Loan No: 43641-20166    (Continued)    Page 6

Lender. The word “Lender” means Far East National Bank, its successors and assigns.

Note. The word “Note” means the Note executed by Super Micro Computer, Inc. in the principal amount of $5,000,000.00 dated November 1, 2005, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

Property. The word “Property” means all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Property as described in the “Collateral Description” section of this Agreement.

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

GRANTOR HAS READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS AGREEMENT IS DATED NOVEMBER 1, 2005.

 

GRANTOR:         
SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.         
By:   

/s/ Charles Liang

      By:   

/s/ Wally Liaw

   Charles Liang, CEO of Super Micro Computer, Inc.          Wally Liaw, Secretary of Super Micro Computer, Inc.
By:   

/s/ Sara Liu

        
   Sara Liu, Treasurer of Super Micro Computer, Inc.         

[ILLEGIBLE]

Exhibit 10.20

Private & Confidential

Date: Sep. 28, 1993

Sara Liu

Dear Mrs. Sara Liu:

This offer of employment is basis for Treasurer & Operation position. Your job will include, but is not limited to, managing all phases accounting, analyzing G/L accts, consolidating financial statements, preparing budgets, coordinating audits and all job related to accounting and financing, managing all phases operation of purchasing, shipping, H/R, office administration. The position can be changed according to the company’s requirement at anytime. You will report to Charles Liang.

We are pleased to offer you employment at beginning annual salary of $24,000.00 per year plus employee benefits. Your stock option is 160K at $0.15 per share.

The salient terms and conditions governing your employment and service with the company are as follows:

1. COMMENCEMENT OF EMPLOYMENT

Your employment with company will begin on Oct.26, 1993 or earlier.

2 TRIAL PERIOD

You will be place on trial for a period of three months from the date of your commencement of employment. This trial period provides an opportunity for you as a new employee to evaluate your work situation and, in turn, provides the management an opportunity to judge your performance and suitability for continued employment. This trial period does not represent a guarantee or contract for employment for ninety days or any other period of time.

3. NON-DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND TRADE SECRETS

Without the prior consent of the company or except as authorized or required in the course of the performance of your duties, you shall not disclose, reveal or make available, directly or indirectly to third parties any confidential operations, processes or dealings, any trade secrets or any information concerning the business, finances, transactions or affairs of the company which may come to your knowledge during your employment with the company and you shall keep with complete secret all confidential information and matters entrusted to you and shall not use or attempt to use any such information in any manner which may injure or cause loss either directly or indirectly to the company or its business or may be likely so to do.

 

/s/ Sara Liu

     
Offer of employment/ Sara Liu    1/2


This restriction shall continue to apply after your cessation of employment without limit in point of time but shall cease to apply to information or knowledge which may come into public domain. Upon cessation of your employment with the company, you shall turn over to the company, all documents, data or other requisites, confidential or otherwise, obtained or made by you during the course of your employment with the company, pertaining to the business or the company.

4. CONFLICT OF INTEREST

Without the prior written consent of the company, you shall not indulge, engage or interest yourself either directly or indirectly, whether for reward or gratuitously in any work or business other than in the course of the performance of your duties to the company.

5. BASIS OF EMPLOYMENT

Although it is our objective to maintain a stable workforce and to provide job security to all employees who met the company’s standards of performance, the company does not make contracts of permanent employment. Instead, the company maintains a policy of employment-at-will, which means that both the company and the employee remain free to terminate the working relationship without cause at any time. But employee must to notify the company 1 weeks prior to his/her resignation.

6. OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Your employment is also subject to your compliance with any conditions of employment and service governed by the company’s policies and practices or amendments thereto as appropriate from time to time. Please refer to the company’s Personnel Department should you require further clarification on such policies and practices.

7. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The employee is provided with health, dental, and vision insurance. This insurance begins after thirty (30) days of employment and begins only the first on the month. Additional coverage for employee’s family members is paid by the employee. In addition, and depending on the company’s quarterly profits, quarterly bonuses may be provided to all current employees.

Your employment is also subject to your compliance with any conditions of employment and service or the company’s rules, regulations and practices, either written, expressed or implied, for the time being in force. You will be required to carry out such related duties and job functions as instructed from time to time by the company or persons acting on behalf of the company.

We take this opportunity to welcome you the Super Micro Computer Inc. and trust that your association with us will be mutually beneficial and long-lasting.

 

This offer of employment is

fully understood this letter and accepted

by Sara Liu

  

SUPER MICRO COMPUTER INC.

/s/ Sara Liu

Signature

  

/s/ Charles Liang

Charles Liang

Exhibit 10.21

LOGO

 

Date: August 18, 2003

   Private & Confidential   

Alex Hsu

Dear Mr. Alex Hsu:

This offer of employment is for President of European Office and VP operations (USA) position. Your job will include, but is not limited to operations, management, increase sales and sales territory. Your position and job function can be changed according to the company’s requirement at anytime. We are pleased to offer you employment at beginning annual gross salary of US$200,000.00 per year and one time only for the sign in bonus in the amount of US$30,000 at the first day you work at Super Micro Computer Inc. (You have to work at least one year, otherwise you need to return it). You will report to Charles Liang.

Your stock option is 160K at $2.5 per share. The option shall vest and become exercisable one-fourth(l/4 th ) by the end of the first year, and one-sixteenth(l/16 th ) of the remaining Shares subject to the option shall vest at the end of each successive calendar quarter over the remaining three-year period, until all the shares have vested, subject to the optionee’s continuous employment with the company. All details are stated on Super Micro Computer Inc. 1998 stock option plan.

The salient terms and conditions governing your employment and service with the company are as follows:

1. COMMENCEMENT OF EMPLOYMENT

Your employment with company will begin on Oct. 24, 2003 or earlier.

2 TRIAL Periods

You will be place on trial for a period of three months from the date of your commencement of employment. This trial period provides an opportunity for you as a new employee to evaluate your work situation and, in turn, provides the management an opportunity to judge your performance and suitability for continued employment. This trial period does not represent a guarantee or contract for employment for ninety days or any other period of time.

3. NON-DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND TRADE SECRETS

Without the prior consent of the company or except as authorized or required in the course of the performance of your duties, you shall not disclose, reveal or make available, directly or indirectly to third parties any confidential operations, processes or dealings, any trade secrets or any information concerning the business, finances, transactions or affairs of the company which may come to your knowledge during your employment with the company and you shall keep with complete secret all confidential information and matters entrusted to you and shall not use or attempt to use any such information in any manner which may injure or cause loss either directly or indirectly to the company or its business or may be likely so to do.

This restriction shall continue to apply after your cessation of employment without limit in point of time but shall cease to apply to information or knowledge, which may come into public domain. Upon cessation of your employment with the company, you shall turn over to the company, all documents, data or other requisites, confidential or otherwise, obtained or made by you during the course of your employment with the company, pertaining to the business or the company.

 

/s/ Alex Hsu

Offer of Employment/Alex Hsu

HEADQUARTERS

980 Rock Avenue • San Jose, CA 95131 USA • Tel: (408) 503-8000 • Fax: (408) 503-8008 • www.supermicro.com

1/3


LOGO

4. CONFLICT OF INTEREST

Without the prior written consent of the company, you shall not indulge, engage or interest yourself either directly or indirectly, whether for reward or gratuitously in any work or business other than in the course of the performance of your duties to the company.

5. BASIS OF EMPLOYMENT

Although it is our objective to maintain a stable workforce and to provide job security to all employees who met the company’s standards of performance, the company does not make contracts of permanent employment. Instead, the company maintains a policy of employment-at-will, which means that both the company and the employee remain free to terminate the working relationship without cause at any time. But employee must to notify the company one week prior to his/her resignation.

In case the company decides to terminate your employment with Super Micro Computer Inc. under non-fault termination within 6 months after your hiring date, you will receive a 6 months pay plus  1 / 2 year stock option. If it occurs during the period of 6 months to 12 months, you will receive 3 months pay plus one-year stock option.

6. OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Your employment is also subject to your compliance with any conditions of employment and service governed by the company’s policies and practices or amendments thereto as appropriate from time to time. Please refer to the company’s Personnel Department should you require further clarification on such policies and practices.

7. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The employee is provided with health, dental, and vision insurance. This insurance begins after thirty (30) days of employment and begins only the first on the month. The employee pays additional coverage for employee’s family members. In addition, and depending on the company’s quarterly profits, quarterly bonuses may be provided to all current employees.

8. NONSOLICITATION CLAUSE

The employee agrees not to solicit any of Super Micro Inc.’s employees for employment elsewhere during his/her employment at Super Micro Computer Inc. and/or in the event of the employee’s termination or leaving Super Micro Computer Inc. for a period of eighteen months following the end of employment at Super Micro Computer Inc.”

9. ARBITRATION

As a condition of accepting and/or continuing employment with the Company, I agree to final and binding arbitration of Disputes between the Company, in accordance with the Arbitration of Disputes policy, and me the terms of which are incorporated by reference herein. I understand that the Arbitration of Disputes Policy (the terms of which control in the event of a conflict) requires arbitration of all Disputes which involve the violation of my rights or the Company’s rights arising from my employment or the termination of employment, including but not limited to violations of rights arising from employment discrimination and/or wrongful termination of employment, breach of contract or other wrongful conduct, or breach of the Company’s policies, rights or contracts respecting confidential information and/or trade secrets. I also understand and agree that this means that I have voluntarily surrendered my rights to civil litigation and a trial by jury and any associated rights of appeal.

 

/s/ Alex Hsu

Offer of employment/Alex Hsu

HEADQUARTERS

980 Rock Avenue • San Jose, CA 95131 USA • Tel: (408) 503-8000 • Fax: (408) 503-8008 • www.supermicro.com

2/3


LOGO

Your employment is also subject to your compliance with any conditions of employment and service or the company’s rules, regulations and practices, either written, expressed or implied, for The time being in force. You will be required to carry out such related duties and job functions as Instructed from time to time by the company or persons acting on behalf of the company.

We take this opportunity to welcome you the Super Micro Computer Inc. and trust that your association with us will be mutually beneficial and long lasting.

 

This offer of employment is

Fully understood this letter and accepted

By Alex Hsu

   SUPER MICRO COMPUTER INC.

/s/ Alex Hsu

  

/s/ Sara Liu

Signature    Sara Liu

 

  
Offer of employment/ Alex Hsu    Personnel Manager

HEADQUARTERS

980 Rock Avenue • San Jose, CA 95131 USA • Tel: (408) 503-8000 • Fax: (408) 503-8008 • www.supermicro.com

3/3

Exhibit 10.22

LOGO

Private & Confidential

Date: April 18, 2006

Howard Hideshima

Dear Mr. Howard Hideshima:

This offer of employment is for the position of Chief Financial Officer. Your job will include but is not limited to: Assist in development, implementation, and achievement of business objectives; Direct the company’s overall financial and accounting planning and practices; Provide analysis and recommendations on all financial operations; Manage and coordinate the legal affairs of the company and its subsidiaries; Review and negotiate contracts as well as establishing metrics that will drive and sustain continued organic and acquisitive growth.

The job function and position can be changed according to the company’s requirement at any given time. We are pleased to offer you employment at the beginning annual gross salary of US$220,000.00 per year plus company quarterly bonus according to your performance and company profitability. Your offer for services is contingent upon full completion with acceptable results of the background check process, including background (criminal, education, and social security number and reference checks. You will report to Mr. Charles Liang, CEO.

In connection with commencement of your employment the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 65,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The exercise price per share will be the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors. These options will vest and become exercisable on fourth (1/4 th ) by the end of the first year, and one-sixteenth (1/16 th ) of the remaining. Shares subject to the option shall vest at the end of each successive calendar quarter over the remaining three-year period, until all the shares have vested, subject to the optionee’s continuous employment with the Company. Although the option grant date will be at the next Board meeting, vesting will be retroactive and commence with your first day of employment. The option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extent allowed by the tax code and will be subject to the terms of the Company’s Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

 

 

Offer of employment/ Howard Hideshima

HEADQUARTERS

980 Rock Avenue • San Jose, CA 95131 USA • Tel: (408) 503-8000 • Fax: (408) 503-8008 • www.supermicro.com

1/3


LOGO

The salient terms and conditions governing your employment and service with the company are as follows:

1. COMMENCEMENT OF EMPLOYMENT

Your employment with company will begin on May 8, 2006 or earlier.

2 TRIAL PERIOD

You will be place on trial for a period of three months from the date of your commencement of employment. This trial period provides an opportunity for you as a new employee to evaluate your work situation and, in turn, provides the management an opportunity to judge your performance and suitability for continued employment. This trial period does not represent a guarantee or contract for employment for ninety days or any other period of time.

3. NON-DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND TRADE SECRETS

Without the prior consent of the company or except as authorized or required in the course of the performance of your duties, you shall not disclose, reveal or make available, directly or indirectly to third parties any confidential operations, processes or dealings, any trade secrets or any information concerning the business, finances, transactions or affairs of the company which may come to your knowledge during your employment with the company and you shall keep with complete secret all confidential information and matters entrusted to you and shall not use or attempt to use any such information in any manner which may injure or cause loss either directly or indirectly to the company or its business or may be likely so to do.

This restriction shall continue to apply after your cessation of employment without limit in point of time but shall cease to apply to information or knowledge which may come into public domain. Upon cessation of your employment with the company, you shall turn over to the company, all documents, data or other requisites, confidential or otherwise, obtained or made by you during the course of your employment with the company, pertaining to the business or the company.

4. CONFLICT OF INTEREST

Without the prior written consent of the company, you shall not indulge, engage or interest yourself either directly or indirectly, whether for reward or gratuitously in any work or business other than in the course of the performance of your duties to the company.

5. BASIS OF EMPLOYMENT

Although it is our objective to maintain a stable workforce and to provide job security to all employees who met the company’s standards of performance, the company does not make contracts of permanent employment. Instead, the company maintains a policy of employment-at-will, which means that both the company and the employee remain free to terminate the working relationship without cause at any time. But employee must to notify the company 1 weeks prior to his/her resignation.

 

 

Offer of employment/Howard Hideshima

HEADQUARTERS

980 Rock Avenue • Sun Jose, CA 95131 USA • Tel: (408) 503-8000 • Fax: (408) 503-8008 • www.supermicro.com

2/3


LOGO

6. OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Your employment is also subject to your compliance with any conditions of employment and service governed by the company’s policies and practices or amendments thereto as appropriate from time to time. Please refer to the company’s Personnel Department should you require further clarification on such policies and practices.

7. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The employee is provided with health, dental, and vision insurance. This insurance begins after thirty (30) days of employment and begins only the the first on the month. Additional coverage for employee’s family members is paid by the employee. In addition, and depending on the company’s quarterly profits, quarterly bonuses may be provided to all current employees.

Your employment is also subject to your compliance with any conditions of employment and service or the compnay’s rules, regulations and practices, either written, expressed or implied, for the time being in force. You will be required to carry out such related duties and job functions as instructed from time to time by the company or persons acting on behalf of the company.

We take this opportunity to welcome you the Super Micro Computer Inc. and trust that your association with us will be mutually beneficial and long-lasting.

 

This offer of employment is

Fully understood this letter and accepted

by Howard Hideshima

   SUPER MICRO COMPUTER INC.

/s/ Howard Hideshima

  

/s/ Charles Liang

Signature 4/19/06    Charles Liang

 

  

Offer of employment/Howard Hideshima

   CEO & President

HEADQUARTERS

980 Rock Avenue • Sun Jose, CA 95131 USA • Tel: (408) 503-8000 • Fax: (408) 503-8008 • www.supermicro.com

3/3

Exhibit 10.23

Super Micro Computer, Inc. Director Compensation Policy

The Super Micro Computer, Inc. (the “ Company ”) Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) compensation policy provides the following compensation components for non-employee directors’ service as Board members, participation at Board meetings, and service on Board committees:

 

  1. Cash

 

  ·   Annual retainer fee of $40,000 per director, payable quarterly at the end of each quarter

 

  ·   Reimbursement for reasonable expenses for attendance at Board and committee meetings

 

  ·   Annual committee fee of $25,000 for chairperson of the Audit Committee, and $5,000 for each of the chairpersons of the Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, payable quarterly at the end of each quarter

 

  ·   Annual committee fee of $2,500 per director serving on a committee, payable quarterly at the end of each quarter

Fees will be proportionally reduced for any director who does not serve in any capacity for the full year.

 

  2. Stock Options

 

  ·   Initial Options:

 

  o Initial stock option grants of 9,000 shares per director on appointment or election

 

  o Initial stock option grants of 6,000 shares for chairperson of Audit Committee on appointment, and 1,000 shares for each of the chairpersons of the Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee on appointment

 

  ·   Annual Options: immediately after each of the Company’s regularly scheduled annual meeting of stockholders, automatic option grants of (i) 2,250 shares to all non-employee directors, (ii) 1,500 shares to chairperson of the Audit Committee, and (iii) 250 shares to each of the chairpersons of the Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Each of the initial options will vest and become exercisable over 4 years, with the first 25% of the shares subject to each such option vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting quarterly thereafter. Each of the annual options will vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant or immediately prior to the Company’s next annual meeting of stockholders, if earlier, subject to the director’s continuous service. Options granted to non-employee directors shall have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, and will become fully vested in the event of a change of control of the Company. Such options have a term of 10 years.

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Super Micro Computer, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

   State of Incorporation

Super Micro Computer International Inc.

   Cayman Islands

Super Micro Computer B.V.

   The Netherlands

Super Micro Computer Taiwan Inc.

   Taiwan

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated September 12, 2006 (October 20, 2006 as to the second paragraph of Note 10 relating to a settlement agreement with the Department of the Treasury) relating to the consolidated financial statements of Super Micro Computer, Inc. (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to related party transactions discussed in Note 7) appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

San Jose, California

November 1, 2006